HomeMy WebLinkAbout7866 Gall Blvd (2)k 4
August 3, 2023
City of Zephyrhills
5335 &' Street
Zephyrhills, Florida 33542
Re: AdventHealth Well 65+ - Zephyrhills
PEI Job #22121
To Whom it May Concern,
The following letter contains changes made to the above -referenced project:
Mechanical
Sheet Ml.l
Revised diffuser/grille locations per shifts in Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan. Relocated
ductless split indoor unit per shifts in Architectural Floor Plan.
Sheet E1.1
Revised drawing to add fire alarm specifications.
Sheet E2.1
Revised drawing to reflect actual electrical service layout per updated shell plans.
Sheet E31
Revised location of light fixtures per updated reflected ceiling plan from Architect. Revised
location of receptacles per updated Architectural Plan. Added fire alarm devices throughout
suite.
Sheet E3.2
Revised drawing to show fire alarm devices for HVAC units on roof Revised notes accordingly.
Sheet E4.1
Revised Panel Schedules.
Sheet E5.1
Revised drawing to reflect actual electrical service riser per updated shell plans. Added fire
alarm riser diagram.
Sheet E5.2
Revised Light Fixture Schedule.
EXCELLENCE IN ENGINEERING SINCE 1977
2016 ALDEN ROAD ■ ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32803 ■ VOICE 407.246.1688 ■ FAX 407.246.1664 ■ www.peifla.com
4W
BUILDING INFORMATION
APPLICABLE CODES
ALL CONSTRUCTION SPECIFIED ON THESE DOCUMENTS SUBMITTED FOR
BUILDING PERMIT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CODES AND ORDINANCES
OF CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA. INCLUDING REVISIONS,
AMENDMENTS AND APPENDICES TO THE FOLLOWING CODES:
FLORIDA EXISTING BUILDING CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
FLOR�DA ACCESSIBLITY CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
FLOR DA MECHANICAL CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
FLORIDA PLUMBING CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
FLORIDA ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
ADDITIONAL APPLICABLE CODES
NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE FLORIDA EDITION
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2017 EDITION
FLORIDA EXISTING BUILDING CODE 7TH EDITION (2020)
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION
FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 3:
SECTION 304: BUSINESS GROUP 8
BUSINESS GROUP B OCCUPANCY INCLUDES, AMONG OTHERS, THE USE OF A
BUILDING OR STRUCTURE, OR A PORTION THEREOF, FOR OFFICE,
PROFESSIONAL OR SERVICE -TYPE TRANSACTIONS, INCLUDING STORAGE OF
RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS.
CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION
FLOR�DA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 6:
TYPE VB CONSTRUCTION - EXISTING CONSTRUCTION PERMITTED
EXIST SHELL BUILDING INFO
BUILDING HEIGHT: I STORY
SPRINKLERED: YES -EXISTING UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT
MEZZANINE: NO
FIRE DISTRICT: NO
INTERIOR FINISHES
FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, CHAPTER 8:
BUSINESS - GROUP B (SPRINKLERED)
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES REQUIREMENTS - TABLE 803.5
EXIT ACCESS CORRIDORS / EXITWAYS: CLASS B
ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES: CLASS C
BUILDING / UNIT INFORMATION
TENANT S.F. COMMON AREA S.F. TOTAL FLOOR S.F.
1 ST FLOOR 6,706 S.F. N/A N/A
ADDITIONAL PERMITS
ANY APPLICABLE PERMITS OR APPROVAL REQUIRED BY ANY OTHER
GOVERNMENT AGENCY (DEP, DOT, SWFWMD, COUNTY, ETC.) ARE THE
RESPONSABILITY OF THE APPLICANT TO OBTAIN.
7L
DD
SCOPE OF WORK
INTERIOR FIT -OUT OF AN EXISTING I -STORY SHELL BUILDING - 6,706 S.F.
BUSINESS OCCUPANCY INCLUDING OFFICES, CONFERENCE
ROOM AND BREAK ROOM.
TENANT REQUIREMENTS
EXIT REQUIREMENTS
NUMBER AND ARRANGEMENT OF EXITS: REFERENCE DRAWING AO.6
FLOOR MIN NU BER TRAVEL DIS ANCE ARRANGEMENT
OF EXITS I MEANS OF EGRESS
REQUIRED SHOWN ALLOWABLIIHOWN REQUIRED SHOWN
TBL.1021.1 ON PLAN TBL.1016.1 ON PLAN BETWEEN ON PLAN
DOORS
TENANT
300'
55'-9"
CORRIDOR DEAD ENDS (SECTION 1017.3)
COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL (SECTION 10 14.3)
OCCUPANT LOAD AND EXIT WIDTH
CALCULATED OCUPANT LOAD -
EXISTING BUSINESS BUILDING = 6,706 SF
BREAK ROOM: ASSEMBLY 394 SF / 15 NET = 27 PERSONS
COMMUNITY: 394 SF / 15 NET = 27 PERSONS
WAITING: 233 SF / 15 NET = 16 PERSONS
COMM ROOM: 83 SF / 300 NET = I PERSON
ELEC. ROOM/F. RISER: 74 SF 300 NET = 1 PERSON
STORAGE 1: 36 SF / 300 NET 1 PERSON
STORAGE 2:86 SF / 300 NET I PERSON
BIO: 12 SF 300 NET I PERSON
J.C.: 34 SF 300 NET I PERSON
TOTAL OCCUPANCY = 112 PERSONS
PLUMBING FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS
I ST FLOOR
MALE FEMALE
BUSINESS
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
REQUIRED
PROVIDED
112 PERSONS
TOILETS
2
4
2
4
LAVATORIES
2
4
2
4
SERVICE SINK I I
DRINKING _T
1 1
FOU IN
NTA
NOTE: TOILETS EXISTING BUILDING PROVIDED NOT IN SCOPE OF WORK
FIXTURES REQUIRED / (FIXTURES PROVIDED)
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
PARCEL ID#: 35-25-21-0130-00000-0040
ZEPHYR COMMONS PHASE 1 PB 65 PG 132 LOT 4 OR 9254 PG 1646
57 7 �qA
C 0 1 o
Po-sco COL."nlw Transfer
S t Aa t ic" n; 0 1 d! S t, e
rno,vatmni
11reo
+ r -
r or r I Q
Pasadena Hills
iM7874 Gall Blvd,
Rd Zephyrhills, FL 3354!
ZERHYRHILLS
COLONY
C b kI PA N Y
ID
--,3 M e x'c o 1�0 a Iscosi
r
Zelphyrhills
R e T B a r a n d G r I North
9 oft- %"
U
N h A�
SITE LOCATION.
C�_
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGNER
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN DESIGN STUDIO
255 SOUTH ORANGE AVENUE
SUITE 1240
ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32801
407.930.6016
CONTACT: FRANK W. CAMPBELL
CONTACT: GLORIA VAN DUSEN
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
PENINSULA ENGINEERING, INC
2016 ALDEN ROAD
ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32803
407.246.1688
CONTACT: BRYAN SPANGLER
ADVENT HEALTH
+
WELL 65 ZEPHYRHILLS
WITH PREVAILING
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY
CODES FLORIDA BUILDING CODE,
NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE,
AND THE CITY OF ZEPHYRHILLS
ORDINANCES
MECH & PLUMB ENGINEER
PENINSULA ENGINEERING, INC.
2016 ALDEN ROAD
ORLANDO, FLORIDA 32803
407.246.1688
CONTACT: BRYAN SPANGLER
7866 GALL BOULEVARD,
ZEPHYRHILLS, FLORIDA 33541
qV DAT
REVIE j
�R_H I L S
ZEPH
OF
G OFFICIAL
BUILDIN
BUILDING OWNERS
ADVENTHEALTH
900 HOPE WAY
ALTAMONTE SPRINGS, FLORIDA 32714
407.963.1014
CONTACT: DANIEL TOM
F__
0 El
El
L L
L
LA-7
4 ''_4 ,d
JA
-4.
A' *'A- �'4
L oil 40
MINE
AREA OF WORK,
f
CONTRACTOR
TBID
A 7 i
ALL Wo&.
'N-�F� c ,( SHALL COMPLy W,
O'DES AND S -rANI) I-rij
ARDS
FtLWWDATE .,A�l
(M0FZEPHY4mILLS
Fft MID LIFE SAFgTy gMWgR
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Sfudio, LLC.
255 Soufh Orange Avenue Suife #1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
A/
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
+
CD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LL_
V�
__j
F—
n
b
LLJ
0::� II___
U
Lij LLJ
n
I
+
U
-0
<
LU LjLj
(D
1�0 ,I-
C)
Lu
CL-
"o Lr)
U_j
0c) cy)
ISSUE FOR
CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
ISSUE DATE
03.24.2023
REVISIONS
PROJECT TEAM
PFINCII'AL JN CHA�'G�
F. CAMPBELL
...................... ......
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
........... I ....... ......... ..........
CLIENT NAME
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
PROJECT NUMBER
22-0328-01
SHEET TITLE
COVER SHEET
A7_ SHEET NUMBER
A0.0
32 min
(a)
Details
32 min
(C)
Sliding Door
32 min
(d)
Folding Door
DOORS & MANEUVERING CLEARANCES
32MIN
815
(b)
Hinged Door
.E
E
18 min. 24 prefe�ed
455
NOTE: x = 12 in (305 mm) if door has both a
closer and latch. \Ij
Front Approaches - Swinging Doors
54 min
32 min
815
x E
]E
NOTE: x 36 in (915 mm) minimum if y 60 In NOTE: y 48in (1220 mm) minimum ifdoor has
(e) (1525 mm): x = 42 in (1063 mm) minimum if y both a latch and closer�
Mammum Doorway Depth 54 in (1370 mm) (b)
Hinge Side Approaches - Swinging Doors
Fig. 24
Clear Doorway Width and Depth
x 24 min
610 24 min x
610
E E
V
NOTE: y 54 in (1370 mm) minimum if door has NOTE: y 48 in (1220 mm) minimum if door has
closer. closer.
(c)
Latch Side Approaches - Swinging Dom
48 min
1220
'A min
1370
-c
E
E
(d)
Front Approach - Sliding Doors
and Folding Doors
(e)
Slide Side Approach - -Sliding Doors
and Folding Doors
B Min
4 122D
NOTE: All doors in alcoves
x
24 min
610
shall comply with the clearances
for front approaches E
C�
L—
— — — — — —
— — — — — —
Latch Side Approach - Sliding Doors and Folding Doors
Fig. 26
Fig. 25
Two Hinged Doors in Series
Maneuveriing Clearances at Doors (Continued)
404 DOORS. DOORWAYS. AND GA ES
404.1 GENERAL, DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES THAT ARE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.
404.2.1 REVOLVING DOORS. GATES, AND TURNSTILES. REVOLVING DOORS, REVOLVING GATES, AND TURNSTILES SHALL NOT BE PART OF AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE.
404.2.2 DOUBLE -LEAF DOORS AND GATES, AT LEAST ONE OF THE ACTIVE LEAVES OF DOORWAYS WITH TWO LEAVES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.2.3 AND 404.2.4.
404.2.3 CLEAR WIDTH, DOOR OPENINGS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR WIDTH OF 32 INCHES (815 MM) MINIMUM. CLEAR OPENINGS OF DOORWAYS WITH SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE MEASURED BETWEEN THE FACE OF THE DOOR AND THE STOP, WITH THE DOOR
OPEN 90 DEGREES. OPENINGS MORE THAN 24 INCHES (610 MM) DEEP SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF 36 INCHES (915 MM) MINIMUM. THERE SHALL BE NO PROJECTIONS IN TO THE REQUIRED CLEAR OPENING WIDTH LOWER THAN 34 INCHES (865 MM)
ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. PROJECTIONS INTO THE CLEAR OPENING WIDTH BETWEEN 34 INCHES (865 MM) AND 80 INCHES (2030 MM) ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SHALL NOT EXCEED 4 INCHES (100 MM).
EXCEPTIONS:
1. IN ALTERATIONS, A PROJECTION OF 5/8 INCH (16 MM) MAXIMUM INTO THE REQUIRED CLEAR WIDTH SHALL BE PERMITTED FOR THE LATCH SIDE STOP.
2. DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR STOPS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE 78 INCHES (1980 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND.
404.2.4 MANEUVERING CLEARANCES, MINIMUM MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.2.4. MANEUVERING CLEARANCES SHALL EXTEND THE FULL WIDTH OFTHE DOORWAY AND THE REQUIRED LATCH SIDE OR HINGE SIDE
CLEARANCE.
EXCEPTION: ENTRY DOORS TO HOSPITAL PATIENT ROOMS SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE CLEARANCE BEYOND THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR.
404.2.4.1 SWINGING DOORS AND GATES, SWINGING DOORS AND GATES SHALL HAVE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES COMPLYING WITH TABLE 404.2.4. 1.
404.2.4.2 DOORWAYS WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, SLIDING DOORS. AND FOLDING DOORS, DOORWAYS LESS THAN 36 INCHES (915 MM) WIDE WITHOUT DOORS OR GATES, SLIDING DOORS, OR FOLDING DOORS SHALL HAVE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES
COMPLYING WITH TABLE 404.2.4.2.
404.2.4.3 RECESSED DOORS AND GATES, MANEUVERING CLEARANCES FOR FORWARD APPROACH SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN ANY OBSTRUCTION WITHIN 18 INCHES (455 MM) OFTHE LATCH SIDE OF A DOORWAY PROJECTS MORETHAN 8 INCHES (205 MM)
BEYOND THE FACE OF THE DOOR, MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FACE OF THE DOOR OR GATE.
ADVISORY 404.2.4.3 RECESSED DOORS AND GATES. A DOOR CAN BE RECESSED DUE TO WALL THICKNESS OR BECAUSE OF THE PLACEMENT OF CASEWORK AND OTHER FIXED ELEMENTS ADJACENT TO THE DOORWAY. THIS PROVISION MUST BE APPLIED WHEREVER
DOORS ARE RECESSED.
404.2.5 THRESHOLDS, THRESHOLDS, IF PROVIDED AT DOORWAYS, SHALL BE 1/2 INCH (13 MM) HIGH MAXIMUM. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND CHANGES IN LEVEL AT DOORWAYS SHALL COMPLY WITH 302 AND 303.
EXCEPTION: EXISTING OR ALTERED THRESHOLDS 3/4 INCH (19 MM) HIGH MAXIMUM THAT HAVE A BEVELED EDGE ON EACH SIDE WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2 SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH 404.2.5.
404.2.6 DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES, THE DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO HINGED OR PIVOTED DOORS IN SERIES AND GATES IN SERIES SHALL BE 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM PLUS THE WIDTH OF DOORS OR GATES SWINGING INTO THE SPACE.
404.2.7 DOOR AND GATE HARDWARE, HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 309.4. OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES (865 MM) MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES (1220
MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND. WHERE SLIDING DOORS ARE IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION, OPERATING HARDWARE SHALL BE EXPOSED AND USABLE FROM BOTH SIDES.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. EXISTING LOCKS SHALL BE PERMITTED IN ANY LOCATION AT EXISTING GLAZED DOORS WITHOUT STILES, EXISTING OVERHEAD ROLLING DOORS OR GRILLES, AND SIMILAR EXISTING DOORS OR GRILLES THAT ARE DESIGNED WITH
LOCKS THAT ARE ACTIVATED ONLY AT THE TOP OR BOTTOM RAIL.
2. ACCESS GATES IN BARRIER WALLS AND FENCES PROTECTING POOLS, SPAS, AND HOT TUBS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO HAVE OPERABLE PARTS OF THE RELEASE OF LATCH ON SELF -LATCHING DEVICES AT 54 INCHES (1370 MM) MAXIMUM
ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND PROVIDED THE SELF -LATCHING DEVICES ARE NOT ALSO SELF-LOCKING DEVICES AND OPERATED BY MEANS OF A KEY, ELECTRONIC OPENER, OR INTEGRAL COMBINATION LOCK.
ADVISORY 404.2.7. DOOR AND GATE HARDWARE. DOOR HARDWARE THAT CAN BE OPERATED WITH A CLOSED FIST OR A LOOSE GRIP ACCOMMODATES THE GREATEST RANGE OF USERS. HARDWARE THAT REQUIRES SIMULTANEOUS HAND AND FINGER
MOVEMENTS REQUIRE GREATER DEXTERITY AND COORDINATION, AND IS NOT RECOMMENDED.
404.2.8 CLOSING SPEED, DOOR AND GATE CLOSING SPEED SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.2.8.
404.2.8.1 DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS, DOOR CLOSERS AND GATE CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5
SECONDS MINIMUM.
404.2.8.2 SPRING HINGES, DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1 .5 SECONDS MINIMUM.
404.2.9 DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE., FIRE DOORS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OPENING FORCE ALLOWABLE BY THE APPROPRIATE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN A DOOR OR GATE OTHER THAN FIRE DOORS SHALL
BE AS FOLLOWS:
1. INTERIOR HINGED DOORS AND GATES: 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM.
2. SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS: 5 POUNDS (22.2 N) MAXIMUM.
3. EXTERIOR HINGED DOORS SHALL BE DESIGNED SO THAT SUCH DOORS CAN BE PUSHED OR PULLED OPEN WITH A FORCE NOT EXCEEDING 8.5 POUNDS (37.8 N).
THESE FORCES DO NOT APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT LATCH BOLTS OR DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES THAT HOLD THE DOOR OR GATE IN A CLOSED POSITION.
ADVISORY 404.2.9 DOOR AND GATE OPENING FORCE. THE MAXIMUM FORCE PERTAINS TO THE CONTINUOUS APPLICATION OF FORCE NECESSARY TO FULLY OPEN A DOOR, NOT THE INITIAL FORCE NEEDED TO OVERCOME THE INERTIA OF THE DOOR. IT DOES NOT
APPLY TO THE FORCE REQUIRED TO RETRACT BOLTS OR TO DISENGAGE OTHER DEVICES USED TO KEEP THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION. FLORIDA LAW, s.553.504(6),F.S., ESTABLISHES REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR DOOR OPENING FORCE.
404.2.8.2 SPRING HINGES. DOOR AND GATE SPRING HINGES SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM THE OPEN POSITION OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR OR GATE SHALL MOVE TO THE CLOSED POSITION IN 1 .5 SECONDS MINIMUM.
404.3 AUTOMATIC AND POWER -ASSISTED DOORS AND GATES, AUTOMATIC DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.3. FULL -POWERED AUTOMATIC DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/BHMA A156.10 (INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, SEE "REFERENCED
STANDARDS" IN CHAPTER 1.) LOW -ENERGY AND POWER -ASSISTED DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI/BHMA A 156.19 (1997 OR 2002 EDITION) (INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE, SEE "REFERENCED STANDARDS" IN CHAPTER I).
404.3.1 CLEAR WIDTH, DOORWAYS SHALL PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF 32 INCHES (815 MM) MINIMUM IN POWER -ON AND POWER -OFF MODE.THE MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR SYSTEMS IN A DOORWAY SHALL BE BASED ON THE CLEAR
OPENING PROVIDED BY ALL LEAVES IN THE OPEN POSITION.
404.3.2 MANEUVERING CLEARANCE, CLEARANCES AT POWER -ASSISTED DOORS AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 404.2.4. CLEARANCES AT AUTOMATIC DOORS AND GATES WITHOUT STANDBY POWER AND SERVING AN ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL
COMPLY WITH 404.2.4.
EXCEPTION: WHERE AUTOMATIC DOORS AND GATES REMAIN OPEN IN THE POWER -OFF CONDITION, COMPLIANCE WITH 404.2.4 SHALL NOT BE REQUIRED.
404.3.5 CONTROLS, MANUALLY OPERATED CONTROLS SHALL COMPLY WITH 309. THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE ADJACENT TO THE CONTROL SHALL BE LOCATED BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING.
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTU RE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AROO 16053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
LL_
ry
0
F_
CL
CL
LU
u
<
r)
U0
>
Uj
Lij
_j
F—
F—
+
L0
Q
=
14C)
<
U-J
LU
>
I
I
0
0
LU
NO It
-,,o L6
0!:�
CL
LU
r-4
00 (V)
r-, (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
............................................................... ....
PROJECTMANAGER
M. TORRES
............................................................... ....
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
NOTES
A0e1
CONTRACTOR NOTES:
1 . SABBATH EXCLUSION: NO WORK SHALL BE UNDERTAKEN DURING THE SABBATH (FRIDAY AT
SUNSET THRU SATURDAY).
2. OVERTIME: WORK PERFORMED DURING OVERTIME HOURS NOT INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT
FOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE APPROVED IN ADVANCE VIA CHANGE ORDER.
3. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A SAFE WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN STRICT ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LOCAL AND/ OR STATE (IF APPLICABLE) BUILDING CODES. NATIONAL ELECTRIC
CODE (NEC), ADA-ADAAGS (ADOPTED HANDICAPP ACCESSIBILTY REQUIRMENTS), OSHA AND
ALL APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND AUTHORITITES HAVEING
JURISDICTION.
4. TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY LAW ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY INDIVIDUALS DULY
LICENSED AND AUTHORIZED BY LAW TO PERFORM SAID WORK.
5. CONTRACTOR MAY AT ITS DISCRETION ENGAGE SUBCONTRACTORS TO PERFORM WORK
HEREUNDER, PROVIDED CONTRACTOR SHALL FULLY PAY SAID SUBCONTRACTOR AND IN ALL
INSTANCES REMAIN RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER COMPLETION OF THIS CONTRACT.
6. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THROUGH KNOWLEDGE OF ALL
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS IN THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO ACQUAINT
THEMSELVES WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE THEM OF ANY RESPONSIBLITY FOR
PERFORMING THEIR WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED
BECASUE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS
KNOWLEDGE.
7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING BUILDING SECURITY AT ALL
TIMES. THIS INCLUDES KEEPING THE BUILDING SECURE FROM PERSONS, ENVIRONMENTAL
ELEMENTS OR HAZARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN THE
INTEGRITY OF ALL EXISTING SECURITY SYSTEMS.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH OWNER APPROPRIATE RELEASES OR WAIVERS OF LIEN FOR ALL
WORK PERFORMED OR MATERIALS PROVIDED AT THE TIME THE NEXT PERIODIC PAYMENT SHALL
BE DUE.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CHANGE ORDERS IN WRITING. CHANGE ORDER SHALL
DESCRIBE ALL COST, TIME AND INCLUDE A DESCRIPTION OF THE WORK. NO WORK SHALL
COMMENCE WITHOUT CHANGE ORDER BEING SIGNED AND APPROVED BY BOTH OWNER
AND ARCHITECT.
10. CONTRACTOR WARRANTS IT IS ADEQUATELY INSURED FOR INJURY TO ITS EMPLOYEES AND
OTHERS INCURRING LOSS OR INJURY AS A RESULT OF THE ACTS OF CONTRACTOR OR ITS
EMPLOYEES AND SUBCONTRACTORS.
11. CONTRACTOR SHALL AT ITS OWN EXPENSE OBTAIN ALL PERMITS NECESSARY FOR THE WORK TO
BE PERFORMED.
12. CONTRACTOR AGREES TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND LEAVE THE PREMISES IN BROOM CLEAN
CONDITION.
13. IN THE EVENT OWNER SHALL FAIL TO PAY ANY PERIODIC OR INSTALLMENT PAYMENT DUE
HEREUNDER, CONTRACTOR MAY CEASE WORK WITHOUT BREACH PENDING PAYMENT OR
RESOLUTION OF ANY DISPUTE.
14. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DELAY DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND ITS
CONTROL INCLUDING STRIKES, CASUALTY OR GENERAL UNAVAILABILITY OF MATERIALS.
15. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE OSHA RULES AND REGULATIONS.
16. ALL CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS TO BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, ANY DISCREPANCIES,
OMISSIONS AND ERRORS DISCOVERED BY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE
ARCHITECT'S ATTENTION AT ONCE. THIS INCLUDES EXISTING AND NEW CONDITIONS AND
DIMENSIONS. THE CONTRACTOR IS NOT TO PROCEED WITH OUT CONTACTING THE ARCHITECT,
17. THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE A GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION OF THE CONDITIONS AND THE
WORK TO BE DONE. THESE DOCUMENTS SHOULD NOT BE SCALED. THE WRITTEN DIMENSIONS
SHALL TAKE PRECEDENT OVER ANY AND ALL SCALED DIMENSIONS. THE MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFICATIONS SUPERSEDE THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS APPLICABLE.
18. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT
PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ANY CHANGES THAT ARE NOT APPROVED SHALL BECOME THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
19. ALL MATERIALS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPONENTS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED AND INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE
CONTRACTOR COORDINATES THE WORK OF ALL TRADES, IN ORDER TO ASSURE PROPER
COORDINATION.
20. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE STORAGE AND SECURITY OF ALL BUILDING
MATERIALS. THEY SHALL KEEP THE PREMISES AND WORK AREA IN A REASONABLY NEAT AND
ORDERLY CONDITION. THE CLEANING OF THE AREAS ON A TIMELY BASIS IS NOT TO INTERFERE
WITH ANY CONSTRUCTION CURRENTLY UNDER WAY.
21. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP WORK AREA CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS AND is TO REMOVE
ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA DAILY. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS
OR LIQUIDS MAY BE STORED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING OR ANY NEW ADDITION.
22. REMOVE ANY EXISTING ITEMS, SERVICES, FINISHES OR SURFACES AS REQUIRED FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF NEW CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE FURRING FOR CONDUITS AND PIPING,
SHOWN OR NOT, AND FINISH OUT FURRING TO MATCH ADJACENT EXISTING FINISHES.
COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF CONTRACTOR FURNISHED DUMPSTER WITH LANDLORD.
23. REPAIR, RE-ROUTE, AND EXTEND ALL SERVICES, PIPING, CONDUIT OF EXISTING ITEMS AND
EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS FOR THE COMPLETE
INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS OF NEW EQUIPMENT. THIS INCLUDES ALL ITEMS SHOWN OR
NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. RESET EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED
FOR PROPER OPERATION.
24. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ORDERING OF MATERIALS TO
PROHIBIT DELAYS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THIS PROJECT. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY
OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN A TIMELY MANNER.
25. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPOND TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE
ENGINEER/ARCHITECT FOR VERIFICATIONS, RESPONSES AND SUBMISSIONS.
26. DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, PROVIDE ONE U.L. LISTED 2A:20BC DRY CHEMICAL
FIRE EXTINGUISHER, OR ONE STANDARD U.L. LISTED 2-1/2 GALLON WATER (E-1 0) AND ONE U.L.
LISTED 1 OBC CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNTED TOGETHER IN EACH 3000 SQ. FT.
OF WORK AREA OR FRACTION THEREOF (MINIMUM OF TWO AVAILABLE IN ALL
CONSTRUCTION AREAS AT ALL TIMES.)
27. IF MODIFICATION TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM (WHEN SPRINKLED) IS REQUIRED, GENERAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO
SUBMIT SIGNED AND SEALED SPRINKLER DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR
TO ANY ALTERATION OF THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. WORK TO BE DONE UNDER
SEPARATE PERMIT.
28. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ADJACENT PREMISES FROM MOISTURE,
CONSTRUCTION NOISE, DUST AND DEBRIS.
29. ANY DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE CONTRACTOR TO EXISTING FACILITY TO REMAIN SHALL BE
REPAIRED TO BEFORE DAMAGE CONDITIONS AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE EXPENSE.
30. COORDINATE ALL WORK TO BE DONE WITH ALL THE CONTRACTORS INVOLVED PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION.
31. FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF PIPING, EQUIPMENT, STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS, ETC. PRIOR TO
COMMENCING ANY WORK.
SECTION 00 72 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
"General Conditions of the Contract for Construction', AIA A201 is hereby made a part of these documents as if bound herein. Copies of the AIA A201 can
31. PROVIDE ADA COMPLIANT PRO WRAP DRAIN AND STOP INSULATION SYSTEM OR
be obtained from Owners Representative.
DRAINSHEILD ON ALL LAVATORIES.
END OF SECTION 00 72 00
32. ALL SPECIFIED ELECTRICAL NOTES ARE REQUIRED, ALL EQUIPMENT AND OUTLETS ARE TO
SECTION 01 20 00 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
BE PLACED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.
PART 1 - GENERAL
33. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, SMOKE AND FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS TO BE INSTALLED BY GENERAL
1.1 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR PER LOCAL CODE.
A. On Owner's approval of a proposal from Contractor on AIA Document G709, Architect will issue a Change Order on AIA Document G701, for all changes to the
Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
34. ALL DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR ON SITE.
B. When Owner and Contractor disagree on the terms of a proposal, Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714, instructing
35. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL OWNER FURNISHED
Contractor to proceed with the change, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Construction Change Directive will contain a description of the change and
ITEMS.
designate the method to be followed to determine changes to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.
1.2 PAYMENT PROCEDURES
36. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE DELIVERY, RECEIVE, UNLOAD,
A. Submit a Schedule of Values at least 1 0 days before the initial Application for Payment. Break down the Contract Sum into at least one line item for each
STORE, PROTECT ITEMS CALLED FOR IN SCOPE OF WORK FROM THE DELIVERY TRUCK
INTO STORAGE AND THROUGH THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION PROCESS, ANY ITEMS
Specification Section in the Project Manual table of contents. Coordinate the Schedule of Values with Contractors Construction Schedule.
DAMAGED AFTER RECEIVING BY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REPLACED AS DETERMINED BY
1. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum.
THE OWNER, AT THE CONTRACTOR'S SOLE EXPENSE.
2. Provide separate line items in the Schedule of Values for initial cost of materials and for total installed value of that part of the Work.
B. Submit 3 copies of each application for payment on AIA Document G702/703, according to the schedule established in Owner/Contractor Agreement.
37. ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE MUST BE PRESSURE TREATED MOISTURE
RESISTANT.
1. With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub -subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered
by the previous application.
38. REPAIR ROOF AT ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN A WATERTIGHT /
2. Submit final Application for Payment after completion of Project closeout procedures with release of liens and supporting documentation.
PRE- PENETRATED ROOF SYSTEM.
a. Include consent of surety to final payment on AIA Document G707 and insurance certificates.
b. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the date of Substantial Completion.
39. RE -KEY ALL EXISTING LOCKSETS.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
40. PROVIDE SIGN ON EXTEROR DOORS STATING "DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHILE
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
BUILDING IS OCCUPIED", I" HIGH LETTERS.
END OF SECTION 01 20 00
41. ALL DOOR HARDWARE TO MEET ADA GUIDELINES.
SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
42. PROVIDE SIGN STATING MAXIMUM OCCUPANT LOAD WHERE REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY
1. 1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
HAVING JURISDICTION.
A. Coordinate construction to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
43. PROVIDE FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL AT ALL PENETRATIONS OF ANY FIRE WALL.
B. Schedule and conduct progress meetings at Project site at regular intervals. Notify Owner and Architect of meeting dates and times. Require attendance of
each subcontractor or other entity concerned with current progress or involved with planning or coordination of future activities-
44. IF MODIFICATION TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM (WHEN PRESENT) IS REQUIRED, GENERAL
1. Architect will record minutes and distribute to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect.
CONTRACTOR SHALL HIRE A LICENSED FIRE ALARM CONTRACTOR. FIRE ALARM
1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SIGNED AND SEALED FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS TO THE
ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANY ALTERATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
A. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
WORK TO BE DONE UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.
1. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including
resubmittals.
45. PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS AND PROVIDE BRACING AT ALL
2. Submit three copies of each submittal. Architect will return one copy.
EXISTING PARTITIONS COMPROMISED BY DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES IN ANY WAY.
3. Architect will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
46. CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS REQUIRED EXITS, EXISTING STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, FIRE
B. Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record
PROTECTION DEVICES AND SANITARY SAFEGUARDS SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMES
Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. Include the following information on the label:
DURING REMODELING, ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS OR ADDITIONS TO ANY BUILDING OR
1. Project name.
STRUCTURE. EXCEPTIONS: 1. WHEN SUCH REQUIRED ELEMENTS OR DEVICES ARE BEING
2. Date.
REMODELED, ALTERED OR REPAIRED, ADEQUATE SUBSTITUTE PROVISIONS SHALL BE
MADE. 2. WHEN THE EXISTING BUILDING IS NOT OCCUPIED. FBC 3302.1
3. Name and address of Contractor.
4. Name and address of subcontractor or supplier.
5. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
C. Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.
ACCESSIBILITY N TES:
D. Contractor's Construction Schedule Submittal Procedure: Submit two copies of schedule within 15 days after date established for Commencement ofthe Work.
I . H.C. ACCESS TO THESE FACILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT PRIMARY ENTRANCE
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS
2. THE SLOPE OF PUBLIC WALKS SHALL NOT EXCEED MAX CROSS SLOPE 2% WALKING
A. Product Data: Mark each copy to show applicable products and options. Include the following:
SURFACE SLOPING GREATER THEN 2% SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT
1. Manufacturer's written recommendations, product specifications, and installation instructions.
3. EVERY REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAY SHALL BE SIZED FOR A DOOR NOT LESS THEN 31-01 WIDE
2. Wiring diagrams showing factory -installed wiring.
BY NOT LESS THEN 6-8" HIGH CAPABLE OF OPENING 9T DEGREES AND MOUNTED TO
3. Printed performance curves and operational range diagrams.
THAT THE CLEAR WIDTH OF EXIT WAY IS 32'MIN.
4. Testing by recognized testing agency.
5. Compliance with specified standards and requirements.
4. THRESHOLD TO BE MAX 1/4'ABOVE ADJACENT FINISH FLOOR
B. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project -specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or
5. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS.
standard printed data. Submit on sheets at least 8-1/2 by I I inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. Include the following:
1. Dimensions and identification of products.
6. THE BOTTOM I 9'OF ALL DOORS EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING SHALL HAVE A
2. Fabrication and installation drawings and roughing -in and setting diagrams.
SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE.
3. Wiring diagrams showing field -installed wiring.
7. PROVIDE LEVER TYPE HARDWARE, PANIC BARS, PUSH-PULL ACTIVATING BARS, OR
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
OTHER HARDWARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE PASSAGE WITHOUT REQUIRING THE ABILITY
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
TO GRASP THE OPENING HARDWARE (39- TO 44- AFF.)
C. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component
as delivered and installed. Include name of manufacturer and product name on label.
1. If variation is inherent in material or product, submit at least three sets of paired units that show variations.
2.2 INFORMATION SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information
specified.
B. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Gantt -Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Ganft-chart-type schedule within 15 days of date established for commencement
of the Work.
B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW
A. Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field
dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Architect will review each action submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, stamp and mark as appropriate to indicate action taken,
and return copies less those retained.
3.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. Distribute copies of approved schedule to Owner, Architect, subcontractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and parties identified by Contractorwith a
need -to -know schedule responsibility. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties.
B. Updating: At weekly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled
progress meeting.
1. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.
END OF SECTION 01 30 00
SECTION 01 42 00 - REFERENCES
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Owner's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Owner's duties and
responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Owner. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have
the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other
terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the
construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension,
finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
1. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the
description of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same
force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents
by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of
applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of
the entities indicated in Gale Research's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations ofthe U.S."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 01 42 00
SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum.
B. Use water and electric power from Owner's existing system without metering and without payment of use charges.
C. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 EQUIPMENT
A. Heating Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained heaters with thermostatic control.
1. Use of gasoline -burning space heaters, open -flame heaters, or salamander -type heating units is prohibited.
2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. General: Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary
services.
B. Sanitary Facilities: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner.
At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use.
C. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from
adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.
D. Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.
3.2 TEMPORARY SUPPORT FACILITIES
A. Provide field offices, storage and fabrication sheds, and other support facilities as necessary for construction operations.
B. Provide waste -collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Collect waste daily and, when containers are full, legally
dispose of waste off -site. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Install project identification and other signs in locations approved by Owner and Architect to inform the public and persons seeking entrance to Project.
3.3 TEMPORARY SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES
A. Provide temporary environmental protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental
regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
B. Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction and workers from inclement weather and for containment of heat.
C. Provide floor -to -ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by Owner and tenants from fumes and noise.
D. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
E. Remove and safely store existing window treatment during construction.
1. Clean and reinstall at time of Substantial Completion.
E. Furnish and install site enclosure in a manner that will prevent easy entering except by entrance gates.
F. Install and maintain temporary fire -protection facilities. Comply with NFPA 241.
3.4 TERMINATION AND REMOVAL
A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service.
B. Remove temporary facilities and controls no later than Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use
permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
END OF SECTION 01 50 00
SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
C. Product Substitutions will only be considered when specified product is no longer available.
D. Product Substitutions: Substitutions include changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract
Documents and proposed by Contractor after award of the Contract.
1. Submit three copies of each request for product substitution.
2. Submit requests within days after the Notice of Award.
3. Do not submit unapproved substitutions on Shop Drawings or other submittals.
4. Identify product to be replaced and show compliance with requirements for substitutions. Include a detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed
substitution with those of the Work specified, a list of changes needed to other parts of the Work required to accommodate proposed substitution, and
any proposed changes in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time should the substitution be accepted.
5. Architect will review the proposed substitution and notify Contractor of its acceptance or rejection by Change Order.
E. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturers
written instructions.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.
2. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturer's original sealed container or packaging, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
3. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
4. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
5. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent
condensation.
F. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents.
Manufacturers disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Product Selection Procedures:
1. Where Specifications name a single product or manufacturer, provide the item indicated that complies with requirements.
2. Where Specifications include a list of names of products or manufacturers, provide one of the items indicated that complies with requirements.
B. Unless otherwise indicated, Architect will select color, pattern, and texture of each product from manufacturers full range of options that includes both
standard and premium items.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION 01 60 00
SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART1- GENERAL
1. 1 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Maintain a set of prints of the Contract Drawings as Record Drawings. Mark to show actual installation where installation varies from
that shown originally.
1. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with manufacturer's written requirements including, but not limited to, surfaces that are sound, level,
plumb, smooth, clean, and free of deleterious substances; substrates within installation tolerances; and application conditions within environmental limits.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to property survey and existing benchmarks.
C. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Where fabricated products are to be fitted to other construction, verify dimensions by field
measurement before fabrication and, when possible, allow for fitting and trimming during installation.
3.2 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Do not cut structural members or operational elements without prior written approval of Architect.
B. Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption
to occupied areas.
C. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installation. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions
of the Work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect from damage.
B. Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas.
3.4 FINAL CLEANING
A. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion:
1. Remove labels that are not permanent.
2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors. Remove excess glazing compounds. Replace chipped or broken glass.
3. Clean exposed finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and foreign substances. Sweep concrete floors broom clean.
4. Vacuum carpeted surfaces and wax resilient flooring.
5. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication. Clean plumbing fixtures. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes,
and reflectors.
6. Clean windows and window treatments.
7. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities.
3.5 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Substantial Completion: Before requesting Substantial Completion inspection, complete the following:
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete.
2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, maintenance service agreements, and similar documents.
4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating
certificates, and similar releases.
5. Submit Record Drawings, operation and maintenance manuals, and similar final record information.
6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items.
7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner.
8. Complete startup testing of systems.
9. Remove temporary facilities and controls.
1 0. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
1 1. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of
unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will advise Contractor of items that must be
completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
C. Request inspection for Final Completion, once the following are complete:
1. Submit a copy of Substantial Completion inspection list stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.
2. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems.
D. Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
E. Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfulfilled
requirements. Architect will prepare final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will advise Contractor of items that must be completed or corrected before
certificate will be issued.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owners personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
Include a detailed review of the following:
1. Include instruction for basis of system design and operational requirements, review of documentation, emergency procedures, operations, adjustments,
troubleshooting, maintenance, and repairs.
END OF SECTION 01 70 00
SECTION 01 73 29 - CUTTING AND PATCHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Cutting and Patching Proposal: Submit a proposal describing procedures at least I 0 days before the time cutting and patching will be performed
requesting approval to proceed. Include the following information:
1. Extent: Describe cutting and patching, show how they will be performed, and indicate why they cannot be avoided.
2. Changes to In -Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as wel
as changes in building's appearance and other significant visual elements.
3. Products: List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform the Work.
4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed.
5. Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: List services/systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List
services/systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services/systems will be disrupted.
6. Structural Elements: Where cutting and patching involve adding reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations
showing integration of reinforcement with original structure.
7. Architect's] Approval: Obtain approval of cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching. Approval does not waive right to later require
removal and replacement of unsatisfactory work.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Structural Elements: Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load -carrying capacity or load-defiection ratio.
B. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform
as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
C. List below is an example only. Revise to suit Project's operating systems. With advice of counsel, delete below if Architect's approval is not required.
If list is deleted, delete option in paragraph above.
D. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load -carrying
capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch
construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove
and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during cutting and patching operations, by methods
and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.
1. Close and patch holes and opening in existing floor, wall, and ceiling which exist or result from demolition or alteration Work, to match adjacent
undisturbed surfaces.
2. Perform new Work, and restore and refinish existing Work, to comply with applicable requirements of Sections for new Work.
B. In -Place Materials: Use materials identical to in -place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in -place adjacent surfaces
to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will match the visual and functional performance of
in -place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.
1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with in -place finishes or primers.
2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of Work to be cut.
B. Protection: Protect in -place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for
portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
C. Adjoining Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
D. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or
abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete
without delay.
1. Cut in -place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to
restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable
seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will
eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the
new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in -place floor and wall coverings and replace with
new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in -place ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition.
C. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials.
END OF SECTION 01 73 29
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1 240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_J
Li-
,
(/)
_J
_J
E
2
0!�
0
>_
T:
F-
CL
0-
=
LU
rV
F--
r14
u
I
<
I
r)
v:i
L/')
>
LLJ
LILJ
I
_J
in
=
I
C0
F-
F-
+
L0
=
_J
__J
(.)
-,7
.,0
af
<
UJ
LLJ
I
>--
()
)
0
>_
I
=
0-
�
1-0 lqq-
ry
C)
<
LU
3�:
ILLJ
'O Lo
00 (y)
0-
r_4
r__1 CY)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
_
;
03.24.2023
��� DESCRIPTION
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
����
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII - M
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ���
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIII11IIIIIIIIIIII1IIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��-
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIN
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
NOTES
A0.2
SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Develop waste management plan that results in end -of -Project rates for salvage/recycling of a minimum 50 percent by weight of total waste
generated by the Work.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit two copies of report. Include separate reports for demolition
and construction waste. Include the following information:
1. Material category.
2. Generation point of waste.
3. Total quantity of waste in tons.
4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons.
5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons.
6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons.
7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total waste.
B. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is
tax exempt.
C. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept
them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
D. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them.
Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
1.3 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
A. General: Develop plan consisting of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis. Indicate quantities by weight or
volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan.
B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated
quantities and assumptions for estimates.
C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. Include
points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures.
1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials
before incorporation into the Work.
2. Salvaged Materials for Donation: For materials that will be donated to individuals and organizations, include list of their names, addresses,
and telephone numbers.
3. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses,
and telephone numbers.
4. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill
and incinerator facility.
5. Handling and Transportation Procedures: Include method that will be used for separating recyclable waste including sizes of containers,
container labeling, and designated location on Project site where materials separation will be located.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. General: Implement waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to
implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract.
B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site.
1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return.
2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on -site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage,
recycling, and disposal.
C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways,
and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
3.2 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL
A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on -site workers.
B. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the
maximum extent practical.
1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until they are removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable
and unacceptable materials at each container and bin.
a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found.
2. Stockpile processed materials on -site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water.
Cover to prevent windblown dust.
3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees.
4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather.
5. Remove recyclable waste off Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor.
3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE
A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals.
B. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products,
and treated wood materials.
C. Metals: Separate metals by type.
1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length.
2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware.
D. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals.
Remove and dispose of fasteners.
E. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.
1. Separate suspension system, trim, and other metals from panels and tile and sort with other metals.
F. Carpet: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips.
1. Store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by Carpet Reclamation Agency or carpet recycler.
G. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather.
H. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size.
1. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size
J. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage.
K. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type.
L. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size.
3.4 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE
A. Packaging:
1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location.
2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials.
3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on -site, break down
pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood.
B. Wood Materials:
1. Clean Cut -Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces.
2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood.
C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location.
3.5 DISPOSAL OF WASTE
A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally
dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on -site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.
B. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owners property and legally dispose of them.
END OF SECTION 01 74 19
SECTION 02 41 19 - SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with EPA regulations and hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owners operations will not
be disrupted.
C. It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered,
do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 DEMOLITION
A. Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. Before proceeding with demolition,
provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of the building.
B. Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
C. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
D. Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of
construction and finishes to remain or construction being demolished.
E. Provide temporary weather protection to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.
F. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions. Cover and protect furniture,
furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
G. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or
adjoining construction.
H. Promptly remove demolished materials from Owners property and legally dispose of them. Do not bum demolished materials.
END OF SECTION 02 41 19
06 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS
PART� ENE AL
1.1 SE 10 !QUIREMENTS
'_
A. Submittals: Sho wings showing details of fabrication and installation.
op-Qra
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS
A. Numinum Extrusions: ASTM Alloy 6063-T6.
B. Numinum-Alloy Rolled Tread [at : M B 632/13 632M, Alloy 6061-T6.
C. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 6/ 26M, A 443.0-F.
2.2 GROUT
A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C 1107; recom ded by manufacturer for exterior plications.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. General: Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Rem burrs and e exposed edges. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius
possible without impairing work.
B. Welding: Weld comers and seams continuously. Use materials and tho hat minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion
resistance of base metals. At exposed connections, finish welds su ce smo ith contour of welded surface matching those adjacent.
2.4 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply i SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning, d paint with a st-curing, lead- and
chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer co ying with MPI#79.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
.. -
A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fi - required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication a rately in location,
alignment, and elevation; wi ges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack.
B. Fit exposed conneci s accurately together to form hairline joints.
C. Coat conceal rfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a coat of
bituminous * t.
END ECTION 05 50 00
SECTION 07 84 13 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: For the following constructions, provide penetrating firestopping that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to
requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of assembly penetrated.
1. Fire -resistance -rated non -load -bearing walls, including partitions, with fire -protection -rated openings.
2. Comply with jurisdictional requirements for locations and firestopping systems.
B. F-Rated Systems: Provide penetrating firestopping with F-ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than that equaling
or exceeding fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated.
C. T-Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide penetrating firestopping with T-ratings indicated, as well as F-ratings, as determined
per ASTME 814, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas:
1. Penetrations located outside wall cavities.
2. Penetrations located in construction containing fire -protection -rated openings.
3. Penetrating items larger than 4-inch- diameter nominal pipe or 16 sq. in. in overall cross -sectional area.
D. For penetrating firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that after curing do not deteriorate when
exposed to these conditions both duriong and after construction.
1. For piping penetrations for plumbing provide moisture -resistant penetrating firestopping.
2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide penetrating firestopping not requiring removal of insulation.
E. For penetrating firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame -spread ratings of less than 25 and smoke -developed ratings of less
than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of penetrating firestopping system product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For each penetrating firestopping, show each kind of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction,
and kind of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that
evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated.
1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each penetrating firestopping
configuration for construction and penetrating items.
2. Where Project conditions require modification of qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration to suit a particular penetrating firestopping
condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetrating firestopping manufacturers fire -protection engineer.
C. Qualification Data: If requested by Architect, for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and
experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other
information specified.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who specializes in the installation of firestop and has completed penetrating firestopping similar
in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain penetrating firestopping, for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated, from a single manufacturer.
C. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide penetrating firestopping that comply with the following requirements and those specified in
"Performance Requirements" Article:
1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, or another agency
performing testing and follow-up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Penetrating firestopping are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements:
a. Penetrating firestopping products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency.
b. Penetrating firestopping correspond to those indicated by reference to penetrating firestopping system designations listed by the following:
1) UL in "Fire Resistance Directory."
D. Do not cover up firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other construction until building inspector, if required by authorities
having jurisdiction, have examined each installation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide penetrating firestopping that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with the items,
if any, penetrating penetrating firestopping, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by penetrating firestopping manufacturer
based on testing and field experience.
B. Accessories: Provide components for each firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with "Performance
Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by firestop system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing and inspecting
agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items:
1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials, including the following:
a. Slag4rock-wool-fiber insulation.
b. Sealants used in combination with other forming/damming/backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state.
c. Fire -rated form board.
d. Fillers for sealants.
2. Temporary forming materials.
3. Substrate primers.
4. Collars.
5. Steel sleeves.
2.2 FILL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide penetrating firestopping containing the types of fill materials indicated in the penetrating firestopping. Schedule at the end of
Part 3 by reference to the types of materials described in this Article. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of the referenced testing and
inspecting agencies as fill, void, or cavity materials.
B. Latex Sealants: Single -component latex formulations that after cure do not re -emulsify during exposure to moisture.
C. Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter
of penetrant.
D. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum -foil -faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized steel sheet.
E. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water-resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds.
F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single -component inturnescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side.
G. Pillows/Bags: Reusable, heat -expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral -fiber,
water -insoluble expansion agents and fire -retardant additives.
H. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible,
nonshrinking foam.
1. Silicone Sealants: Moisture -curing, single -component, silicone -based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below:
1. Grade: Pourable (self -leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical
and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping, gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items,
substrates, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing penetrating firestopping to comply with written recommendations of firestop
system manufacturer and the following requirements:
1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetrating
firestopping.
2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetrating
firestopping. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation.
B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by penetrating firestopping manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended
products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetrating firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion
of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop
system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates.
3.3 PENETRATING FIRESTOPPING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install penetrating firestopping to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article and firestop system manufacturers written installation
instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated.
B. Install forming/damming/backing materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the
position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated.
C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results:
1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings
indicated.
2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items.
3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish
3.4 IDENTIFICATION
A. Identify penetrating firestopping with pressure -sensitive, self-adhesive, preprinted vinyl labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces of penetrated
construction on both sides of each firestop system installation where labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop
systems. Include the following information on labels:
1. The words: "Warning- Penetrating Firestopping --Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Owner of Any Damage."
2. Contractors name, address, and phone number.
3. Penetrating Firestopping designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
4. Date of installation.
5. Penetrabng Firestopping manufacturers name.
6. Installers name.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by
Penetrating Firestopping manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur.
B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure penetrating firestopping are without damage or deterioration
at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetrating
firestopping immediately and install new materials to produce penetrating firestopping complying with specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 07 84 13
SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits
permitted by joint sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service
and application conditions.
C. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints in Ceramic Tile and Other Hard Surfaces in Toilet Rooms and Around Plumbing Fixtures:
1. Single -component, mildew -resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and 0; formulated with fungicide.
D. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames:
1. Latex sealant, single -component, nonsag, mildew -resistant, paintable, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTMI C 834.
E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed Interior Joints:
1. Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834.
F. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
1. Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic -rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce
transmission of airborne sound.
2.2 JOINT -SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and otherjoint fillers;
and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant
performance.
C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid,
inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C 11 93.
B. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint surfaces.
2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.
3. Produce uniform depths and shapes relative to joint width.
C. Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications.
D. Clean off excess sealant adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturer of joint
sealant and of product in which joints occur.
END OF SECTION 07 92 00
SECTION 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Samples for factory -finished doors.
B. Quality Standard: WDMA I.S.1-A.
C. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction based on testing per NFPA 252.
1. At stairs and exit passageways, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL
A. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade:
1. Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated.
B. Core Doors: Provide partical board lumber cores for doors, containing no ureaformaldehyde.
C. Fire -Protection -Rated Doors: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire -protection rating indicated. Provide the following for
mineral -core doors:
1. Composite blocking where required to eliminate through -bolting hardware.
2. Laminated -edge construction.
3. Formed -steel edges and astragals for pairs of doors.
2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS
A. Doors for Transparent Finish:
1. Interior Solid -Core Doors: Custom grade, five or seven -ply, structural composite lumber cores.
a. Faces: Grade A species as indicated.
b. Veneer Matching: Slip match, end balanced.
c. Pair matching and set matching.
d. Continuous matching for doors with transoms.
2.3 FABRICATION AND FINISHING
A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated and to comply with clearances specified.
B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3.
C. Factory finish doors indicated for transparent finish with stain and manufacturer's standard finish complying with WDMA System TR-4, conversion
varnish for grade specified for doors.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, WDMA I.S.1 -A and as indicated.
1. Install fire -rated doors to comply with NFPA 80.
B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining.
C. Clearances: As follows, unless otherwise indicated:
1. 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors.
2. 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering.
3. 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold.
4. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors.
D. Repair, refinish, or replace factory -finished doors damaged during installation, as directed by Architect.
END OF SECTION 08 14 16
SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Hardware schedule and keying schedule.
B. Deliver keys to Owner.
C. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Provide products that comply with NFPA 80 and are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications indicated. On exit devices provide label indicating "Fire Exit Hardware."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
A. Hinges:
1. Hinges with stainless -steel pins for exterior.
2. Nonremovable hinge pins for exterior and public interior exposure.
3. Ball -bearing hinges for doors with closers and entry doors.
4. 3 hinges for 1-3/4-inch- thick doors 90 inches or less in height; 4 hinges for doors more than 90 inches in height.
B. Locksets and Latchsets:
1. BHMA Al 56.2, Series 4000, Grade 1 for bored locks and latches.
2. BHMA Al 56.3, Grade 1 for exit devices.
3. BHMA Al 56.5, Grade 1 for auxiliary locks.
4. BHMA Al 56.13, Series 1 000, Grade 1 for mortise locks and latches.
5. Lever handles on locksets and latchsets.
6. Provide trim on exit devices matching locksets.
C. Key locks to Owner's new master -key system.
1. Cylinders with six -pin tumblers and removable cores.
2. Provide cylinders for overhead doors, storefront doors, and other locking doors that do not require other hardware.
D. Closers:
1. Mount closers on interior side (room side) of door opening. Provide regular -arm, parallel -arm, or top -jamb -mounted closers as necessary.
2. Adjustable delayed opening (accessible to people with disabilities) feature on closers.
E. Provide wall stops or floor stops for doors without closers.
F. Provide hardware finishes as indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Mount hardware in locations recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 08 71 00
SECTION 08 80 00 - GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable)
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Glass Thickness: Comply with ASTM C1 036 for glass lites.
1. Deflection subject to rejection by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS
A. Heat -Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A (uncoated) or Condition C (coated), Type 1, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted), Quality Q3,
Kind FT (fully tempered) as indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements
are contained in GANA's "Glazing Manual."
B. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
C. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 08 80 00
SECTION 08 83 00 - MIRRORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For mirror hardware.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Glazing Publications: Comply with GANA's "Glazing Manual" and GANA Mirror Division's "Mirrors, Handle with Extreme Care: Tips for the
Professional on the Care and Handling of Mirrors" unless more stringent requirements are indicated
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRROR MATERIALS
A. Clear Glass Mirrors: ASTM C 1503, Mirror Glazing Quality.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Type A Shore durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.
B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at
mirrored glass edges.
C. Mirror Mastic: An adhesive setting compound, produced specifically for setting mirrors and certified by both mirror manufacturer and mastic
manufacturer as compatible with glass coating and substrates on which mirrors will be installed.
2.3 MIRROR HARDWARE
A. Mirror Clips: As indicated.
B. Mirror Standoff: As indicated.
C. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed.
D. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide toothed or lead -shield expansion -bolt devices for
drilled -in -place anchors. Provide galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Mirror Sizes: To suit Project conditions, cut mirrors to final sizes and shapes.
B. Cutouts: Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts so they fit closely around
penetrations in mirrors. Cutouts to be approved by Architect.
C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Rounded polished edge.
1. Seal edges of mirrors after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced GANA publications. Mount mirrors accurately
in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images.
B. Provide a minimum air space of 1/8 inch (3 mm) between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of
mounting surface.
C. For wall -mounted mirrors, install with mirror hardware.
1. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so
heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors.
D. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations.
E. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water.
F. Maintain environmental conditions that will prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods
of time.
END OF SECTION 08 83 00
SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data.
B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS
A. Steel Framing Members, General: ASTM C 754.
1. Steel Sheet Components: ASTM C 645. Thickness specified is minimum uncoated base -metal thickness.
2. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40, hot -dip galvanized zinc coating.
B. Suspended Ceiling and Soffit Framing:
1. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625-inch diameter, or double strand of 0.0475-inch- diameter wire.
2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 /A 641 M, Class I zinc coating, soft temper, and 0. 1 62-inch diameter.
3. Carrying Channels: Cold -rolled steel, 0.0538 inch thick.
C. Partition and Soffit Framing:
1. Studs and Runners: In depth and thickness as indicated.
2. Flat Strap and Backing: 0.0179 inch thick.
3. Rigid Hat -Shaped Furring Channels: In depth indicated and 0.0179 inch thick.
4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2 inch deep, with single- or double -leg configuration.
5. Cold -Rolled Furring Channels: 0.0538 inch thick, 3/4 inch deep.
6. Z-Furring: In depth required by insulation, 1-1/4-inch face flange, 7/8-inch wall -attachment flange, and 0.0179 inch thick.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. General: Comply with referenced installation standards.
1. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to
substrates.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation and with United States Gypsum's
"Gypsum Construction Handbook."
B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar
construction.
C. Isolate steel framing from building structure, except at floor, to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.
D. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with requirements of listed assemblies.
END OF SECTION 09 22 16
SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data.
B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an independent
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 90 and classified per ASTM E 413 b
qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PANEL PRODUCTS
A. Provide in maximum lengths available to minimize end -to -end butt joints.
B. Interior Gypsum Board: ASTM C 36/C 36M or ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, in thickness indicated, with manufacturers standard edges. Type X where
indicated and Sag -resistant type for ceiling surfaces.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Trim Accessories: ASTMI C 1047, formed from galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized -steel sheei
For exterior trim, use accessories formed from hot -dip galvanized -steel sheet, plastic, or rolled zinc.
1. Provide comerbead at outside comers unless otherwise indicated.
2. Provide LC -bead (J-bead) at exposed panel edges.
: A
o.r-roviueCO"LrOijoinLsvvi,eicinuL,CILU .
B. Aluminum Accessories: Extruded -aluminum accessories indicated with Class 11, clear anodic finish; AA-C12C22A31. CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
C. Joint -Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475/C 475M. ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
1. Joint Tape: Paper unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer.
2. Joint Compounds: Drying -type, ready -mixed, all-purpose compounds.
3. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use high -build interior coating product designed for application by aidess sprayer and to be used instead of
skim coat to produce Level 5 finish.
D. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nons ining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
E. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (unfaced). 255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1 240
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION Orlando, Florida 32801
A. Install gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. Phone: 407.930.6016
1. Isolate gypsum board assemblies from abutting structural and masonry work. Provide edge trim and acoustical sealant. FL. Lic. No. AROO 1 6053
22. z3ingle-Layer Fas ning Methods: Fasten gypsum panels supports with screws.
3. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layer separately to supports with screws.
B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with requirements of listed assemblies.
C. Finishing Gypsum Board: ASTM C 840.
1. At concealed areas, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide Level 1 finish: Embed tape at joints.
2. At substrates for tile, provide Level 2 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide Level 4 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners,
and trim flanges.
4. Where indicated, provide Level 5 finish: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges.
Apply skim coat to entire surface.
END OF SECTION 09 29 00
SECTION 09 30 00 - TILING
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data for tile and installation materials and Samples for tile.
B. Floor Tiles: Static coefficient of friction not less than 0.6 for level surfaces and 0.8 for ramps, per ASTM C 1028.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TILE
A. Tile that complies with Standard grade requirements in ANSI Al 37. 1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile."
2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. VOC Limit for Adhesives and Fluid -Applied Waterproofing Membranes: 65 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D
(EPA Method 24).
B. Crack -Suppression Membranes for Thin -Set Tile Installation: Manufacturers standard fabric -reinforced liquid latex product complying with
ANSI Al 18.1 0.
1. Install for flooring tiles of 12 by 12 or larger.
C. Setting and Grouting Materials: Comply with material standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to
materials and methods indicated wiht low voc content.
1. Thin -Set Mortar Type: Latex-portland cement.
2. Grout Type: Polymer modified unless otherwise indicated.
3. Grout Color: As indicated on Finish Schedule.
D. Metal Edge Strips: Angle of L-Shap, height to match tile and setting -bed thickness, metal designed specifically for flooring application.
E. Grout Sealer: Manufacturers standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with tile installation standards in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to materials and methods indicated.
1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI's "Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" for providing 95 percent mortar
coverage.
a. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger.
b. Tile floors composed of rib -backed tiles.
B. Comply with TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation."
C. Floor Tile Installation Method(s):
1. Over Concrete Subfloors: TCA F1 13 (thin -set mortar on concrete).
2. Over Concrete Subfloors for Floor Tile 12 by 12 Inches or Larger: TCA F122 thin -set mortar over crack suppression membrane on concrete.
D. Wall Tile Installation Method(s):
1. Over Gypsum Board: TCA W242 (organic adhesive on gypsum board and metal studs).
2. Over Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backer Board: TCA W245 with thin -set mortar (thin -set mortar on glass -mat, water-resistant backer board).
E. Install tiles on floors as selected by architect.
F. Install tiles on walls as selected by architect.
G. Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size.
H. Perform rutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight
aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile.
END OF SECTION 09 30 00
SECTION 09 61 13 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1-GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and material Samples.
B. Surface -Burning Characteristics of Panels: ASTM E 1264, Class A materials, tested per ASTM E 84.
C. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assemblies per ASTM E 119 by an
independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Seismic Standard: Provide acoustical panel ceilings designed and installed to withstand the effects of earthquake motions according to
the following:
1. CISCA's Recommendations for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA's "Recommendations for Direct -Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay -in
Panel Ceilings".
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 ACOUSTICAL PANELS
A. Provide acoustical panels and suspension system as indicated on Finish Schedule.
B. Attachment Devices: Sized for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. Comply
with seismic design requirements.
C. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Zinc -coated carbon -steel wire; ASTM A 641 /A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.
D. Seismic Struts: Manufacturers standard product designed to accommodate seismic forces.
E. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure panels in place.
F. Roll -Formed, Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for
edges and penetratons that comply with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for
exposed flangesof suspension system runners.
G. Extruded -Aluminum Edge Moldings and Trim: Where indicated, provide manufacturers extruded -aluminum edge moldings and trim of
profile indicated or referenced by manufacturer's designations, including splice plates, corner pieces, and attachment and other clips, complying
with seismic design requirements and the following:
1. Provide trim in full lengths to elevate joint. If joints are reequired, joints to be butted and tight gaps are not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Ceiling Suspension System Installation: Comply with ASTM C 636 and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook."
1. Fire -Rated Assembly: Install fire -rated ceiling systems according to tested fire -rated design.
B. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fit accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels
at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit.
C. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as indicated on Reflective Ceiling Plan.
END OF SECTION 09 51 13
SECTION 09 65 13 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES
A. Provide resilient rubber base transition strips and accessories as indicated on Finish Schedule.
B. Provide manufacturers continuous rolls.
2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement- or blended hydraulic cement -based formulation provided or
approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type containing low voc recommended by manufacturer to suit products and substrate conditions.
C. Stair -Tread -Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not
conform to tread contours.
D. Resilient Transition Strips: Rubber, in profile as indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 71 0. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
B. Adhesively install resilient wall base and accessories.
C. Install wall base in maximum lengths possible. Apply to walls, columns, pilasters, casework, and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas
where base is required.
D. Install stair -tread -nose filler to nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours.
E. Install reducer strips at edges of floor coverings that would otherwise be exposed.
F. Transition strips: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece.
END OF SECTION 09 65 13
SECTION 09 65 19 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
B. Fire -Test Response: Resilient tile has critical radiant flux classification of Class 1, not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm per ASTM E 648.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING
A. Provide resilient tile flooring as indicated on Finish Schedule.
2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement- or blended hydraulic cement -based formulation provided
or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated.
B. Adhesives: Low voc water-resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated.
C. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum in maximum available lengths to minimize joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Prepare concrete substrates according to ASTM F 71 0. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
1. Moisture Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer complying with ASTM F1 869 and ASTM F2170.
2. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing.
B. Lay out tiles so tile widths at opposite edges of room are equal and are at least one-half of a tile.
C. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged. Lay tiles in patterns indicated.
END OF SECTION 09 65 19
:��
0
l__
QL
Q:�
(.)
V)
LU
n
�_
U
LU
)
0
0!�
IL
www.CVDsfudio.com
X"�,�,,,,, I
�
-1 7 , 111�A
7
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
so
rw
MR
no
=
0
RM
Ogg
4
+
LO
1-0
I
I
UJ
C/)
I
I
=
0.0-0
>_
=
Cl-
uj
r1-_J
_J
Li-
,
V)
__J
_J
_17
13:�
>_
=
0-
W
F-4
�
0
>
_J
ca
__J
_J
<
0 �
110 11q_
NO LO
00 (y)
r_1 (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
M-110MAII � DESCRIPTION
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII_
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII __
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��� - - M
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��� ______
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ��� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIIII11
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. .................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
.... I ...............................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
NOTES
A0.3
SECTION 06 40 23 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART I - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data for materials and Shop Drawings.
B. Quality Standard: Architectural Woodwork Institute's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards".
C. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is completed, and HVAC system is operating.
D. Provide products having a percentage of post consumer and/or preconsumer recycled content.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Hardboard: AHAA135.4.
B. Medium -Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade 130, made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde.
C. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.
D. Hardwood Plywood and Face Veneers: HPVA HP-1, made with adhesive containing no urea formaldehyde.
E. Thermoset Decorative Panels: Comply with LMA SAT - 1.
F. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
G. Solid -Surfacing Material: Homogeneous solid sheets of filled plastic resin complying with ISSFA-2.
2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Provide hardware as indicated complying with BHMA All 56.9.
B. Exposed Hardware Finishes: Comply with BHMA Al 56.18 for BHMA code number indicated.
C. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Fire -retardant -treated lumber, kiln dried to 1 5 percent moisture content.
D. Adhesives: Provide adhesives containing low voc content and no ureaformaledhyde.
E. Provide wood products complying with FSC-accredited certification body.
2.3 INTERIOR WOODWORK
A. Complete fabrication to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and
installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
B. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
C. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish: Custom grade, species as indicated.
D. Interior Standing and Running Trim for Opaque Finish: Custom grade, made from any closed -grain hardwood.
E. Interior Ornamental Work for Transparent Finish: Custom grade, made from species as indicated.
F. Interior Ornamental Work for Opaque Finish: Custom grade, made from any closed -grain hardwood.
G. Wood Cabinets for Transparent Finish: Custom grade.
1. AW Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
2. Wood Species and Cut for Exposed Surfaces: As indicated, and directed by Architect.
3. Grain Direction: As directed by Architect.
4. Matching of Veneer Leaves: As directed by Architect.
5. Semiexposed Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Same species and cut indicated for exposed surfaces.
6. Drawer Sides and Barks: Solid -hardwood lumber, stained to match species indicated for exposed surfaces.
7. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels.
H. Plastic -Laminate Cabinets: Custom grade, Greenguard certified laminate.
1. AW Type of Cabinet Construction: Flush overlay.
2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Solid hardwood.
3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative panels.
1. Plastic -Laminate Countertops: Premium grade, Greenguard certified laminate.
1. Laminate Grade: HGS for flat countertops, HGP for post -formed countertops.
2. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces.
J. Solid -Surfacing Material Countertops: Custom grade.
1. Solid -Surfacing Material Thickness: 3/4 inch.
2. Fabricate tops in one piece with shop -applied edges.
2.4 SHOP FINISHING OF INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
A. Finishes: Same grades as items to be finished.
B. Finish architectural woodwork at the fabrication shop; defer only final touch up until after installation.
1. Apply one coat of sealer or primer to concealed surfaces of woodwork.
2. Apply two coats to back of paneling and to end -grain surfaces.
3. Apply a vinyl wash coat to woodwork made from closed -grain wood before staining and finishing.
4. After staining, if any, apply paste wood filler to open -grain woods and wipe off excess. Tint filler to match stained wood.
C. Transparent Finish: AW finish system conversion varnish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Before installation, condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas.
B. Install woodwork to comply with referenced quality standard for grade specified.
C. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance
of 1/8 inch in 96 inches.
D. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts.
E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Fasten with countersunk concealed fasteners and blind nailing.
Use fine finishing nails for exposed nailing, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork.
F. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full-length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to
greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches long, except where shorter single -length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints
and stagger in adjacent and related members.
G. Anchor paneling to supports with concealed panel -hanger clips and by blind nailing on back-up strips, splined-connection strips, and similar
associated trim and framing.
H. Cabinets: Install so doors and drawers are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide
unencumbered operation.
1. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with [No. 1 0 wafer -head sheet metal screws
through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish.
1. Anchor countertops securely to base units. Seal space between backsplash and wall.
END OF SECTION 06 40 23
SECTION 072100 - BUILDING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1 . Insulation.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Each type of insulation specified.
B. Product Test Reports: From and based on tests performed by a qualified independent testing agency evidencing compliance of insulation products with
specified requirements including those for thermal resistance, fire -test -response characteristics, water absorption, and other properties, based on comprehensive
testing of current products.
C. Research or Evaluation Reports: Reports of the model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that evidence compliance of
foam -plastic insulations with building code in effect for Project.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Single -Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products
complying with requirements indicated without delaying the Work.
B. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated on Drawings or specified
elsewhere in this Section as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
1 . Surface-Buming Characteristics: ASTM E 84.
2. Fire -Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 1 1 9.
3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply
with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide insulation products by one of the following:
1 . Sound Batt Insulation:
a. CertainTeed Corporation.
b. JohnsManville
C. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH.
d. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corporation.
e. Schuller International, Inc.
2.2 INSULATING MATERIALS
A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards.
2.3 SOUND BATT INSULATION
A. Sound Batt Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing), Class A, with maximum fiame-spread and smoke -developed indices of 10
and 1 0, respectively, produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from @lsee, @'a@ weel��rock wool. (Provide rock wool only)
1 . Thickness: To match cavity space indicated; provide single thickness blanket.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements of Sections in which substrates and related work are specified
and to determine if other conditions affecting performance of insulation are satisfactory. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION i
A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with insulation manufacturers written instructions applicable to products and application indicated.
B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled
C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove
projections that interfere with placement.
D. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. i
3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION
A. General: Apply insulation types specified to substrates indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations.
B. Install blanket insulation in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements:
1. Use blanket widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill cavity, provide lengths thatwill
produce a snug fit between ends.
2. Place blankets in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.
3. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically.
4. Do not force or compact insulation into stud cavity.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. General: Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or
enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.
END OF SECTION 0721 00
SECTION 09 68 13 - TILE CARPETING
PARTI- GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and Samples.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CARPET TILE
A. Provide carpet tile as indicated on Finish Schedule.
D. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Not less than 0.45 W/sq. cm per ASTM E 648.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with CRI 104.
B. Prepare substrates according to ASTM F710. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners.
C. Installation Method: Glue down; releasable, pressure -sensitive adhesive.
D. Install borders parallel to walls.
END OF SECTION 09 68 13
SECTION 09 91 20 - PAINTING (PROFESSIONAL LINE PRODUCTS)
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each paint system indicated.
B. Samples: Provide 12 by 12 inch samples of each paint color and finish. Paint sample to be applied on same type of substrate as indicated.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in applying paints and coatings similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for
this Project, whose work has resulted in applications with a record of successful in-service performance.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain primers for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in other Part 2 articles.
B. Manufacturers' Names: Shortened versions (shown in parentheses) of the following manufacturers' names are used in other Part 2 articles:
1. ICI Paints (ICI Paints).
2. Porter Paints (Porter).
3. PPG Industries, Inc. (Pittsburgh Paints).
4. Sherwin-Williams Co. (Sherwin-Williams).
5. Flame Control Coatings, Inc. (Flame Control Coatings)
2.2 INTERIOR PRIMERS
A. Interior Gypsum Board Primer: Factory -formulated latex -based primer for interior application.
1 � ICI Paints; 1 000 Prep & Prime Hi -Hide Wall Interior Water -Based Primer Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.2 mils.
2. Porter; 867 ProMaster 2000 PVA Drywall Primer Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.1 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-2 SpeedHide Interior Quick -Drying Latex Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite High Build Interior Latex Primer/Surfacer B28W601 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
B. Interior Wood Primer for Acrylic -Enamel and Semigloss Acrylic -Enamel Finishes: Factory -formulated acrylic -latex -based interior wood primer.
1. ICI Paints; 3210 Prep & Prime Gripper Multi -Purpose Interior/Exterior Water -Based Primer Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.8 mils.
2. Porter; 1 1 29 Blanket Acrylic Primer Sealer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-855 SpeedHide Latex Enamel Undercoater: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
4. Sherwin-Williams; PrepRite Wall and Wood Primer B49W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
C. Interior Ferrous -Metal Primer: Factory -formulated quick -drying rust -inhibitive acrylic -based metal primer.
1. ICI Paints; 4160 Devguard Multi -Purpose Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.2 mils.
2. Porter; 215 porter Guard DTM White Acrylic Metal Primer. Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-712 Pitt -Tech Acrylic Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
4. Sherwin-Williams; Kern Kromik Universal Metal Primer B66W1: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
D. Interior Zinc -Coated Metal Primer: Factory -formulated galvanized metal primer.
1. ICI Paints; 4160 Devguard Multi -Purpose Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 2.0 mils.
2. Porter; 215 Porter Guard DTM White Acrylic Metal Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 90-712 Pitt -Tech Water Borne Acrylic DTM Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
4. Sherwin-Williams; B66W1 Direct to Metal (DTM) Acrylic Primer: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 3.0 mils.
2.3 INTERIOR FINISH COATS
A. Interior Flat Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated flat acrylic -latex interior enamel:
1. ICI Paints; 1200 Dulux Professional Velvet Matte Interior Flat Latex Wall & Trim Finish: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
2. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-70 Line SpeedHide Interior Wall Flat -Latex Paint: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
3. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 200 Interior Latex Flat Wall Paint B30W200 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
4. Porter Paints; Pro -Master 2000 Flat Interior Latex Wall Paint No. 6109: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
B. Interior Low -Luster Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated eggshell acrylic -latex interior enamel.
1. ICI Paints; 1402 Dulux Professional Acrylic Eggshell Interior Wall & Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
2. Porter; 6129 ProMaster 2000 Acrylic Latex Eggshell Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.4 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-400 Series SpeedHide Eggshell Acrylic Latex Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.25 mils.
4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 400 Interior Latex Egg -Shell Enamel B20-4400 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.6 mils.
C. Interior Semigloss Acrylic Enamel: Factory -formulated semigloss acrylic -latex enamel for interior application.
1. ICI Paints; 1406 Dulux Professional Acrylic Semi -Gloss Interior Wall & Trim Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils.
2. Porter; 6139 Promaster 2000 Acrylic Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel: Applied at a dry film thickness of less than 1.5 mils.
3. Pittsburgh Paints; 6-500 Series SpeedHide Interior Semi -Gloss Latex: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.0 mil.
4. Sherwin-Williams; ProMar 400 Interior Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel B31-4400 Series: Applied at a dry film thickness of not less than 1.3 mils.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for paint application. Comply with procedures
specified in PDCA P4.
1. Proceed with paint application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.
B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. On
request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Notify Architect about anticipated problems when
using the materials specified over substrates primed by others.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to
be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and
painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved.
B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil
and grease before cleaning.
C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturers written instructions for each particular substrate condition
and as specified.
D. Material Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions.
E. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of same material are applied. Tint undercoats to
match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.
3.3 APPLICATION
A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material
being applied.
1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the paint schedules.
2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.
3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, grilles, convector covers, covers for finned -tube radiation, and
similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.
5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation of equipment, paint surfaces
behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.
6. Paint interior surfaces of ducts with a flat, nonspecular black paint where visible through registers or grilles.
7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces.
8. Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms, and side edges the same as exterior faces.
B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after
preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. A minimum of one prime coat and two finish coats is required.
1. The number of coats and film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat
has cured as recommended by manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturers written instructions,
sand between applications.
2. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying.
C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate to achieve dry film thickness indicated.
E. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from Project site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping without scratching or damaging
adjacent finished surfaces.
3.5 PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage from painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and
repainting, as approved by Architect.
END OF SECTION 09 91 20
SECTION 10 44 13 - FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and
profiles, and finishes for fire protection cabinets.
1. Fire Protection Cabinets: Include roughing -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding
construction, door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, and panel style.
B. Shop Drawings: For fire protection cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire -Rated, Fire Protection Cabinets: Listed and labeled to comply with requirements in ASTM E 814 for fire -resistance rating of walls where they
are installed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B.
B. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type 304.
C. Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type 1, Quality q3, 3 mm thick, Class 1 (clear).
2.2 FIRE PROTECTION CABINET
A. Cabinet Construction: To match wall receiving cabinet.
1. Fire -Rated Cabinets: Construct fire -rated cabinets with double walls fabricated from 0.0428-inch- thick, cold -rolled steel sheet lined with minimum
5/8-inch- thick, fire -barrier material. Provide factory -drilled mounting holes.
B. Cabinet Material: Stainless -steel sheet.
C. Cabinet Trim Material: Same material and finish as door.
D. Door Material: Stainless steel as indicated.
E. Door Style: Center glass panel with frame.
F. Door Glazing: Tempered float glass (clear).
G. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard.
H. Accessories:
1. Mounting Bracket: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to fire protection cabinet, of sizes required for types and
capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or baked -enamel finish.
2. Door Lock: Cam lock that allows door to be opened during emergency by pulling sharply on door handle.
3. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location.
a. Identify fire extinguisher in fire protection cabinet with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER", black lettering, vertically.
4. Alarm: Manufacturer's standard alarm that actuates when fire protection cabinet door is opened and that is powered by low voltage, complete with
transformer.
J. Finishes:
1. Steel: Factory primed for field painting.
2. Stainless Steel: No. 4.
2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fire Protection Cabinets: Provide manufacturers standard box (tub) with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door
style indicated.
1. Weld joints and grind smooth.
2. Provide factory -drilled mounting holes.
3. Prepare doors and frames to receive locks.
4. Install door locks at factory.
B. Cabinet Doors: Fabricate doors according to manufacturer's standards, from materials indicated and coordinated with cabinet types and trim style
selected.
1. Fabricate door frames with tubular stiles and rails and hollow -metal design, minimum 1/2 inch thick.
2. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.
C. Cabinet Trim: Fabricate cabinet trim in one piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth.
2.4 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of fire protection cabinets from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering
before shipping.
C. Finish fire protection cabinets after assembly.
D. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are
acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where recessed cabinets will be installed.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install fire protection cabinets in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Fire Protection Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to structure, square and plumb.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide recessed fire protection cabinets. If wall thickness is not adequate for recessed cabinets, provide
semirecessed fire protection cabinets.
2. Provide inside latch and lock for break -glass panels.
3. Fasten mounting brackets to inside surface of fire protection cabinets, square and plumb.
C. Identification: Vertical lettering.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as fire protection cabinets are installed unless otherwise indicated in
manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. Adjust fire protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly.
C. Touch up marred finishes, or replace fire protection cabinets that cannot be restored to factory -finished appearance. Use only materials and
procedures recommended or furnished by fire protection cabinet and mounting bracket manufacturers.
D. Replace fire protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor
repair
procedures.
END OF SECTION 10 44 13
SECTION 10 44 16 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual
components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 1 0, "Portable Fire Extinguishers."
B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FMG.
1.3 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or
workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire protection cabinet indicated.
1. Valves: Manufacturer's standard.
2. Handles and Levers: Manufacturer's standard.
3. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 1 0, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire
extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging.
B. Multipurpose Dry -Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated 4-A:60-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry
chemical in enameled -steel container.
1. Verify locations with Architect and comply with requirement of local authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging.
1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install fire extinguishers in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 10 44 16
SECTION 11 31 00 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
PART1- GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include operating characteristics, dimensions of individual appliances, and finishes
for each appliance.
B. Appliance Schedule: For appliances; use same designations indicated on Drawings.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations: Obtain residential appliances through one source from a single manufacturer.
B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following product certifications:
1. NFPA: Provide electrical appliances listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 1 00, by a testing agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
2. UL and NEMA: Provide electrical components required as part of residential appliances that are listed and labeled by UL and that
comply with applicable NEMA standards.
3. ANSI: Provide gas-buming appliances that comply with ANSI Z21 Series standards.
4. NAECA: Provide residential appliances that comply with NAECA standards.
C. Regulatory Requirements, Accessibility: Where residential appliances are indicated to comply with accessibility requirements, comply
with the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's "Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for
Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG)."
D. Energy Ratings: Provide residential appliances that carry labels indicating energy -cost analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and
efficiency information as required by the FTC Appliance Labeling Rule.
1. Provide appliances that qualify for the EPAIDOE ENERGY STAR product labeling program.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Products: Provide residential appliances as indicated on drawings schedule.
2.2 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and
designating finishes.
B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of work.
B. Examine roughing -in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. General: Comply with manufacturers written instructions.
B. Built-in Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting cabinets or countertops with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances
are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed.
C. Freestanding Equipment: Place units in final locations after finishes have been completed in each area. Verify that clearances
are adequate to properly operate equipment.
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Test each item of residential appliances to verify proper operation. Make necessary adjustments.
B. Verify that accessories required have been furnished and installed.
C. Remove packing material from residential appliances and leave units in clean condition, ready for operation.
END OF SECTION 11 31 00
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1 240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
I
. X�
I ,/�// ,,--I _k I ,-�
I ..� -1 t,
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__1
LL_
Vi
J
_J
M
_:�;
I
W
0
>_
=
l_
0L
CL
=
LU
Fif
�-
r_4
U
I
<
I
(-)
V)
(/')
>
LIJ
LU
I
_J
0
=
1
ca
�_
F_
+
L0
=
__J
_J
(-)
=
,0
Cie
<
LIJ
)
LU
�>
I
I
>_
=
C) �
0
0
LU
0-
11-0 19t
,O Lo
W
CL
<
3:
LU
17-4
00 (y)
r--, (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
��� DESCRIPTION
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ______ __ ___
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III1IIIIIIIIIIIII1IIIIII1IIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
I . .................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
NOTES
A0.4
8.0000
PROVIDE SEMI -RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER
CABINET. B.O.D. ULINE - MODEL H5800
DUPLEX RECEPTICAL SEMI -RECESSED STEEL PAINTED (WHITE ENAMEL)
IN SIDE OF NICHE LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS IN
ACCORDANCE W/LOCAL CODES & PROVIDE
FRAME AS SCHEDULE ARCHITECT W/ DRAWING OF LOCATIONS FOR
DOUBLE STUDS AT 9.0000 REVIEW/APPROVAL PRIOR TO FRAMING OF
OPENING/ 54" A. F.F. WALLS. AVOID LOCATING IN FIRE RATED
OF 1 .777—
PARTITION (PROVIDE SECOND LAYER OF 5/8"
Zo TYPE "X" G.W.B. AT BACK SIDE OF CABINET IF
FASTEN TRACK TO
NOTE: NO PHYSICAL OR NOTE: NO PHYSICAL OR BOTTOM OF EXISTING CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION AND QUANTITIES 0
MECHANICAL ATTACHMENT MECHANICAL ATTACHMENT SLAB OR TRUSS BOTTOM DEVICES WITH LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL.
TO GLAZING SYSTEM SHALL BE ALLOWED. TO MULLION SHALL BE ALLOWED. CHORD I I
EXISTING WINDOW---,,,,... EXISTING WINDOW YL A A
WALL WALL
ELEVATION
EXISTING MULLION ELEVATION OF DIAGNOSTIC BOARD NICHE
EXISTING GLASS EXISTING GLASS DOUBLE GALV. CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
TYPICAL INTERIOR DOOR JAMB DETAIL DOUBLE GALV. 3 5/8" STUDS ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
3 5/8" STUDS VERIFY W/ MFR.
USE MTL. STUD AS
BRACE 8'--0" O.C. www.CVDstudio.com
TFASTEN EACH BRACE
GORDON TRIM MULLION MATE GORDON TRIM MULLION MATE TO TRACK WITH ONE
SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR SILL DEPTH SIZE AS REQUIRED FOR SILL DEPTH SHEET METAL SCREW 255 Souf h Orange Avenue Suif e # 1240
EACH SIDE OR FASTEN I F Orlando, Florida 32801
CEILING CHANNEL/ ANGLE STUD/BRACE TO SLAB Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
GORDON TRIM SERIES 91 l-EC-375— __1 Lj SEMI - RECESSED FIRE
GORDON TRIM SERIES 911 -EC-375 EXTINGUISHER CABINET
FINALFORMSI FINALFORMS1 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL
CONTOUR GWB TO CONTOUR GWB TO 1/2" RIGID INSULATIOJN PLAN W/ 5/8" GYP. BD. EACH SIDE
SILL BELOW AS 3 5/8" METAL STUD WALL
SILL BELOW AS BEHIND GWB.
REQUIRED. REQUIRED. W/ 5/9'GYP. BD. EACH SIDE
INTERIOR PARTITION N DUPLEX RECEPTICAL
INTERIOR PARTITIO1 LL j IN SIDE OF NICHE FULL CORNER BEAD AROUND
AS SCHEDULED AS SCHEDULEC NICHE
PLAN VIE W AT DIAGNOSTIC BOARD NICHE
TYPICAL INTERIOR DOOR HEAD DETAIL PARTITION TO EXTERIOR GLAZING FLASE MULLION DETAIL TYPICAL PARTITION TO EXTERIOR STOREFRONT MULLION DETAIL TYPICAL WALL/SOFFIT BRACE TO B.O. SLAB DETAILS SECTION A -A
DETAILS 2
311 = 1 1-011 ��-5 3" = 1 1-011
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
UNDERSIDE OF DECK UNDERSIDE OF DECK BRACE TOP OF WALL TO STRUCTURE FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
ATM, W/MTL. STUD AT 8'-0" O.C. SEE DET 4/AO.5 COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
_11111 SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
ACOUSTIC SEAL BOTH SIDES ACOUSTIC SEAL BOTH SIDES
20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNER DRYWALL WRAP
AT TOP & BOTTOM -A\f 20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNER
V_ W/WOOD CAP OR
AT TOP & BOTTOM
SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: SOLID SURFACE
USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS V__T_T_
AT 24" O.C. (MAX.) SOUND BATTS FULL HT. 2X4 WOOD TOP
\PLATE
1/8" x 2 3/4" FLAT HEAD METAL
CEILING SEE RCP
SCREW @ 16" O.C. SEALANT AROUND -5/8
BLOCKING CEILING SEE RCP PERIMETER
WITH BOTTOM OF C.O.
5/8" -
F-:
SEE RCP FOR CEILING CONDITION 0
1E - U_
EW
0 z
U_ ONE LAYER 5/8"
z GYP. BD. ON ALIGN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
BOTH SIDES M.R. RESISTANT
WITH BOTTOM OF C.O.
> z
AT TOILETS 0 ONE LAYER U.L. APPROVED 5/8" GYP.
U_
z STORFRONT SYSTEM B.O.D. KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 BID. (BOTH SIDES) ON 3 5/8"-20 GA.
SCREW SPLINE SYSTEM/FACTORY FINISH BLACK 1+
METAL STUDS @ 24" o.c. MAX C12
w CENTER GLAZED
w
F
3-5/8'�- 20 GA. METAL STUDS SOUND BATTS FULL HT. ALL CONCEALED WOOD ?> COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
z 7n
n
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
PROVIDE 3/8" CLEAR TEMPERED GLASS W/ APPLIED 3M FASARA w BLOCKING TO BE FIRE TREATED PER
@ 16" o.c. MAX _j
w (ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION L/240) w DECORATIVE FILM. INSTALLED GLAZING SYSTEM SHALL U_ FBC2020 603
_j w >
U_ RESIST 5 PSF PER 1607.14 FBC WITH MAXIMUM DEFLECTION w A SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: USE POWER \Z3 5/8" STUDS @ 16" 0.
w w
of PER FBC 2403.4 w DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24!' O.C. (MAX.) W/TOP AND BOTTOM
w cf)
SOUND BATTS FULL HT.
CHANNELS
SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE:
w w >
U) _j 20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNERS @ TOP 3?
USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS U_ IT!
w & BOTTOM
AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) w
w PER FBC 2403.4 FOR INTERIOR GLAZED AREAS THE DIFFERENTIAL
SCHEDULED BASE w SCHEDULED BASE NOTE: ALL WOOD STUDS AND
cl) DEFLECTION OF TWO ADJACENT UNSUPPORTED EDGES SHALL CONCEALED WOOD 5/9'GYP BOARD EA SIDE
CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB NOT BE GREATER THAN THE THICKNESS OF THE PANELS WHEN A '00(/ CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB BLOCKING TO BE FIRE
FORCE OF 50 POUNDS PER LINEAR FT IS APPLIED HORIZONTALLY TREATED PER FBC2020 603
TO ONE PANEL AT ANY POINT UP TO 42 INCHES ABOVE THE
5/8"- /8" 5/8" WALKING SURFACE. 5/8"), 3 /8" 5/8"
4-7/8" 4 7/8"
U_
V�
TYPE A - STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTIC NON -RATED TYPE B - STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTIC NON -RATED TYPE C - TYPICAL OFFICE STRUCTURE TO 6" ABOVE CEILING NON -RATED TYPE D - DRYWALL -WRAPPED LOW WALL W/CAP
STOREFRONT GLASS PARTITION
0
r
UNDERSIDE OF DECK U_j
1-4
>
ACOUSTIC SEAL BOTH SIDES LU Uj
20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNER +
<
AT TOP & BOTTOM
LU LU
SOUND BATTS (FULL HT) NO
CONFIRM R-30 INSULATION EXISTING AT ROOF 0 C) LU Cl- '0 Lo
BRACE TOP OF WALL TO STRUCTUR IF NOT PROVIDE PIN MOUNTED VINYL FACED
W/MTL. STUD AT 8'-0" O.C. SEE DET 4/AO.5 Lj-j CO (V)
BATT INSULATION AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE r-4 r_1 m
R-30. (PRODUCT TO BE CLASS A FOR FIRE)
CEILING CHANNEL/ ANGLE UNDERSIDE OF DECK
CEILING AS SCHEDULES, SEE RCP
ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
ACOUSTIC SEAL BOTH SIDES
EXTERIOR MASONRY WALL
I /&'x 2 3/4" FLAT HEAD METAL 20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNER
SCREW @ 16" O.C. AT TOP & BOTTOM 03.24.2023
BLOCKING SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE:
WITH BOTTOM OF C.O. USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS
co
AT 24" O.C. (MAX.) NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
F�
ALIGN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE CEILING SEE RCP
0 WITH BOTTOM OF C.O.
U_
z CEILING SEE RCP C =_ILING SEE RCP
a.
CC
0
ONE LAYER U.L. APPROVED 5/8" GYP.
U_
0
Uj U_ ONE LAYER 5/9' z z BD. (ONE SIDE) ON 1 5/8"-20 GA.
z GYP. BD. ON 5 5 1 1 1
a. METAL STUDS @ 16" o.c. MAX
w BOTH SIDES M.R. RESISTANT
iL AT TOILETS z z
0 ONE LAYER U.L. APPROVED 5/8" GYP. PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
w
FU BD. (ONE SIDE) ON 3 5/8"-20 GA. w BID. (ONE SIDE) ON 1 5/8"-20 GA.
U_ BLOCKING _j 0 0 F. CAMPBELL
0 _j ONE LAYER U.L. APPROVED 5/8" GYP. _j
w WITH TOP OF C.O. METAL STUDS @ 24" o.c. MAX METAL STUDS @ 16" o.c. MAX ....................................................................
PR MA
w w
a TORRES
0 SOUND BATTS FULL HT. ....................................................................
ONE LAYER 5/8" GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES (TYP.) w R19 UNFACED FIBREGLASS INSULATION BETWEEN STUDS
w
w _T 6'�- 20 GA. METAL STUDS
w w
F- @ 16" o.c. MAX _j _j FULL HT TO STRUCTURE ABOVE.
0 U_
w (ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION L/240)
w w
_j >� V
U_ SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: USE POWER SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: USE POWER
SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: USE POWER w w w
DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24" O.C. (MAX.) w SOUND BATTS FULL HT. w DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24" O.C. (MAX.) w DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 24" O.C. (MAX.) ADVENT HEALTH
w W
Lu SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE: 20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNERS @ TOP WELL 65+
U) USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS 20 GA. DRYWALL RUNNERS @ TOP
& BOTTOM & BOTTOM
SCHEDULED BASE AT 16" O.C. (MAX.) ZEPHYRHILLS
SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED BASE SCHEDULED BASE
CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB A. 40// CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB
CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB
5/8"- + 22-0328-01
LEI" 5/8" 5/8"- /811 5/8"- 3 /8" 5/8"
[(-5 35/8 5/8"
4-7/8" 4 7/8" TYPE G
7-1/4" 2 1/2"
,'TYPE G I PARTITION TYPES/DETAILS
<9> TYPE E - STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTIC NON -RATED <t> TYPE F - STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE ACOUSTIC NON -RATED <�> TYPE G - TYPICAL STRUCTURE TO 6" ABOVE CEILING NON -RATED <�> TYPE H - TYPICAL EXTERIOR WALL STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE R-1 9
STOREFRONT GLASS PARTITION SINGLE SIDED OVER 3 5/8" METAL STUDS NON RATED SINGLE SIDED DRYWALL TO 6" ABOVE CEILING SYSTEM
<0 TYPE G1 - TYPICAL STRUCTURE TO 6" ABOVE CEILING NON -RATED
('3-) WALL TYPES A/B/C/D/E/F/G/H SINGLE SIDED OVER 2 1/2" METAL STUDS
31' = 1'-01'
A0.5
ELEC. ROOM/ FIRE RISER
= 74 S.F.
@ 300 = I P
PROPOSED BUSINESS OCCUPANCY
TOTAL TENANT AREA SF = 6,706 SF
BUSINESS AREA: 112 PERSONS
5,360 SF@ 150 GROSS = 36P
BREAK: 394 SF @ 15 NET= 27P
COMMUNITY: 394 SF @ 15 NET= 27P
WAITING: 233 SF @ 15 NET= 16P
COMM ROOM: 83 SF @ 300 NET= I I
ELEC. ROOM/F. RISER: 74 SF @ 300
NET= I P
STORAGE 1: 36 SF @ 300 NET= 1 P
STORAGE 2: 86 SF @ 300 NET= I P
BIO: 12 SF @ 300 NET= 1 P
J.C.: 34 SF @ 300 NET= I P
TOTAL OCCUPANCY= 11 2P
EXIT CAPACITY PROVIDED= 850P
OVERALL DIAGONAL= 1191-811
DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS= 74-6"
MAX TRAVEL DISTANCE= 55'-9"
LIFE SAFETY LEGEND
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ON CENTER FROM FINISHED INTERIOR
SYMBOL
DESCRIPTION
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
TRAVEL PATH
DISTANCE BETWEEN EXITS
DIAGONAL DISTANCE
LIGHTED EXIT SIGN: TWO SIDED, FROM DUAL
DIRECTION, W/ BATTERY BACKUP.
LIGHTED EXIT SIGN: SINGLE SIDED, FROM SINGLE
DIRECTION, W/ BATTERY BACKUP.
LIGHTED EXIT SIGN & DUAL EXIT LIGHTING
COMBO: SINGLE AND OR DUAL DIRECTION
W/BATTERY BACKUP.
FECR
NEW WALL RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER
KEYNOTE SYMBOL
FOR SYMBOLS AND REQUIREMENTS SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS.
GENERAL NOTES
THE MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD CLASSIFICATION
OF INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL BE:
FOR EXITS AND EXIT ACCESS CLASS B
FOR ALL OTHER AREAS CLASS C
KEYED NOTES
PROVIDE RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET.
F1 0A]
B.O.D. LARSENS (OCCULT SERIES WITH BLACK
LETTERING) FINISH SHALL #4 304 STAINLESS STEEL.
LOCATE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS IN
ACCORDANCE W/LOCAL CODES & PROVIDE
ARCHITECT W/ DRAWING OF LOCATIONS FOR
REVIEWAPPROVAL PRIOR TO FRAMING OF
WALLS. AVOID LOCATING IN FIRE RATED
PARTITION (PROVIDE SECOND LAYER OF 5/8"
TYPE "X" G.W.B. AT BACK SIDE OF CABINET IF
LOCATING IN A FIRE RATED PARTITION).
CONFIRM FINAL LOCATION AND QUANTITIES OF
DEVICES WITH LOCAL FIRE OFFICIAL.
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite #1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
U-
LU
r14
U
<
ci
(/-)
>
LU
LU
-j
0
F-
Lr)
+
�F
-j
(-)
-'0
<
LIJ
LU
0
110
'0 Lf)
w
,2-
LU
r-4
00 M
rl-, (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. ........................................ I ........................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
LIFE SAFETY PLAN
rl'� LIFE SAFETY PLAN
AO.6 1/4" = V-0 "
A0.6
4
3
10 9 8 6 5
4
A
100' — 4"
:4_ A'
A4
A
4 A'
A
A
4-.
4
14 A-
'
1 4
__r
A'
4L4
FD_ 1-91 1
Vff
1
1
1
DFl-91
FD 179
do
20'— 4"
109
101
20' — 4'
do
19'— 8"
oe
19'— 8"
19'— 7"
10
19'— 8"
.4
19'— 8"
e_
c�
co
ftz�
L ------------- j
L --------------
A
A
4
'�A
14
'4
A
14
-: ' z: -.t .'
.4
-,4
- . 4,
4
-4
i A I A
.
, -
- I
- I - ' - 4
A
4
4
4,
_ -4.
. - .4' .
, .
- -
4"
z
A
4
4
A
4d
'
2t
4
4
4
, �' '4-,, - . "'
.
.
4
-
A
4,
4
4
4
4
'14
I
: - j - ,
4-"
A
'4
4
4 7
, - , 4
- , . -
'A
% - I
- -, I 1 .4 -4 -4
4
'A
Z4
AM
A
Z
.
4d 4
-
4
1
A_
A"
A4
-A
- - - - - - - -A�
- - - - --- - - -
�A
'4
_z 7 - - - - - -
AZ
-i- - -
4,
-4-: -
-
- - - - - I
-A
' 4
�4
4
A
A
A
-A
d
4
-.A
4
44 '4
.4
A:
4
4-
4
-4:
.4
'A4 4
4'
4
4
A
'4�
4 _A 4
4
1
4
4
4
4 44 .
"-A-
4
A 4
4
! :
. 4'
4' '
4
A
A-
44 ,
4
4
.4
b
r_1
0
A
--(:D )
E
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES
(BOXED NOTE NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO PLAN)
DI PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION, THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL ACQUIRE ALL NECESSARY DEMOLITION
AND BUILDING PERMITS AS DESIGNATED BY LOCAL AND STATE
AUTHORITIES. ALL DEMOLITION WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL REGULATIONS.
ARRANGE WITH OWNER AND/OR APPROPRIATE UTILITIES FOR
SERVICE SHUT -OFFS BEFORE BEGINNING DEMOLITION
OPERATIONS.
D2 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION
REQUIREMENTS WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION WORK SO THAT THE
EXACT BOUNDARIES OF SPECIFIC DEMOLITION MAY BE
DETERMINED.
D3 IT IS NOT THE INTENT TO SHOW EVERY PIECE OR ITEM TO BE
REMOVED IN DEMOLITION WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION NECESSARY TO PRODUCE THE NEW
WORK AS INDICATED IN THIS CONTRACT DOCUMENT. THE
DEMOLITION NOTES AND DRAWINGS SHALL NOT LIMIT THE
EXTENT OF DEMOLITION REQUIRED. THEY ARE PROVIDED HERE
TO INDICATE THE MAJOR INTENT OF DEMOLITION AND NOT
THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS THEREOF.
D4 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL STRUCTURAL BEARING POINTS
ON WALLS OR HIDDEN COLUMNS BY FIELD OBSERVATION AND
SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY ON JOB SITE.
D5 MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND OTHER WORK
RELATED TO A WALL OR SCHEDULED FOR DEMOLITION AND
REMOVAL SHALL BE PERFORMED AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE
REQUIRED WORK, WHETHER SO NOTED ON PLANS OR NOT.
CONTRACTOR(S) SHALL INVESTIGATE EXISTING CONDITIONS
FOR HIDDEN UTILITIES AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY ON
JOB SITE AND UNDISTURBED OPERATION OF FACILITY.
D6 CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF AS -BUILT FIELD
CONDITIONS VARY FROM DRAWINGS.
D7 PATCH/REPAIR/REFINISH ALL SURFACES EXPOSED BY
DEMOLITION WORK TO MATCH AND ALIGN WITH EXISTING,
ADJACENT SURFACES SCHEDULED TO REMAIN. PREPARE TO
RECEIVE NEW FINISHES SPECIFIED.
D8 PORTIONS OF SURFACES THAT ARE NOTED TO BE REMOVED
SHALL BE SAWCUT ON A STRAIGHT/EVEN LINE AS INDICATED
ON DRAWINGS TO ALLOW FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION INTO
NEW MATERIALSFINISHES AS REQUIRED BY OTHER TRADES.
D9 WHERE DEMOLITION OCCURS TO FACILITATE NEW
CONSTRUCTION AND SUCH DEMOLITION EXPOSES
CONDITIONS THAT ARE UNACCEPTABLE, BELOW STANDARDS
OF CONSTRUCTION, NOT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODES,
OR IN GENERAL NEED OF REPAIR AND INADEQUATE TO
FACILITATE NEW CONTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY
THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT SO THAT SUCH AREAS MAY BE
MODIFIED AND/OR REPLACED TO CONFORM TO ACCEPTABLE
STANDARDS.
DIO CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT BUILDING OWNER TO
ASCERTAIN OWNER'S SCHEDULING RESTRICTIONS AND AN
ACCEPTABLE METHOD FOR REMOVAL OF CONSTRUCTION
MATERIALS AND WASTE.
D11 CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ANY TEMPORARY
DISRUPTION OF UTILITIES WITH BUILDING OWNER AND/OR
TENANTS THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY DISRUPTION.
D12 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY VENTILATION OF
SPACE DURING DEMOLITION AND SHALL NOT ALLOW
CONSTRUCTION DUST TO INFILTRATE ADJACENT TENANT
SPACE, COMMON AREAS, OR RETURN AIR DUCTS OR
PLENUMS. SEE ICRA DRAWINGS.
D13 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY (BY INDEPENDENT TEST IF
NECESSARY) THAT NO PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS ARE PRESENT AT THE WORK SITE. IF HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS ARE FOUND, REMOVAL SHALL BE MADE BY A
QUALIFIED HAZARDOUS MATERIAL REMOVAL CONTRACTOR
BEFORE DEMOLITION CONTINUES.
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES
(BOXED NOTE NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO PLAN)
D14 DASHED LINES INDICATE ITEMS TO BE REMOVED OR
SELECTIVELY DEMOLISHED.
D15 SELECTIVELY DEMOLISH WALLS OR WALL SEGMENTS SHOWN
WITH DASHED LINES.
D16 N/A
D17 N/A
D19 PROVIDE OPENING IN EXISTING WALL FOR NEW DOOR. VERIFY
SIZE OF FRAME AND ANCHORING REQUIREMENTS. SEE
DIMENSION PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATION AND DOOR
SCHEDULE FOR SIZE. SEE DETAIL FOR JAMB REINFORCEMENT
AND LINTEL.
D20 SEE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR DEMOLITION
OF PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, AND HVAC.
D21 N/A
D22 N/A
D23 N/A
D24 N/A
D25 N/A
D27 N/A
D28 N/A
D N A
D30 SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN— FOR THE REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF
ELECTRICAL LIGHTING.
D36 N/A
D37 N/A
D38 N/A
WALL LEGEND
1= 1 A
REMOVE DOORS AND DOOR FRAMES
EXISTING INTERIOR WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING INTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN
EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTU RE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
I'LLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
I
LL_
_j
0
CL
UJI
r-4
u
<
c)
(/)
>
LU
LLJ
I
0
+
ae
<
U_j
LU
0
C)
U-i
cl-
110 11q_
'0 Lx)
0:�
EL
<
LU
r_4
00 (y)
r1_1 (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
7m
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
... I ................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
DEMOLITION PLAN
u It - 11
mKik,
DEMO PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-011
5/8 GYP BOARD
SOUND BATT INSULATIO
3 5/8" 25 GA MTL
STUDS @ 16" 0. C.
NEW WALL FURRING OVE R-\ i �7
INTERIOR OF EXISTING C U
WALL SYSTEMS.
I A ,,METAL CORNER
BEAD
................ ...............
-------------
EXISTING EXTERIOR WALL SYSTEMS
EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEMS
(_D-_f� FRAMING DETAIL - AT EXT. WINDOW JAMB
5/8 GYP BOARD
SOUND BATT INSULATION
3 5/8" 25 GA MTL
STUDS @ 16" 0. C.
MET
METAL CORNER BEAD
LOW WALL SUPPOR
BRACKET 1/8" STEEL
METAL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
BOTTOM CHANNE
NNEL
CONNECT WALL BRACKET
SUPPORT TO FLOOR, AT
EACH END OF WALL, W/ (2)
1/4" EXPANSION BOLT
LOW WALL SUPPORT BRACKET
(D_4__�WATER
WATER HEATER - SEE MEP
DRAWINGS FOR REQUIREMENTS.
3/4" PLYWOOD SHELF
2"x4" P.T. WD FRAMEING
_\___2"x4" P.T. WD BRACE
WALL
NOTE: SHELF MOUNTING HT. SHALL BE
DETERMINED ON SITE. BASED ON REQUIRED
SPACE FOR EQUIPMENT BELOW
HEATER SHELF DETAIL
FLOOR PLAN SYMBOLS
I—#
ROOM NUMBER
SECTION
WINDOW TYPE*
DETAIL
DOOR SYMBOL- SEE DOOR SCHEDULE
DOOR CONTACT
FINISHED CLEARANCE
CARD READER
m
71�
f
MINIMUM DIMENSION MAY BE
_0
Fc.o.
CASED OPENING*
- v
f
COMBINED
VERIFY DIMENSION
WALL TYPE - SEE WALL LEGEND & SHEET AO.5
RADIUS OF CLEARANCE
-AL
ALIGNMENT LINE
ITEM ABOVE OR FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT N.I.
ITEM BELOW
METAL
CORNER BEAD-//'
CENTERLINE
POB
POINT OF BEGINNING FOR LAYOUT
INTERIOR & CABINET ELEVATIONS
*NOTE: SEE SHEET A2.3 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES
j
EXISTING EXTERIOR
WINDOW Z EXISTING WINDOW MULLION
FRAMING DETAIL - AT EXT. WINDOW
*NOTE: SEE SHEET A2.3 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES
K ALE 1,I.T.S.
MULL. A L E: � j. T.".
TYPICAL AT ENDS OF LOW WALLS SI'AI.E: N.'.S.
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
4
Z.
-A
A -
71-4V"
A
-4
A
4"';
4v'
4.�
C'tF15_F1
4
A
-A
F
F-5-B]
77
H
C
H
Fi-cl
C
C
H >
W\Hl
C
ELEC. ROOM/ H
FIRE RISER
F
ELLNESS SUITE
15B
Fi _5B]
11i -5-B]
-5
7__Hj
F
H
H
4
Fi BI
F7 7H
F77H
WELLNESS SUITE
W
LLNESS SUITE WELLNESS SUITE
WELLNESS SUITE
A
148 SF
5
1
6
7
1 8 CONSULT Room I
r- - - -
I
A 116 :]
I
I I I
< A
A
1<1x "
A
A5.0 B [El I-
15A
144 SF FTH-1
145 SF F7-H] I
145 SIF F7_Hj
145 SF F7_Hj 106 SF
CARE
Fic� -i-cl
A
F7_H I
L
COORDINATORS C
F1
I I B
15A
F J-61 15A
F1 I B] 15A 15
- - -
113 c
Di
115 C
F7 7H 124 SIF
F-5B]
A _7H_ I
F7__H1
A F77H A
A I
*H
WELLNESS SUITE
I F71H1 C
3
CORRIDOR
F
_j
A 7 H
H
145 SF
1
11310
1 1 1
1 PRACTICE
15
I
I ill h ']� I I
ADMINISTRATOR
F7H1 <�>
GLASS WALL
F7 H-1
F7 H-1 12 SF L 125 A
_J
A5.0
114 R-F H
15A
F1 _IA] F, C_�
0
c < C
1 11A
_7H
L
Fi-cl -��>F7_H_]
-cl
Ituc
I F7_H1
Fil
F11-B]
Lv
m
I
F7 H_�
I
__j
L 7H
<�> F71j]
F7_H I A
F F
F15-B]
<E
_H1
c
- - - MED ROOM F7 H] STORAGE 2
C
A 7H
WELLNESS SUITE
lool
0
CORRIDOR
=Dic
77H
HUDDLE
F7
clj:�] I L E
CORRIDOR
I
PROVIDER W
2
Fj�T]
C)
124 IF07CAM
1 86 Fi T�]
0
1
116 SF 111 cl
ROOM
H
145 SF
1 1
673 SIF nlf�]
1111
0 1111
m
11
cb iB 5A 15 F A5.0 G
lu-a] ------
L
If DOWNTIME
COMPUTER
I
15
III
1c
i_P_ I
PRINTER
H
L
144 SF
H-
Loh 1111
0 1111
10
1
Fi C-1 17- -
1
___T_
I
<�>F7kl I
- j
H
L
U Ulu
I A
7H
I
T
I I C I
15A F, 7C <qll> F7_H I L jAB
__1 7H] JIC.
_w F7_H� lj:�] 15A F
A F77H 0 4 F7 H 119 15C 4 1 1 1 ck�
Fififl C)
A F7 7H K A5.1 I A2.2 LU
' OLL.
cl
71-1
F1 :0:1
_7H
- 98 SF H
341 SIF
0 T
I
Fi-5-B]
C)
L
CD
WELLNESS SUITE
r*1
0
GLASS WALLI
j [[:
F7_`H1
F
L
7H
<�>F7H c F
<�> F7--H]
UER
< E
E
124 A
_TO1 ILIET
Comm OOM
I I AUTOCLAVE
F7_H_1
H
1 H LAYOUT BY
[P-1
L%
I I I
H
I
H
145 SIF
115
!11A 0
0
GLASS
0- 1 1A
WAL
AH AIT 11
1 521 F A DEPARTMENT 83 SF
L — — —
1
92 SF
11 C
ic lic
L
< > F7H]
F THI
I C] ..........
Fi -7
<�>F7 7H
MURAL WAL
-7—
15A
CORRIDOR
A
1
A
1
F7H1
-1 5��
F7_H 7H]
_J
7
Iq
2�
<��7H
[Rfl Filc�
A
11 B
1
1
F7_H I
r3
L - - - USULT1113 A
STORAGE1 A2.2 A2.2 F7_H I F, C-1 �44
H
106
F7_H_1
Fi0_A1
FECR
F7_H_1 <F>
7H IF
* F7__H�
A
5-5-El
TH-1 <�>
115 SF F
H -A H
[jlO�4CB
36 104B B
\77
H
IC
15E
r__77
c F7 H-1
F7H_1
BREAK ROOM
05'
TOIL
7
A
I I
394 SF
E
A
52
-4
F1 Cl
7H
A
1J�
LOBBY
101
1
ED
11 11 11
1
510 SF
MMUNITY
PANIC
BUTTON
I
-4 1
H
H
394 SIF
NHI
Fi -1d
H
H
L-- 4-
L
H
H.C. AUTO
OPERATOR
H
Fic-1 Fi-c-1 15D I H
L
07
L
I L -------------- j
4 -IF
-214.
14
A H.C. AUTO
1' *4 4
A,
4,
A 1
1j A
, -A
4d
4 4
4
'd
47
OPERATOR'A
4
_4 14
1
'A'
:_ -
A .
4
.4. ' - , - ',, '-4-
1 '1- -,
4 " I - - . " # Id
" - "' � 'A'
'�A
4 4
_'4
A
4
4
A
- 4
_A, "4
4 4
4 - A
, A
A
- ".
1
2", :MODIFY STOREFRONT TO ADD
--
A,
A-
4 �k
A :4,
2. 4
A
44 A
'4 A
.4
_4-
A
A , .% -- -
4
, , ' ' - . 1
A-, -,.ENTRY DOOR
4 ' -
—A� —
'4� . A
, 1 - , - -
A
A" 4 A
4 4
— — — — --- — — -
— — — '4
A
44,
4 :4"
' __—_ ' __' — '4 — 4 -
1
'�4 A,.
A
A
A- 1
4
, . 'I
4 4 ,
'4 4
44 4
:
4
4
A
A
A
I . , - - , . I '5�' '
_4
4
A
46 .
, - _ 1 4
, . - -4
'A�
A!
4
4'
A
4
z"
, A
'A
4
- 4 2
A
_4, -4
CONSTRUCTION PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-011
)RK
PLAN NOTES:
(BOXED NOTE NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO PLAN)
IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK WITH THE BUILDING OWNER
WITH REFERENCE TO ROOF WARRANTIES AND/OR THE PRESCRIBED
REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS. IN NO CASE SHOULD
CONTRACTOR DO ANYTHING TO VOID ROOF WARRANTIES. CONTRACTOR IS
REQUIRED TO HAVE BUILDING OWNER'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR MAKE,
SUPERVISE, OR APPROVE ALL NEW ROOF PENETRATION.
I A THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE REDLINE
AS -BUILT NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS OF ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE PLANS MADE
DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT REDLINE
NOTES AND DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE COMPLETION OF
CONSTRUCTION. IF NO DEVIATIONS OR CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE DURING
CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT
STATING THAT NO CHANGES WERE MADE.
I B SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL GIVE TO CONTRACTOR PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR
INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE OF ANY
TYPE (INCLUDING RELAMP OF LIGHT FIXTURES) AND ANY MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS OR WARRANTIES AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PHONE
NUMBERS AND ADDRESSES OF CONTACTS FOR REPAIR/MAINTENANCE AND BIND
ALL OF THIS INFORMATION IN AN 8 1/2 X 11 NOTEBOOK. THIS MANUAL SHALL
ALSO INCLUDE A COMPLETE LISTING OF IDENTIFICATION FOR ALL FINISH
MATERIALS INCLUDING CEILING TILE, FLOOR TILE AND CARPET, AND PLASTIC
LAMINATE AND PAI . A
MAINTENANCE MANUAL TO OWNER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT.
1 C THIS IS EQUIPMENT OR FURNITURE, NOT CONSTRUCTION. SEE EQUIPMENT/MEP
DRAWINGS FOR PREPARATION AND COORDINATION REQUIRED BY
CONTRACTOR. ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL CONTACT AND COORDINATE
WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR LAYOUT TEMPLATES AND VERIFICATION/REVIEW
OF ROUGH -INS.
5K GRAB BARS @ HANDICAP TOILETS:
1 1/2" DIA., 1 1/2" CLEAR FROM WALL. 33"-36" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ANCHORED TO SUPPORT 250 LBS.
ONE 42" LONG AT SIDE OF TOILET.
ONE 36" LONG BEHIND TOILET.
(SEE TOILET ROOM DETAILS FOR PLACEMENT.)
6A INFILL EXISTING WINDOW OPENING WITH 3 5/8" 25 GA METAL STUDS 24" O.C. W/ 5/8"
DRYWALL FINISH.
6C PROVIDE 4" REINFORCED CONCRETE WALK PAD FROM EXTERIOR TO BACK OF CURB IF
6D CHASE WALLS: SEE PARTITION TYPES FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION.
6F PROVIDE 3 1/2" WIDE 12 GA. MTL BLOCKING STRIPS @ MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF
ALL RAILINGS, CURTAIN TRACKS, AND OTHER BUILT-IN OR SURFACE -MOUNTED
ACCESSORIES. AT CABINETS, PROVIDE 1 X6 FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD
BACKING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF THI I
PRODUCT/EQUIPMENT/CABINET INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS OR NEEDS.
6K ALL WOOD FRAMING SHALL BE KILN -DRIED AND HAVE A MINIMUM FIBER STRESS
6Q CEILING: SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. DIMENSIONS
AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THESE SHEETS ARE FINISHED. ALL CEILING FRAMING
TO BE @ 24" O.C. W/GYPSUM BOARD FINISH.
6R ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE
PRESSURE -TREATED OR HAVE AN APPROVED SEPARATING MATERIAL.
6V THE INTENT OF DESIGN IS TO ALIGN NEW WALLS WITH FRAMING AND FINISH OF
EXISTING WALLS
6X PROVIDE 5/8" THICK, 24" X 24" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BEHIND GYP.
BOARD FOR WALL HUNG TVs. CENTER TVs ON PLYWOOD.
7A SEALANT: APPLY SEALANT AT JOINING OF ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS EXPOSED
TO WEATHER AND AT GAPS EXPOSED TO VIEW.
7B SEALANT: PROVIDE A FULL BED OF SEALANT AT WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES
(INCLUDING THRESHOLD) AND A CONTINUOUS BEAD AT PERIMETER OF EXTERIOR
AND INTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS.
7H SOUND BATT INSULATION IN INTERIOR WALLS AS INDICATED. SEE WALL LEGEND,
I
8A ALL GLASS IN DOORS OR SIDELIGHTS SHALL BE TEMPERED AND SHALL COMPLY
WITH THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2017, SECTION 2406, SAFETY GLAZING. GLASS
IN RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY W/RATING OF DOOR.
8B ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL MEET CURRENT ADA AND FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY
CODES.
8C ALL WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE SECURED TO SURROUNDING WALL
PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION FOR WIND ZONE.
8D EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. DOOR TO BE LOCKED & HARDWARE TO BE
REMOVED AND OPENINGS CAPPED. CONTINUOUSLY SEAL DOOR USING BASF
MASTERSEAL NP 100, INSTALL PER MFG. RECOMMENDATIONS. COLOR TO MATCH
DOOR AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE.
8F PROVIDE WINDOW SILLS (MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD) @ INTERIOR OF
EACH WINDOW UNIT NOTED.
9B 1/2" GYP BOARD MAY BE USED ON SIDES AND BOTTOM OF DROPPED SOFFITS
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
9C AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOOR MATERIAL, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE ADA-COMPLIANT
TRANSITION STRIP. IF AT DOOR, LOCATE DIRECTLY UNDER DOOR.
9E WHEN NOT INDICATED ON PLANS, VERIFY COLOR AND PATTERN SELECTIONS
WITH OWNER.
9K FILL IN DRYWALL AT DEMOLISHED WALL LOCATIONS. TAPE AND FINISH NEW
DRYWALL TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT REMAINING WALL.
9Y LEAVE 1/2" GAP BETWEEN FINISH FLOOR AND BOTTOM EDGE OF GYPSUM BOARD.
9Z PREPARE ALL WALLS FOR PAINT, TO A GA 216 LEVEL 4 DRYWALL FINISH.
9N ALL TOILETS: USE 5/9'MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD ON BATHROOM SIDE OF
ALL WALLS BEHIND A TOILET AND/OR LAVATORY.
9Q ALL NEW CARPET & WALLPAPER SHALL BE ANTIMICROBIAL TREATED FROM THE
10A PROVIDE AND INSTALL TYPE 2A 10 BC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (S) WHERE SHOWN ON
PLAN. THE TOP OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 5 FT. ABOVE THE
FLOOR (3 1/2 FT. IF FIRE EXTINGUISHER'S GROSS WEIGHT IS MORE THAN 40 LBS)
AND BOTTOM NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
10B RAISED/BRAILLED CHARACTERS & PRACTICAL SYMBOL SIGNS
LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 IN, UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF OR
SIMPLE SERIF TYPE, AND SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE.
RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8 IN (16 MM) HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER
THAN 2 IN (50 MM). PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE EQUIVALENT
VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER
DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6 IN (152 MM) MINIMUM IN HEIGHT.
MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND HEIGHT
SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE
TOILET RM DOORS. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 IN. (1525 MM) ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. (IF LATCHSIDE UNAVAILABLE USE
NEAREST ADJACENT WALL FOR SIGN). OWNER TO PROVIDE.
10C CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED AED SEMI -RECESSED CABINET
11A CABINETS AND CASE WORK: SEE ALL DRAWINGS FOR CABINET SIZES, FINISHES,
HARDWARE AND MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
11B CABINETS AND CASE WORK PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR TO
COORDINATE INSTALLATION W/ OWNER.
11C AT ALL WALLS RECEIVING CABINETS AND CASE WORK, PROVIDE 4'x8'xl /2" FIRE
RESISTANT PLYWOOD BACKING ON ALL 4 WALLS. AS REQUIRED.
11D TELCOM CLOSET: PROVIDE AND MOUNT (1) SHEET OF 4'X 8'X 1/2"
FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED BC PLYWOOD WITH TOP AT 8'-0" AFF. AT ALL WALLS.
12A PROVIDE NEW WINDOW TREATMENTS, ROLLER SHADE SYSTEM. SEE FINISH LEGEND.
12B PROVIDE CAP SHEET FILM SOLYX SXWF-WB WHITE BLACK OPAQUE AT EXISTING
WINDOW INTERIOR
15A CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED SOAP DISPENSERS AT EACH SINK
AND LAVATORY.
15B CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED DIAGNOSTIC BOARDS IN ALL
WELLNESS SUITES. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL DIAGNOSTIC WALL BOARD BRACKET. SEE
DIET 2/AO.5 FOR DIAGNOSTIC BOARD NICHE.
15C CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED SHARP CONTAINERS IN ALL
WELLNESS SUITES, LAB AND MED ROOM
15D CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS AT
BREAK ROOM AND COMMUNITY ROOM
15E CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED REFRIGERATOR LINES FOR ICE
MAKERS IN BREAK ROOM
15F CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING EXTERIOR DOOR. REMOVE LEVER HARDWARE AND CAP.
CAULK WITH EXTERIOR RATED BUTYL CAULK. PROVIDE CONTINIOUS BEAD ALL SIDES
AND THRESHOLD INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR.
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTU RE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AROO 16053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
LL_
c/i
_j
_j
0
F_
EL
CL
-T-
LU
11-4
<
ci
V)
(/I)
>
LU
LLj
_j
+
LO
'0
<
UJ
)
LJLJ
>
0
C)
LLJ
-'0 Lf)
a-
<
3�:
r-4
00 co
f-, Cy)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
MJO.RRES ....................................................... 14
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
CONSTRUCTION PLAN
A2.0
�1161661� 1 - 6"'MA .311M I"Ut ",U "L- � 6 1 dA1_
NOTE: ALL PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF G.W.B. AS
ELOOR
PLAN SYMBOLS
SHOWN BELOW, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.
F_#__1
ROOM NUMBER
SECTION
WINDOW TYPE*
ED
DOOR SYMBOL- SEE DOOR SCHEDULE
5/8" GYP WALL BOARD
6 X 6 WELDED WIRE MESH
IF MORE THAN 24'WIDE
ISTI NG SLAB A MAN 14� WIDIIi
DETAIL
DOOR CONTACT
FINISHED CLEARANCE
—ACTUAL
L 4 1/2" MAX
(2) 3-5/8" METAL STUDS TIGHT TO
ADJACENT WALL OR CORNER
CHANNEL ANCHOR HOLLOW METAL
FRAME TO STUD
DOOR OPENING TO BEGIN A
MAXIMUM OF 4 1/2" FROM ADJACENT
STUD LINE
DIMENSIONS ARE TO
FACE OF G.W.B. U.N.O.
GYP WALL BOARD-��
METAL RUNNERS
TOP & BOTT
5/8" MTL STUDS
U.N.O.
J_
4" CONCRETE INFILL
'TEx
-7
<
`0 INSURE STABILITY AT SLAB CONNECTION
VAPOR BARRIER
—APPLY NEW
TERMITE TREATMENT
AT ALL AREAS THAT
SOIL IS DISTURBED.
COMPACTED SOIL
CARD READER
MINIMUM DIMENSION MAY BE
Fc.o.
CASED OPENING*
VERIFY DIMENSION COMBINED
WALL TYPE - SEE WALL LEGEND & SHEET AO.5
�R
RADIUS OF CLEARANCE
AL
ALIGNMENT LINE
ITEM ABOVE OR FURNITURE/EQUIPMENT N.I.0
ITEM BELOW
F N
C_ TERLINE
POB
POINT OF BEGINNING FOR LAYOUT
INTERIOR & CABINET ELEVATIONS
*NOTE: SEE SHEET A2.3 FOR DOOR & WINDOW TYPES
(1) SIMPSON STRONG -TIE TITEN HD 1" X 4" (MIN.)
4
@ 16" O.C. 2" INTO EXISTING SLAB AND EXTEND
2" INTO NEW
DOOR FRAMING DETAIL - TYPICAL
'D- LAYOUT DIMENSION DETAIL
(D_4� SLAB INFILL DETAIL
*NOTE: SEE SHEET A2.3 FOR DOOR
& WINDOW TYPES
HINGE SIDE (�d_) DOORS SHOWN SCALE: N.T.S.
HORIZONTAL SEC TION SCALE- N.T.S.
SIC: 3" - 1'-0"
IN CORNER OF ROOM
rl'� DIMENSION PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-011
PLAN NOTES:
(BOXED NOTE NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO PLAN)
IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO CHECK WITH THE BUILDING OWNER
WITH REFERENCE TO ROOF WARRANTIES AND/OR THE PRESCRIBED
REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS. IN NO CASE SHOULD
CONTRACTOR DO ANYTHING TO VOID ROOF WARRANTIES. CONTRACTOR IS
REQUIRED TO HAVE BUILDING OWNER'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR MAKE,
SUPERVISE, OR APPROVE ALL NEW ROOF PENETRATION.
I A THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL MAKE REDLINE
AS -BUILT NOTES ON THE DRAWINGS OF ALL DEVIATIONS FROM THE PLANS MADE
DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT REDLINE
NOTES AND DRAWINGS TO THE ARCHITECT AT THE COMPLETION OF
CONSTRUCTION. IF NO DEVIATIONS OR CHANGES HAVE BEEN MADE DURING
CONSTRUCTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT A LETTER TO THE ARCHITECT
STATING THAT NO CHANGES WERE MADE.
I B SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL GIVE TO CONTRACTOR PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR
INSTALLED EQUIPMENT AND PRODUCTS THAT REQUIRE MAINTENANCE OF ANY
TYPE (INCLUDING RELAMP OF LIGHT FIXTURES) AND ANY MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS OR WARRANTIES AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN PHONE
NUMBERS AND ADDRESSES OF CONTACTS FOR REPAIR/MAINTENANCE AND BIND
ALL OF THIS INFORMATION IN AN 8 1/2 X 11 NOTEBOOK. THIS MANUAL SHALL
ALSO INCLUDE A COMPLETE LISTING OF IDENTIFICATION FOR ALL FINISH
MATERIALS INCLUDING CEILING TILE, FLOOR TILE AND CARPET, AND PLASTIC
LAMINATE AND PAINT. CONTRACTOR SHALL DELIVER THIS PROJECT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL TO OWNER AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT.
I C THIS IS EQUIPMENT OR FURNITURE, NOT CONSTRUCTION. SEE EQUIPMENT/MEP
DRAWINGS FOR PREPARATION AND COORDINATION REQUIRED BY
CONTRACTOR. ALL SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL CONTACT AND COORDINATE
WITH EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER FOR LAYOUT TEMPLATES AND VERIFICATION/REVIEW
OF ROUGH -INS.
5K GRAB BARS @ HANDICAP TOILETS:
1 1/2" DIA., 1 1/2" CLEAR FROM WALL. 33"-36" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ANCHORED TO SUPPORT 250 LBS.
ONE 42" LONG AT SIDE OF TOILET.
ONE 36" LONG BEHIND TOILET.
(SEE TOILET ROOM DETAILS FOR PLACEMENT.)
6A INFILL EXISTING WINDOW OPENING WITH 3 5/9'25 GA METAL STUDS 24" O.C. W/ 5/8"
DRYWALL FINISH.
6C PROVIDE 4" REINFORCED CONCRETE WALK PAD FROM EXTERIOR TO BACK OF CURB IF
NOT ALREADY PROVIDED.
6D CHASE WALLS: SEE PARTITION TYPES FOR WALL CONSTRUCTION.
6F PROVIDE 3 1/2" WIDE 12 GA. MTL BLOCKING STRIPS @ MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF
ALL RAILINGS, CURTAIN TRACKS, AND OTHER BUILT-IN OR SURFACE -MOUNTED
ACCESSORIES. AT CABINETS, PROVIDE 1X6 FIRE-RETA RDA NT-TREATED WOOD
BACKING. VERIFY SIZE AND LOCATION OF THIS BLOCKING WITH
PROD U CT/EQU IPMENT/CA BIN ET INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS OR NEEDS.
6K ALL WOOD FRAMING SHALL BE KILN -DRIED AND HAVE A MINIMUM FIBER STRESS
OF 1200 PSI.
6Q CEILING: SEE SECTIONS AND DETAILS ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN. DIMENSIONS
AND ELEVATIONS SHOWN ON THESE SHEETS ARE FINISHED. ALL CEILING FRAMING
TO BE @ 24" O.C. W/GYPSUM BOARD FINISH.
6R ALL WOOD IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE OR MASONRY SHALL BE
PRESSURE -TREATED OR HAVE AN APPROVED SEPARATING MATERIAL.
6V THE INTENT OF DESIGN IS TO ALIGN NEW WALLS WITH FRAMING AND FINISH OF
EXISTING WALLS
6X PROVIDE 5/9'THICK, 24" X 24" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD BEHIND GYP.
BOARD FOR WALL HUNG TVs. CENTER TVs ON PLYWOOD.
7A SEALANT: APPLY SEALANT AT JOINING OF ALL DISSIMILAR MATERIALS EXPOSED
TO WEATHER AND AT GAPS EXPOSED TO VIEW.
7B SEALANT: PROVIDE A FULL BED OF SEALANT AT WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES
(INCLUDING THRESHOLD) AND A CONTINUOUS BEAD AT PERIMETER OF EXTERIOR
AND INTERIOR WINDOWS AND DOORS.
7H SOUND BATT INSULATION IN INTERIOR WALLS AS INDICATED. SEE WALL LEGEND,
THIS SHEET, AND WALL TYPES, SHEET AO.4 AND AO.5
8A ALL GLASS IN DOORS OR SIDELIGHTS SHALL BE TEMPERED AND SHALL COMPLY
WITH THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE 2017, SECTION 2406, SAFETY GLAZING. GLASS
IN RATED DOORS SHALL COMPLY W/RATING OF DOOR.
8B ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL MEET CURRENT ADA AND FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY
CODES.
8C ALL WINDOW AND DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE SECURED TO SURROUNDING WALL
PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATION FOR WIND ZONE.
8D EXISTING DOOR TO REMAIN. DOOR TO BE LOCKED & HARDWARE TO BE
REMOVED AND OPENINGS CAPPED. CONTINUOUSLY SEAL DOOR USING BASF
MASTERSEAL NP 100, INSTALL PER MFG. RECOMMENDATIONS. COLOR TO MATCH
DOOR AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE.
8F PROVIDE WINDOW SILLS (MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD) @ INTERIOR OF
EACH WINDOW UNIT NOTED.
9B 1/2" GYP BOARD MAY BE USED ON SIDES AND BOTTOM OF DROPPED SOFFITS
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
9C AT ALL CHANGES IN FLOOR MATERIAL, PROVIDE APPROPRIATE ADA-COMPLIANT
TRANSITION STRIP. IF AT DOOR, LOCATE DIRECTLY UNDER DOOR.
9E WHEN NOT INDICATED ON PLANS, VERIFY COLOR AND PATTERN SELECTIONS
WITH OWNER.
9K FILL IN DRYWALL AT DEMOLISHED WALL LOCATIONS. TAPE AND FINISH NEW
DRYWALL TO BE FLUSH WITH ADJACENT REMAINING WALL.
9Y LEAVE 1/2" GAP BETWEEN FINISH FLOOR AND BOTTOM EDGE OF GYPSUM BOARD.
9z PREPARE ALL WALLS FOR PAINT, TO A GA 216 LEVEL 4 DRYWALL FINISH.
9N ALL TOILETS: USE 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD ON BATHROOM SIDE OF
ALL WALLS BEHIND A TOILET AND/OR LAVATORY.
9Q ALL NEW CARPET & WALLPAPER SHALL BE ANTIMICROBIAL TREATED FROM THE
FACTORY.
I OA PROVIDE AND INSTALL TYPE 2A 10 BC FIRE EXTINGUISHER (S) WHERE SHOWN ON
PLAN. THE TOP OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 5 FT. ABOVE THE
FLOOR (3 1/2 FT. IF FIRE EXTINGUISHER's GROSS WEIGHT IS MORE THAN 40 LBS)
AND BOTTOM NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR.
IOB RAISED/BRAILLED CHARACTERS & PRACTICAL SYMBOL SIGNS
LETTERS AND NUMERALS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32 IN, UPPER CASE, SANS SERIF OR
SIMPLE SERIF TYPE, AND SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH GRADE 2 BRAILLE.
RAISED CHARACTERS SHALL BE AT LEAST 5/8 IN (16 MM) HIGH, BUT NO HIGHER
THAN 2 IN (50 MM). PICTOGRAMS SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED BY THE EQUIVALENT
VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER
DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE 6 IN (152 MM) MINIMUM IN HEIGHT.
MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND HEIGHT
SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE
TOILET RM DOORS. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 60 IN. (1525 MM) ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. (IF LATCHSIDE UNAVAILABLE USE
NEAREST ADJACENT WALL FOR SIGN). OWNER TO PROVIDE.
10C CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED AED SEMI -RECESSED CABINET
11A CABINETS AND CASE WORK: SEE ALL DRAWINGS FOR CABINET SIZES, FINISHES,
HARDWARE AND MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION.
11B CABINETS AND CASE WORK PROVIDED BY OWNER, CONTRACTOR TO
COORDINATE INSTALLATION W/ OWNER.
1IC AT ALL WALLS RECEIVING CABINETS AND CASE WORK, PROVIDE 4'x8'xl /2" FIRE
RESISTANT PLYWOOD BACKING ON ALL 4 WALLS. AS REQUIRED.
11D TELCOM CLOSET: PROVIDE AND MOUNT (1) SHEET OF WX 8'X 1/2"
FIRE -RETARDANT TREATED BC PLYWOOD WITH TOP AT 8'-0" AFF. AT ALL WALLS.
12A PROVIDE NEW WINDOW TREATMENTS, ROLLER SHADE SYSTEM. SEE FINISH LEGEND.
12B PROVIDE CAP SHEET FILM SOLYX SXWF-WB WHITE BLACK OPAQUE AT EXISTING
WINDOW INTERIOR
15A CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED SOAP DISPENSERS AT EACH SINK
AND LAVATORY.
15B CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED DIAGNOSTIC BOARDS IN ALL
WELLNESS SUITES. CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL DIAGNOSTIC WALL BOARD BRACKET. SEE
DET 2/AO.5 FOR DIAGNOSTIC BOARD NICHE.
15C CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED SHARP CONTAINERS IN ALL
WELLNESS SUITES, LAB AND MED ROOM
15D CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERS AT
BREAK ROOM AND COMMUNITY ROOM
15E CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL OWNER PROVIDED REFRIGERATOR LINES FOR ICE
MAKERS IN BREAK ROOM
15F CLOSE AND LOCK EXISTING EXTERIOR DOOR. REMOVE LEVER HARDWARE AND CAP.
CAULK WITH EXTERIOR RATED BUTYL CAULK. PROVIDE CONTINIOUS BEAD ALL SIDES
AND THRESHOLD INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
A,
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
LL_
CL
LU
c)
r)
Uj
LLJ
+
LO
LU
LLj
0
n
LU
NO 'q-
'0 Lo
0:�
0-
LU
r_4
00 (y)
r1_1 (y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
DIMENSION PLAN
A2.1
m a 0 a wu ig I rco 1 wom I
1/211 = 11-011
9'-0" A. F.F.
ErDAVI
FINISHED FLOORrk,,
�4j
TYP. ELEVATION 0 TOILET
112" = 11-011
TYP. SECTION @ TOILET
(A-3
k
\\��2.2 1/211 = 1 1-011
I
TYP. ELEVATION @ TOILET
1/211 = 1 1-011
V-101" A. F.F. d)
\-V
FINISHED FLOORm
\4--,
(D TOILET SYMBOL LEGEND
ALL R/R ACCESSORIES SHALL BE BY BOBRICK WASHROOM
EQUIPMENT OR EQUAL, U.N.O., AND SHALL BE STAINLESS
STEEL FINISH. MOUNT ALL FIXrURES PER ADAAG
REQUIREMENTS.
A. KOHLER K-3493-0 HIGHLINE CLASSIC COMFORT
HEIGHT TWO-PIECE ELONGATED 1.6 GPF TOILET
WHITE WITH KOHLER K-4731 -GC-0 STRONGHOLD QUIET
CLOSE ELONGATED TOILET SEAT IN WHITE
* FLUSH LEVER TO BE ON THE APPROACH SIDE
B. KOHLER K-20000-0 CAXTON RECTANGLE UNDER -MOUNT
SINK, WHITE
C. AMERICAN STANDARD 7502.170.002 DOUBLE HANDLE
CENTERSET GOOSENECK BATHROOM FAUCET
D. BOBRICK B-6806.99 X 36 ADA 36" GRAB BAR WITH
PEENED GRIPPING SURFACE
E. BOBRICK B-6806.99 X 42 ADA 42" GRAB BAR WITH
PEENED GRIPPING SURFACE
F. BOBRICK B-2888 CLASSIC SERIES SURFACE -MOUNTED
MULTI -ROLL TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER
G. ECOLAB NEXA 9202-1188 CLASSIC TOUCH FREE SOAP
DISPENSER - OWNER FURNISHED, CONTRACTOR INSTALLED.
H. EBUN BDI 114 WALL MOUNT PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER,
BAMBOO ORIGINAL
1. BOBRICK B-165 2436 CHANNEL FRAME MIRROR: 24"X36"
J. BOBRICK B-682 SURFACE MOUNTED HAT AND COAT
HOOK. MOUNT CENTERED ON DOOR INSIDE
RESTROOM STALLS PER ADAAG REQUIREMENTS
r,
, - n
Lq
TOILET 105
1/211 = 1 1-011
TOILET 120
1/201 = 1 1-011
TOILET 103
1/211 = 1 1-011
92�
A�m
3- 7"
1'- 3" V - 7"
MIN.
L _j
L
TOILET 130
1/2#1 = 1 1-011
I
,0
00
- I I
CV) -
L10
H.C.-ACCESSIBLE BATHROOM
60" X 56" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR WATER CLOSET (SIDE APPROACH)
30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR LAVATORY
5--a'DIAMETER TURN -AROUND SPACE
30" X 48" ADA TOILET MANEUVERING CLEARANCE
TYPICAL H.C. TOILET ELEVATIONS
VIRROR
2 4 " X 3 6
VIRROR — NOT
TILTED
Q0
12 42" VIN
36" MIN
17" MIN
MAX
10d,
x 8"
bAN I
< MIN
MIN
A�'
x
< FLUSH
Q0
0
PAPER 00
z
:2
HANDLE
1
-t -m -
CN COVER
1%
'SHALL BE
OR
ON OPEN
INSULATE
SIDE OF
W.C. SIDE ELEVATION
TANK (L V
LAV SIDE ELUVATION
FRONT ELIN TION
SCALE'1/2'= F-G'
SCALE: 1/2'= Y-a'
SCALE: 1/2'= V-Y'
GRAB BAR MOUNTING DETAIL
GYPSUM WALL
BOARD
METAL STUDS
GRAB BAR 1 1/2"0
1 1/2" CLEARANCE FROM
WALL
ANCHOR PLATE 12 GA.
STEEL
ALT: USE 2X6 WOOD BETWEEN STUDS
0
TYPICAL HCAILO EWC MOUNTING DETAIL
CLEAR FLOOR
8
SPACE MIN.
2 op
48"X30" 48" WN
CENTERED ON
LOWER
00 (HANDICAP
)I oc ACCESSIBLE)
u z
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
7-_
co 0
SPOUT HEIGHT ELEVATION CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
KNEE CLEARANCE AND
SPOUT HEIGHT ELEVATION
(HC_j� HC. MOUNTING DETAIL
SCALE: N.T-S.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
I'LLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
LL_
0
CL
LU
<
0
V)
>
LU
LLJ
__j
Q
+
ZZO
<
>
0
C)
LU
'0
-,0 Lo
Q::�
CL
LU
r_4
00 cy)
1`1_1 cy)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
DETAILS
A2.2
INTERIOR
WOOD S.C. FLUSH
LU LU
ZD
0 Q
LU LU
U
U)
<
**IN
AS SCHEDUL�D EQ EQ �S SCHEDULE6
/
AS SCHEDULED
0.1
-A-]
F F 7C
INTERIOR DOOR TYPES
INTERIOR
P.R. WOOD S.C. FLUSH
INTERIOR
WOOD P.C. BARN
1 /4" 1 1-011
EXTERIOR
EXISTING
EXTERIOR STOREFRONT
DOORS TO REMAIN
x
LU
EQ EQ
.4
00, AS SCHEDULED
EXTERIOR DOOR TYPES
1/411 11-011
EXTERIOR
EXTERIOR
NEW
HOLLOW METAL
EXTERIOR STOREFRONT
FLUSH DOOR. MATCH
DOOR TO MATCH
EXISTING BASE BLDG
DOOR TYPE XI FOR
DOORS FOR
MFG/STILE/GLAZING/
MFG/STILE/FINISH/HARD
FINISH
WARE
LU
__j
LU
57<
LU U
V)
V)
<
AS SCHEDULED
AS SCHEDULED
FX2
FG
6'- 1"
�O 00-1
3'- 3" 2'- 10"
0
DOORAS
Co �)P'
SCHED.
WINDOW
INTERIOR
INTERIOR
PR. B.O.D. KAWNEER STOREFRONT
B.O.D. KAWNEER STOREFRONT
INTERIOR ALUMINUM/GLASS
INTERIOR ALUMINUM/GLASS
DOOR SYSTEMS 5" STILES, 5"
DOOR SYSTEMS 5" STILES, 5"
TOP RAIL, 10" BOTTOM RAIL
TOP RAIL, I (XBOTTOM RAIL
60" VERTICAL LADDER PULLS
60" VERTICAL LADDER PULLS
BACK-TO-BACK
BACK-TO-BACK
U-1
LU
z:)
0
I 1
0
/
LU
M
C)
C/)
V)
<
EQ EQ
"IN
AS SCHEDUL�D
AS SCHEDULED
F D
F-E
15- 0"
2'- 7" 2'- 7" 2'- 7" 6'- 2" 1.-6,
;01
WINDOW
24'- 0"
3- 8" 4'- 7" 3'- 2" 1'- 1" 3'- 6" 3'- 5" 3- 5"
70,
0"
4'- 5"
4'- 5"
(�)WINDOW
29'- 0"
4'- 0" 3' - 2" 4'- 4"
I.J.
4'- 5" 4'- 5"
0
DOORAS
SCHED.
WINDOW
WINDOW ELEVATIONS
1 /411 1 1-011
H.M. FRAME
0
- 1
3' - 0"
lei
FOR DOOR TYPE A & G
1/411 1 1-011
H.M. FRAME
Z) _V
FOR DOOR TYPE B
of
3- 11"
of
3-
11"
3- 11"
top Of
MA I W6 a "07T
WINDOW
DOOR HARDWARE
Door Hardware Set
No. I
Each pair to have:
I Each
DORMAKABA ED100 LOW ENERGY POWER OPERATOR
3 Each
MS SEDCO 59 SERIES - HSS CLEARPATH
RADIO
CONTROL SWITCHES
Note: E)dsfing Opening - Field inspect eAsting hardware.
Door Hardware Set
No. 2
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges B 1331 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Privacy SL20
626
Cal -Royal
Each
ADA Closer N900PBFDA x SPAS900
689
Cal -Royal
Each
KickPlate BKICK1034
630
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 3
Each door to have:
I System
Barn Door - Medical Slide
628
Serenity
I Each
Lockset Office SM-203 Pull B213 24'
630
Serenity
Note: Key/Lock side inside Broker Room
Door Hardware Set
No. 4
Each door to have:
I System
Bami Door - Medical Slide
628
Serenity
I Each
PassageSM-201 PuII82B2,f'
630
Serenity
Door Hardware Set
No. 5
Each pair to have:
6 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5 NRP
626
Cal -Royal
Pair
Flushbolt MF6341
626
Cal -Royal
Each
Classroom SL03
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
2 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber
Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 6
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Storage SL05
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
OH Stop HD664S
630
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set No. 7
Each door to have;
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5 NRP
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Classroom SL03
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop CONW342
630
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber
Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 8
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
gigital Lock CO200CY50KPRHO x IC
626
Sch
Each
LFIC Core Yale
626
Yale
Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber
Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 9
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges B B31 4.5 x 4.5 N RP
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
HC Panic AF770036
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Trim ESC7705
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer/Stop N900PBF x SPA900
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
Kick Plate BKICKI 034
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Threshold "I P
628
Pemko
Set
11
Seat C-8W
Blk
Cal -Royal
Each
Doors Sweep BWR-301
628
Cal -Royal
I Each
Rain Drip CR4462
628
Cal -Royal
FBC/FPA: FI_41130.2
Door Hardware Set
No. 10
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5 NRP
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Elect. Hinge ELE4BB3I 4.5 x 4.5
630
Cal -Royal
1 Each
HC Panic AF770036
&30
Cal -Royal
I Each
Elect. Trim FSE24HD
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer/Stop N900PBF x SPA900
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
Kick Plate BKICK 1034
630
Cal -Royal
I Fach
Threshold 2DO I P
628
Pemko
I Set
Seals C-8w
Blk
Cal -Royal
I Each
Door Sweep BWR-301
628
Cal -Royal
I Each
Rain Drip CR4462
628
Cal -Royal
I Each
Power Supply CRPS202
600
Cal -Royal
1 Each
Card Reader IPRW500
BLK
SDC
FBC/FPA: H_41130.2
Door Hardware Set
No. I I
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Push Plate PSPL4016
630
Cal -Royal
1 Each
Pull Plate HPUL-850
619
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer N900PBF
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
Kick Plate BKICK1 034
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
Kick Down SBDH4130O
626
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 12
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4-5 NRP
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
C:assroorn SL03
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
C oser H der N900PBF x 901/902
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
mop Plafe, BKICK834
630
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 13
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Passage SL30
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer N90OPBF
689
Cal -Royal
1 Each
Kick Plate BKICK 1034
630
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
1 Each
Kick Down SBDH41300
626
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 14
Each Door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB3l 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Electric Strike 45-4SU
630
SDC
I Each
Storage SLO5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer N900PBF
689
Col -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
I Each
Power Supply 602RF
600
SDC
I Each
Reader IPRW5W
Blk
SDC
Door Hardware Set
No. 15
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges B B31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal-Royai
I Each
Passage SL30
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Closer N900PBF
689
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. 16
Each door to have:
3 Each
Hinges BB31 4.5 x 4.5
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Office SLOO
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
Wall Stop WB26
689
Cal -Royal
3 Each
Silencers DSM21
Rubber Cal -Royal
Door Hardware Set
No. ALI
Each door to have:
I Each
Cont Hinge 050-821
628
Roton
I Each
MS 1950
628
AR
I Each
Cylinder AMORTCYL I 18MKD
626
Cal -Royal
I Each
ThumbtumTHMBMORTIOO
626
Cal -Royal
2 Each
Cylinder Ring MCCRI814
626
Cal -Royal
Sets
11
Pull DPA4000 1-1/4" Dia. 2,T'Length B213
630
Frasclo
Each
OH'Closer RTS27 BFI
628
Dorma
I Each
Floor Stop 535
630
Frascio
I Set
Seals Perimeter
Blk
Kawneer
Door Hardware Set
No. AL2
Each pair to have:
I Each
Cant Hinge 050-821 X EPT Prep
628
Kawneer
I Each
Cont Hinge 050-821
628
Kawneer
I Each
Electronic Power Transfer EPT
628
Kawneer
I Each
EL CVR E)dt 1686-MEL-Ext. Cyl
628
Kowneer
I Each
CVR Exit 1686
628
Kawneer
2 Each
OH Offset Conc. Closers
628
Kawneer
2 Each
Pulls DPA4000 1-1/4" Did. 24' Length
&V
Frascio
I Each
Cylinder AMORTCYL I 18MKD
626
CRP
I Each
Cylinder Ring MCCRI814
626
CRP
I Set
Seals Perimeter
BLK
Kawneer
I Each
Power Supply NP 1
600
Kowneer
I Each
Cord Reader IPRW500
BLK
SDC
I Each
Wire Diagram
xxx
Kawneer
TAG #
TYPE
GLAZING
FL PRODUCT
REQUIREMENTS
FINISH
APPROVAL #
KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 SCREW SPLINE
3/8" CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING W/ POLISHED EDGES TYP.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
NOTE:
EXTERIOR WINDOWS SHALL MEET CURRENT
KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 SCREW SPLINE
3/8" CLEAR TEMPERED GLAZING W/ POLISHED EDGES TYP.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
WIND ZONE
REQUIREMENTS AND BE INSTALLED PER MFR
KAWNEER TRIFAB 451 SCREW SPLINE
1" INSULATED GLAZING SYSTEM CLEAR.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
RECOMMENDATIONS.
PAINTED FINISH TO MATCH ARCHITECT's
APPROVED
KAWNEER TRIFAB 451 SCREW SPLINE
I" INSULATED GLAZING SYSTEM CLEAR.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
SAMPLE.
KAWNEER TRIFAB 451 SCREW SPLINE
I" INSULATED GLAZING SYSTEM CLEAR.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
KAWNEER TRIFAB 451 SCREW SPLINE
I" INSULATED GLAZING SYSTEM CLEAR.
-
-
PER MANUFACTURE
Door Hardware Set No. AL3
Each door to have:
I Each
ContHingeOSM21
628
Raton
2 Each
Pulls DPA4000 1-1 /4!'Dia. 2,('Length B26
630
Frascio
I Each
OH Closer 90 Deg. NHO
628
Kawneer
I Each
Floor Stop 535
630
Burns
I Set
Seals Perimeter
Blk
Kowneer
Door Hardware Set
No. AL4
Each pair to have:
I Each
Cont Hinge 050-821 X EPT Prep
628
Kowneer
I Each
Electronic Power Transfer EPT
628
Kowneer
I Each
EL CVR Exit 1686-MEL-Ext. Cyi
628
Kowneer
I Each
OH Offset Conc. Closers
628
Kowneer
I Each
Pulls DPA4000 1-1/4'Dia. 6CY'Length
630
Frascio
E ch
Cylinder AMORTCYLI 18MKD
626
CRP
Each
Cylinder Ring MCCR1814
626
CRP
I Set
Seals Perimeter
BLK
Kowneer
I Each
Power Supply NP 1
600
Kawneer
I Each
Card Reader IPRW500
BLK
SDC
I Each
Wire Diagram
xxx
Kawneer
FBC: FL 8786.1
DOOR SCHEDULE
ROOM DOOR / OPENING FRAME ACCESS
DOORNO NO. NAME SIZE TYPE MAT FIN MAT FIN FIRE RTNG. � HDWR. SET LOCATION CNTRL. NOTES
101A
101
LOBBY
EXIST
X1
EXIST
EXIST
EXIST
EXIST
N/A
I
EXTERIOR
GC TO PROVIDE AUTO OPERATOR & PUSH
BUTTONS
10113
101
LOBBY
3-0" X 7-0"
E
AL/GL
AL/GL
AL
ALUM
N/A
ALI
INTERIOR
101C
101
LOBBY
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
2
INTERIOR
101D
101
LOBBY
PR. 3-101" X 7'-G'
D
AL/GL
AL/GL
AL
ALUM
N/A
AL4
INTERIOR
CARD READER
102A
102
CONSULT/BROKER
3-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
3
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
102B
102
CONSULT/BROKER
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
4
INTERIOR
104A
104
COMMUNITY
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
2
INTERIOR
104B
104
COMMUNITY
PR. 2'-6" X 7-9'
B
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
5
INTERIOR
104C
104
COMMUNITY
PR. 2'-6" X 7-9'
B
WD
ISTAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
5
INTERIOR
104D
104
COMMUNITY
3-0" X EXIST
X2
AL/GL
MATCH
EXIST
AL
MATCH EXIST
N/A
AL2
EXTERIOR
NEW DOOR TO MATCH EXIST PROVIDE
THRESHOLD & WEATHER SEAL & CLOSER
107
107
WELLNESS SUITE 1
3'-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
108
108
WELLNESS SUITE 2
3-6' X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
109
109
WELLNESS SUITE 3
3-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
110
110
WELLNESS SUITE 4
3-6' X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
111
BIO
3'-CY'X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
6
INTERIOR
112
112
WELLNESS SUITE 5
3-6' X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
113
113
WELLNESS SUITE 6
3'-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
-4
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
114
114
WELLNESS SUITE 7
3-6' X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
115
115
WELLNESS SUITE 8
3-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
116
116
CONSULT ROOM
3'-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
117
117
STORAGE 2
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
7
INTERIOR
118
118
MED ROOM
3'-a'X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
8
INTERIOR
119
119
LAB
3'-6" X 7-0"
C
WD
STAIN
PER MFG.
ALUM
N/A
4
INTERIOR
DOOR & FRAME FROM AD SYSTEM BARN DOOR
121 A
121
HUDDLE
3-0" X 7-0"
E
AL/GL
AL/GL
AL
ALUM
N/A
AL3
INTERIOR
PROVIDE FILM TBD
121 B
121
1HUDDLE
3'-a'X 7-10"
E
AL/GL
JAL/GL
AL
ALUM
N/A
AL3
INTERIOR
PROVIDE FILM TBD
122
122
CORRIDOR
3-0" X MATCH
EXIST
G
H.M.
PAINT
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
9
EXTERIOR
NEW EXTERIOR DOOR TO MATCH EXIST PROVIDE
THRESHOLD & WEATHER STRIPPING & CLOSER
124
124
CORRIDOR
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
PAINT
N/A
2
INTERIOR
125
125
CORRIDOR
3'-(Y'X 7_011
A
WD
STAIN
-H.M.
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
11
INTERIOR
126A
126
CORRIDOR
3-0" X MATCH
EXIST
G
H.M.
PAINT
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
10
EXTERIOR
CARD READER
NEW EXTERIOR DOOR TO MATCH EXIST PROVIDE
THRESHOLD & WEATHER STRIPPING & CLOSER
126B
126
CORRIDOR
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
12
INTERIOR
126C
126
CORRIDOR
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
13
INTERIOR
126D
126
CORRIDOR
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
2
INTERIOR
128
128
ICOMM ROOM
3' -0" X 7-10"
A
WD
S TAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
14
INTERIOR
CARD READER
131
131
AUTOCLAVE
3-10" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
7
INTERIOR
132
132
PROVIDER WORK ROOM
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
N/A
16
INTERIOR
133
133
PRACTICE ADMINISTRATOR
3-0" X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
-PAINT
PAINT
N/A
16
INTERIOR
134
134
CARE COORDINATORS
3'-G'X 7-0"
A
WD
STAIN
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
16
INTERIOR
135
135
ELEC. ROOM/ FIRE RISER
3'-G'X MATCH
EXIST
G
H.M.
PAINT
H.M.
PAINT
N/A
9
EXTERIOR
NEW EXTERIOR DOOR TO MATCH EXIST PROVIDE
THRESHOLD & WEATHER STRIPPING & CLOSER
NOTE 1: EXIT DOORS TACTILE SIGNAGE SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH NEW EXIT DOOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7.10.1.3, NFPA 101, 2015 EDITION
NOTE 2: GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL DOOR HARDWARE
DOOR NOTES
DOOR HARDWARE NOTES
I .
ALL FLUSH WOOD DOORS SHALL BE 1 3/4" THICK SOLID
DOOR SPECIFICATIONS
I . ALL DOOR HARDWARE TO BE LIGHT COMMERCIAL GRADE.
CORE WOOD, STAIN GRADE, AND SHALL MATCH WOOD
2. CHOOSE ALL DOOR HARDWARE FROM ADA CODE -COMPLIANT PRODUCTS.
SPECIES, CUT, AND STAIN OF EXISTING DOORS IN THIS SUITE.
MANUFACTURER:
OSHKOSH DOOR CO.; MARSHFIELD DOOR
3. ADJUST CLOSERS TO MEET HANDICAP CODE REQUIREMENTS: THE SWEEP
2.
AT INTERIOR DOORS, PROVIDE 16 GA. HM FRAMES (FOR ALL
SYSTEMS; OR EQUAL.
PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION
DOORS EXCEPT BIFOLD DOORS). AT ELEC. LOCKING
STANDARDS:
AWI SECTION 1300 PC5, WDMA IS-1 A, WI
OF 70 DEGREES, THE DOOR WILL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A
DOORS- MECHANICAL LATCHES IN HEAD WITH ELECTRONIC
SECTION 20
POINT 3 INCHES (75 MM) FROM THE LATCH (MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE
STRIKES IN HEAD.
CORE:
SOLID CORE PARTICLE BOARD, ANSI A208.1
OF THE DOOR), PAUSE, AND THEN CLOSE. ALSO, THE FORCE REQUIRED TO
3.
ALL EXTERIOR H.M. DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE GROUTED
GRADE 1-LD-2 (32 LB)
OPEN THE DOOR SHALL BE NO MORE THAN 5 LBS.
SOLID.
FACE SPECIES:
NATURAL BIRCH
4. PROVIDE RATED CLOSERS ON RATED DOORS.
4.
HOLD OPEN DEVICES/SELF-CLOSING DEVICE SHALL MEET
FACE OUT:
ROTARY
5. CLOSERS SHALL MATCH FINISH OF LATCH SET.
THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA
VENEER GRADE:
TYPICAL
6. KICK PLATES SHALL MATCH FINISH OF LATCH SET.
101, CHAPTER 7.2.1.8 (2015)
VENEER MATCH:
BOOK
7. VERIFY KEYING REQUIREMENTS WITH CLIENT.
A. UPON RELEASE OF THE HOLD OPEN MECHANISM, THE
VENEER ARRANGEMENT:
RUNNING MATCH
8. EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED BY SECTION 1008.1.8, EGRESS DOORS
LEAF BECOMES SELF -CLOSING.
STILE:
MATCHING VENEER
SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A
B. THE RELEASE DEVICE IS DESIGNED SO THAT THE LEAF
KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.
INSTANTLY RELEASES MANUALLY AND, UPON RELEASE,
9. SOLID GROUT HOLLOW METAL FRAMES LOCATED IN EXTERIOR WALLS.
BECOMES SELF -CLOSING.
10. ALL STORAGE ROOMS TO BE LOCKED.
C. THE AUTOMATIC RELEASING MECHANISM IS ACTIVATED
11. DOOR LEAVES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO BE OPENED READILY FROM THE EGRESS
BY THE OPERATION OF APPROVED SMOKE DETECTORS.
SIDE WHENEVER THE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED PER NFPA 101, SECTION 7.2.1.5. 1.
D. UPON LOSS OF POWER TO THE HOLD OPEN DEVICE, THE
MECHANISM IS RELEASED AND THE DOOR LEAF
BECOMES SELF -CLOSING.
E. THE RELEASE BY MEANS OF SMOKE DETECTION OF ONE
DOOR LEAF IN A STAIR ENCLOSURE RESULTS IN
CLOSING ALL THE DOOR LEAVES SERVING THAT STAIR,
5.
ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE
WITH NFPA 101 SECTION 8.3.3.
ELECTROMAGNETIC SHEAR
POWER SUPPLIES-\ REX-
REQUEST TO EXIST PIR
OFFSET, CENTER HUNG-\
& INTERMEMATE PIVOTS
\M
tATCH
RETRAC77ON
CONTROLLER
T__
L -
MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS--\ - LOW ENERGYDOOR OPERATOR
CONTROLS
WALL SWITCHES
DOOR
ALARMS
MOUNTED ELECTROMAGNETIC LOCKS
PROVIDE 24V CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PANEL
OR 120V IF THERE IS NO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
VIDE 120V CIRCUIT FOR ACCESS CONTROL IF NOTFED
PRO
AT 24V FROM ACCESS CONTROL PANEL MOUNTED ON ITB
7 CCESS
C ROL 80x
ACCESS
CONTROL BOX
KEY
SWITCH
) CONCEALED CLOSERS
CLOSERS
PROX CARD READER
& DIGITAL KEYPADS
RPT,1 EP111 -CONTINUOUS HINGES
Lj
0
?OPS
POWER TRANSFER S
RIM, CVRSVR & MORRSE EXIT DEVICES
ELECTRIFIED HINGES
ELECTRIFIED P/VOT' _____REMOVABLE &
CYLINDRICAL LOCKS & MORTISE LOCKS
NON -REMOVABLE MULLIONS
ELECTRIFIED TRIM
-------- ij
BUTTHINGES I --J--FLOOR CLOSERS
WEATHER STRIPPING, SWEEPS,
THRESHOLDS, FLUSH -BOLTS, DOOR
ELECTRIC S
STOPS, DOOR HOLDERS AND KICK PLATES
DF-3)TYPICAL ACCESS CONTROL DETAIL
A2.3 NOT TO SCALE
ACCESS CONTROL DETAIL NOTES:
ACCESS CONTROLLED EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 101, CHAPTER 7.2.1.6.2. (2012 EDITION). ACCESS CONTROLLED EGRESS
DOORS COMPLYING WITH 7.2.1.6.2 SHALL BE PERMITTED (SECTION 38.2.2.2.6, NFPA 101, 2009 EDITION). ACCESS C01ffROL DEVICES SHALL BE UL
294 LISTED AND INSTALLATION SHALL INCLUDE.7
1. SENSOR SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EGRESS SIDE OF DOOR TO DETECT AN OCCUPANT APPROACHING THE DOOR&
2. DOORS SHALL UNLOCKAUTONATICALLY UPON LOSS OF POWER TO THE SENSOR.
3. PROVIDEPUSH TO EXJr MANUAL UNLOCKING DEVICE LOCATED 4ff'TO 4ir'VERTICALLYABOVE THE FLOORAND WITHIN 5'-IP'OF THE SECURE
DOORS WITH WIRING AS REQUIRED.
7. THE EGRESS SIDE OF THE DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EMERGENCY LIGHTING.
& ACTIVATION OF THE BUILDING FIRE PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS, AND DOORS SHALL REMAIN
UNLOCKED UNTIL THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HAS BEEN RESET.
9. ACTIVATION OF MANUAL FIRE ALARM REQUIREMENTS SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS, AND DOORS SHALL REMAIN UNLOCKED UNTIL
THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HAS BEEN RESET
10. ACTIVATION OF THE BUILDING AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS OR FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY UNLOCK THE DOORS, AND DOORS
SHALL RENAINUNLOCKED UNTIL THEFIREALARM SYSTENHAS BEENRESET.
11. COORDINATE SPECIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS FORACCESS CONTROL WITNARCHITECTS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OWNERITEN4NT
CONTRACTED ACCESS CONTROL CONTRACTOR.
NOTE. DETAIL SHOWS MULTIPLE POSSIBLE ACCESS CONTROL CONFIGURATIONS AND POSSIBLE ROUGH -IN. VERIFYACTUAL JOB SPECIFIC
REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS PROJECT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AROO 16053
-A
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN Is NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LL
(j
0
CL
t-4
<
0
>
LU
LjLj
0
+
L 0
_j
_j
0
"o
<
LU
--- )
>
0
0
U_j
-0 Lr)
<
Lu
CO (y)
r.-I M
CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
. ... .. .. ......
P I R . OJECT . MA . NAGER ..................................................
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
DOOR & WINDOW
ELEVATIONS & SCHEDULE
A2.3
LAY -IN
PANEL -\ '�'AOOM. 2- CROSS TEE
NOM. 4'CROSS TEE
MAIN BEAM
NOTE: MINSTALL PER ASTIVI 636
i
MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF HANGER WIRE IS 16:6.
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED.
(CL-j� SUSPENDED CEILING DETAIL
I � A3.0 )
I I
41
HANGER WIRE
12 GA MIN. 4'O.C.
SECURE TO STRUCTURE
W/ POWDER ACTUATED
FASTENERS. HILTI X-CX ALH OR EQUAL
� M, - I X" -11
TEGULAR EDGE
WELLNESS SUITE
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE:
USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS
AT 24" O.C. (MAX.)
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
F AM A
STRUCTURE ABOVE
,mk 10'-O"A.F.F o o o
ACOUSTICAL CEILIN 9'-0" A.F.F A111-1
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
x 5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
`*—�-1AFF
,L-5 CEILING DETAIL
il n SCALE: I" = 1'-0"
12 GA. HANGER WIRE
WRAP WIRE MIN. 3 TIMES IN 3 INCHES
'T'BAR MAIN BEAM
SCALE: N.T.S.
EXISTING STRUCTURE
POWER DRIVEN
FASTENERS
12 GA. WIRE HANGERS MAX 6" FROM WALL
12 GA. WIRE HANGERS MAX 4'C.0
I 0'-a- A.F.Fgk
�w
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
PERIMETER TRIMS
WALL
CEILING DETAIL
SCALE: I" = I'-G'
STRUCTURE ABOVE
SECURE TRACK TO STRUCTURE.J
USE POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS
AT 24" O.C. (MAX.)
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16'O.C. TO JBRACE TO STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE ABOVE
i
10'-0" A.F F
10'-O"A.F.F 'OUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
8'-Z'A.F.F. 5/8" GWB W/
HEADER UX 10--- CORNER BEAD*
(C'L--3"� CEILING DETAIL
� Al n ) SCALE: I" = Y-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
o o o 10'-O"A.F.F
U L
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
A Co S TIC A
RE F T E 11
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
ER 0 C IL
R HE 1 G T
FOR HEIGHT
Fo H
)7PLAN;
CROWN MOLDING WHERE NOTED IN
CROW N MOLC
SEE DET. A/A3.0
YW LL
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
9'-0" A.F.F
1" DRYWALL TYP.
(TYP.
Co RNER BEAD (TYP.)
'�..`EILING
DETAIL
SCALE: I" =
Y-0"
7 4
6 5
—T—i CEILING HEIGHT VARIES
SEE REFLECTED CEILING
ACOUSTICAL CLG. TILE
CROWN MOLDING
FYPON MLD453-16
TYP. CROWN MOLDING DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
CEILING & LIGHTING LEGEND
NEW CEILING GRID WITH 2'x 2'x 5/8"
ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE -
MANUFACTURED BY USG - OLYMPIC
MICRO TEGULAR, COLOR: WHITE
2'X 2'LAY-IN LED LIGHT IN ACOUSTICAL
TILE CEILING
GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
RECESSED DOWN LIGHT
0
(SEE ELECT. DWGS.)
PENDANT MOUNTED FIXTURE
(SEE ELECT. DWGS.)
DECORATIVE PENDANT (SEE ELECT. DWGS.)
24X24 LOCKABLE ACCESS PANEL.
PAINT TO MATCH CEILING
SUPPLY DIFFUSER
Fz-1
RETURN DIFFUSER
EXHAUST FAN
NEW SOFFIT / HEADER
CEILING/SOFFIT HEIGHT
9'-0" A. F. F
FIRE SPRINKLER.
REFER TO PLUMBING SHEET FOR LOCATIONS.
EXIT LIGHT, SINGLE FACE. LETTER INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE.
BLACK QUADRANT INDICATES DIRECTION OF FACE,
ARROW(S) INDICATE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. SEE
ELECTRICAL SHEETS.
RECESSED DOWN LIGHT WALL WASHER (SEE ELECT.
13
DWGS.)
WALL SCONCE. (SEE ELECT. DWGS.)
CROWN MOLDING
NOTE: VERIFY AND COORDINATE LIGHTS AND HVAC EQUIPMENT
PLACEMENT WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
CI
LIGHTING PLACEMENT IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT IN SOME ROOMS. IF
CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE CEILING GRID WILL NOT LAYOUT EXACTLY AS
DRAWN, ARCHITECT IS TO BE NOTIFIED BEFORE BEGINNING WORK.
C2
SOFFITS: GYP BOARD ON FRAMING @ 16" O.C. SUSP ENDED FROM STRUCTURE
ABOVE OR WALL. VERIFY ALL SOFFIT DIMENSIONS WITH CABINET DWGS,
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OR SECTION DETAILS.
C3
PROVIDE & INSTALL SOUND BATT INSULATION ABOVE ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
AT H.C. TOILETS, STAFF RM. & I.T. RM.
C4
VERIFY CLIENT'S REQUIREMENTS FOR MUSIC, INTERCOM, VCR/TV LOCATIONS,
AND CONNECTIONS TO BASE LOCATIONS.
C5
SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES IN
CEILING. IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THAT CEILING GRID WILL NOT LAY OUT
EXACTLY AS DRAWN, HE SHALL CONTACT ARCHITECT BEFORE BEGINNING
WORK.
C6
ALL NEW ACOUSTICAL CEILING HT = 10'-0" AFF. U.N.O.
C7
TOP OF EXISTING EXTERIOR WINDOWS & WALL 12'-0"
ABBREVIATIONS:
AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR
CLG CEILING
EQ EQUAL
HDR HEADER
POR POINT OF REFERENCE
PT PREASSURE TREATED
TYP TYPICAL
N NEW
ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN
CEILING LAYOUT NOTES:
NOTE: Xs IN ROOMS ARE FOR REFERENCE AND
COORDINATION OF CEILING PLACEMENT WITH DRAWING.
USE DIMENSIONS, WHERE PRESENT, IN ADDITION TO X.
NOTE:
VERIFY AND COORDINATE LIGHT SELECTIONS AND HVAC EQUIPMENT
PLACEMENT WITH MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL.
k,Amrt5r-LL -t- VAIN L)U3r-1N
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
I'LLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
-j
LL-
0
F—
CL
CL
LU
u
<
(/)
>
LU
LU
-j
0
F—
+
LO
oe
<
LU
LU
'0
0
>
'0 Lo
LU
w
CL
LU
r-4
00 (y)
r-, M
CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
m
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. ....................................... I .........................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
...............................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A3.0
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
EXTERIOR WALL OR
PARTITION SEE PLAN
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
1101FAM 19
J
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
CROWN MOLDING WHERE NOTED IN
PLAN; SEE DET. A/A3.0
RECESSED CAN LIGHT - SEE
ELEC DWGS
CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
WALL
WIDTH VARIES SEE PLAN
s, CEILING DETAIL
SCALE: V V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLA
19-0" A.F.F
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
CROWN MOLDING; SEE DET.
A/A3.0
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
7'-Z'A.F.F
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
CEILING DETAIL
SCALE: 1 V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16'O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
Ilk
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
7-0" A.F.F
CROWN MOLDING; SEE DET.
A/A3.0
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
7'4" A.F.F
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
1-4"
L �-86
CEILING DETAIL
A1�
3.1
SCALE: V V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
111z1ffw1m�j1hq
J
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
_`5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
7'-2" A.F.F
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP. CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
WALL
DETAIL
SCALE: 1" 1'-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
9'-g'A.F.F
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
7'-2" A.F.F
---CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
DRYWALL (TYP.
WALL
�'NEILING DETAIL
SCALE: I" V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
10'-9'A.F.F
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
7-8" A.F.F
DRYWALL (TYP.J�, 'CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
WALL
..EILING DETAIL
SCALE: I" V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16" O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
111AIMAXW119,
-A
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
7'-4" A.F.F
DRYWALL (TYP- ---CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
j�
WALL
NEILING DETAIL
SCALE: I" V-0"
STRUCTURE ABOVE
3 5/8" GALV. METAL STUD
FRAMING AT 16'O.C. TO
STRUCTURE ABOVE
PARTITION SEE PLAN
I O'Z' A.F.F
ACOUSTICAL CEILING
REFER TO CEILING PLAN
FOR HEIGHT
5/8" DRYWALL (TYP.)
9'-0" A.F.F
DRYWALL (TYP.y�, 'CORNER BEAD (TYP.)
WALL
'*.EILING DETAIL
SCALE: I" = V-0"
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDsfudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LL_
0
CL
a-
-T-
LU
ry
<
Q
>
U_j
Uj
_j
n
=
+
LO
,,0
fl:�
<
Uj
I
LU
I
=
>
0
C)
LU
r)
110
,0 LO
Iry
LU
r-4
00 (y)
tN-, CO
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
MJO.RRES .......................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
SOFFIT DETAILS
A3.1
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AR0016053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
J
LL
Z
O
=
CL
CL
L1J
U
N
w
�
C)
Uz`r'�Q
�,o
W
oww
'0�
OL
Q
>V
I
� M
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
.................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
FINISH PLAN
1 /A4.0
A4e0
FcE ILING
WALL I BASE
PLAN LEGEND:
LLOR
j
CEILING
FLOORING, WALL BASE AND TRANSITION STRIPS
PAINT, WALLCOVERING AND WALL TILE
SURFACES
CEILING TYPE I
FVCT21
VINYL COMPOSITION TILE 2
FWvq1
WALLCOVERING - 9
-1 QUARTZ SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - 2
F572
ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE AND GRID SYSTEM
MANUFACTURER: ARMSTRONG FLOORING
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
MANUFACTURER: DALTILE
MANUFACTURER: USG
STYLE: STANDARD EXCELON IMPERIAL TEXTURE
PATTERN: PAVE
COLOR: SIMPLY WHITE NQ76
STYLE: OLYMPIC MICRO TEGULAR
COLOR: BLUE/GRAY 51903
COLOR: BEVELED GLASS Y46285PV
FINISH: POLISHED
COLOR: WHITE TILES AND WHITE GRID
SIZE: 12"X12"
WIDTH: 54"
THICKNESS: 3 CM
SIZE: 2'X 2'X 5/9'
INSTALL PATTERN: STRAIGHT
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
EDGE PROFILE: EASED EDGE
r CL2
CEILING TYPE 2
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
LOCATION: PROVIDER & HUDDLE COUNTERTOPS
DRYWALL CEILINGS AND SOFFITS
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL A
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
NOTES: 2" CORNER FOR COUNTER TOPS
FINISH:
TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT WILLIAM 1. WISE
AT (803)728-7077 OR WIWISE@ARMSTRONGFLOORING.COM.
F71-01
WALLCOVERING - 10
FSS3 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - 3
FLOORING, WALL BASE AND TRANSITION STRIPS
VINYL WALL BASE - I
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
MANUFACTURER: CORIAN
MANUFACTURER: ROPPE
PATTERN: PAVE
COLOR: SPARKLING WHITE
r -L V-T- -1
LUXURY VINYL COMPOSITION TILE - I
STYLE: SIMPLICITY BOLD PV4005
COLOR: CLAY MASK Y47322PV
FINISH: POLISHED
MANUFACTURER: SHAW CONTRACT
COLOR: 194 BURNT UMBER
WIDTH: 54"
THICKNESS: 1/2"
STYLE: COVER 4140V
SIZE: 4-1/2" HIGH
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
EDGE PROFILE: EASED EDGE
COLOR: PRESERVE 07067
LOCATION: THROUGHOUT AS INDICATED; ON MILLWORK BASE CABINETS
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
LOCATION: WELLNESS SUIT ROOMS COUNTEROPS
SIZE: 7'X 59"
AT FINISHED FLOOR
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
NOTES: 2" CORNER FOR COUNTER TOPS
INSTALL PATTERN: STAGGER
NOTES: PROVIDE PRE -FORMED CORNERS. PROVIDE IN 120'CONTINUOUS
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
COILS.
F-D
WALL TILE I
SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP 4
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A SHAW
TRANSITION STRIP - I
DISTRIBUTOR: CERAMIC TECHNICS LTD
-
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
MANUFACTURER: TBD
STYLE: STUDIO MARMI METRO
MANUFACTURER: CORIAN
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT VIRNA MITCHELL AT
STYLE:
COLOR: FLAVUS
COLOR: WEATHERED CONCRETE
VIRNA.MITCHELL@SHAWCONTRACT.COM OR (407)405-0422
SIZE: TO BE DETERMINED BY INSTALLER
SIZE: 4"X 12"
FINISH: POLISHED
FNT2�
LUXURY VINYL COMPOSITION TILE - 2
COLOR:
LOCATION: AS NOTED ON PLAN - LVTI TO CPT
GROUT: TBD
GROUT JOINT WIDTH: TBD
THICKNESS: 1/2"
EDGE PROFILE: EASED EDGE
MANUFACTURER: SHAW CONTRACT
NOTES: CONFIRM PROFILE IS APPROPRIATE FOR APPLICATION & PER ADAAG.
INSTALL PATTERN: TBD
LOCATION: WORKSPACE COUNTEROPS
STYLE: COVER 4140V
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
NOTES: 2" CORNER FOR COUNTER TOPS
COLOR: SECURE 07068
SIZE: 7'X 59"
PAINT,
WALLCOVERING AND WALL TILE
NOTES: TO ORDER CONTACT HOWIE HERSKOVITS AT (888)541-3840 EXT 165
INSTALL PATTERN: STAGGER
OR HOWIE@TILEBAR.COM
ALL WINDOW TREATMENT WILL BE MECHO 1-3 % OPACITY
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
PAINT - I
MANUAL ROLLER SHADE
FINISH PATTERN KEY:
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A SHAW
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: NATURAL CHOICE SW7011
F7T2
WALL TILE 2
FINISH PATTERN KEY:
WT3 WALL TILE 3 - TOILET 104-138
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT VIRNA MITCHELL AT
SHEEN: EGGSHELL
DISTRIBUTOR: SOHO STUDIO
STYLE: ALCHIMIA TLCFALCMBLU3XI2
VIRNA.MITCHELL@SHAWCONTRACT.COM OR (407)405-0422
LOCATION: THROUGHOUT U.N.O.
COLOR: ALCHIMIA BLUE
LAY DIRECTION INDICATOR
PAINT - I A
SIZE: 3"X 12"
GROUT: TBD
LVT1 /2 LUXURY VINYL TILE I & 2 - STAGGER
CARPET TILE - 1
MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
MANUFACTURER: SHAW
COLOR: NATURAL CHOICE SW7011
GROUT JOINT WIDTH: TBD
000
COLLECTION: COLLECTIVE
SHEEN: SEMI -GLOSS
INSTALL PATTERN: TBD
I
000
DESIGN: SIDE BY SIDE 5T452
LOCATION: DOOR FRAMES THROUGHOUT
LOCATION: FLOOR TO CEILING AS INDICATED ON PLAN
000
COLOR: TOGETHER 50210
NOTES: TO ORDER CONTACT HOWIE HERSKOVITS AT (888)541-3840 EXT 165
SIZE: I 9'X 36'
OR HOWIE@TILEBAR.COM
E_
INSTALL PATTERN: ASHLAR
F _PT2
PAINT - 2
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
EW3]
WALL TILE 3
1
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE SHAW
COLOR: EXTRA WHITE SW7006
DISTRIBUTOR: WOW
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
SHEEN: EGGSHELL
STYLE: TRAPEZIUM
T_
FLOORING TRANSITIONS.
LOCATION: TRIM
COLOR: ICE WHITE MATT
SIZE: 4"X9"
T_
WT3&4 WALL TILE 3&4 - TOILET 103
ETPT3
PAINT - 3
GROUT: TBD
EEfl
CARPET TILE - 2
MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
GROUT JOINT WIDTH: TBD
LVT I LUXURY VINYL TILE 1 -HERRINGBONE
MANUFACTURER: MILLIKEN
COLOR: BIG CHILL SW 7648
INSTALL PATTERN: TBD
-0-
COLLECTION: EDGE KIT
SHEEN: EGGSHELL
LOCATION: FLOOR TO CEILING AS INDICATED ON PLAN
000
0
DESIGN: EDGE LIT
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
NOTES: TO ORDER CONTACT HOWIE HERSKOVITS AT (888)541-3840 EXT 165
COLOR: MERCURY EDG 107-133
OR HOWIE@TILEBAR.COM
SIZE: 9.85" X 39.4"
ED
PAINT - 4
INSTALL PATTERN: ASHLAR
MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
ETTF41
WALL TILE 4
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
COLOR: TARNISHED TRUMPET SW 9026
DISTRIBUTOR: WOW
NOTES: 307. OF OVERALL PATTERN WHEN INSTALLED WITH CPT3. INSTALL PER
SHEEN: EGGSHELL
STYLE: HEXA
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A MILLIKEN
LOCATION: ACCENT WHERE INDICATED
COLOR: ASHY GREY MATT
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
SIZE: 9'X9"
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT ROSIE STERLING AT
GROUT: TBD
ROSIE.STERLING@MILLIKEN.COM OR (407)580-7909
Fw—v D
WALLCOVERING - I
GROUT JOINT WIDTH: TBD
Fc -PT31
CARPET TILE - 3
DISTRIBUTOR: MDC INTERIOR SOLUTIONS
INSTALL PATTERN: TBD
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
WT3 WALL TILE 3 - TOILET 107
MANUFACTURER: MILLIKEN
COLLECTION: CANDICE OLSON COUTURE
COLLECTION: EDGE LIT
PATTERN: GLIMMER
NOTES: TO ORDER CONTACT HOWIE HERSKOVITS AT (888)541-3840 EXT 165
CPT2-5 - CARPET TILE 2-5 - ASHLAR
DESIGN: EDGE LIT
COLOR: EBONY MCO 1708/4145
OR HOWIE@TILEBAR.COM
COLOR: EDG259-120 ARGON
WIDTH: 54�'
CORNER GUARD I
SIZE: 9.85" X 39.4"
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
MANUFACTURER: ACROVYN
INSTALL PATTERN: ASHLAR
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
COLLECTION: SUEDE
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
WING AT 90 DEGREE CORNERS (VA-024N)
NOTES: 70% OF OVERALL PATTERN WHEN INSTALLED WITH CPT2. INSTALL PER
1 -1 /Z'WING @ ANGLES OTHER THAN 90 DEGREES (VA-20OMN)
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A MILLIKEN
EwV2�
WALLCOVERING - 2
COLOR: EGGSHELL #100
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
DISTRIBUTOR: MAGNOLIA HOME
SIZE: 8'-U'LENGTHS
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT ROSIE STERLING AT
PATTERN: FOUNDATIONS GEOMETRIC TRIAGLES SHADOW
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
ROSIE.STERLING@MILLIKEN.COM OR (407)580-7909
COLOR: MAGI 153
NOTES: PROVIDE NO TAPE VERSION AND INSTALL WITH ADHESIVE IN
WIDTH: 54"
THE FIELD
CARPET TILE -4
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
MANUFACTURER: MILLIKEN
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
EFRP
GLASS FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELING
FRP TO 48" AF L
COLLECTION: COMFORTABLE CONCRETE
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
MANUFACTURER: CRANE COMPOSITES
LOCATION: AS INDICATP ON rLAN
DESIGN: URBAN SKETCH
PRODUCT NAME: GLASBORD WALL PANELS WITH SURFASEAL FINISH
NOTES: PROVIDE NO TAPE VERSION AND INSTALL WITH ADHESIVE IN
COLOR: URS 180-153 OYSTER SHELL
WALLCOVERING 3
COLOR: WHITE 85
ftj F RbOR TILE 1 1/3 OFFSET
GENERAL PLAN NOTES: 0
SIZE: 19.7'X 19.7'
Fw_V 3]
-
TEXTURE: SMOOTH TEXTURE FINISH
INSTALL PATTERN: TBD
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
SIZE: 4'X 8' (0.0075" THICK)
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
PATTERN: PAVE
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURIER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A MILLIKEN
COLOR: METALLO Y46289PV
NOTES: INSTALL WITH MATCHED PVC MOULDINGS.VERTICAL
I . NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT REGARDING ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
WIDTH: 54"
ORIENTATION- INSTALL TO 4'AFF
WITH THE WORK.
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT ROSIE STERLING AT
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
ROSIE.STERLING@MILLIKEN.COM OR (407)580-7909
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
2. ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISHES SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN CLASS C
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
EWE1]
WALL EDGE - 1
(0.22 WATTS/CM SQ.) FOR MINIMUM CRITICAL FLUX IN ACCORDANCE WITH
FC
CARPET TILE - 5
MANUFACTURER: SCHLUTER SYSTEMS
NFPA 101 AND MEET FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT IN
P T75
MANUFACTURER: MILLIKEN
FWV74
WALLCOVERING - 4
STYLE:TBS
COLOR:
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E-84 PER TABLE LISTED BELOW. PROVIDE PRODUCT
COMFORTABLE CONCRETE
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
CERTIFICATIONS TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION FOR PROOF OF
ElCOLLECTION:
DESIGN: URBAN VISTA
PATTERN: PAVE
SIZE: TO BE DETERMINED BY INSTALLER
COMPLIANCE.
COLOR: URV05-219-180 PARCHED SAND
COLOR: BIRCH Y46288PV
LOCATION: EXPOSED EDGE OF WALL TILE 5
SIZE: 19.7'X 19.7'
WIDTH: 54"
NOTES: TO ORDER CONTACT MATT LONG AT (407)795-0794 OR
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE
INSTALL PATTERN: ASHLAR
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
MLONG@SCHLUTER.COM
VCT1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE I STACKED
CONTRACTOR'S MEASUREMENTS AND TOTAL YARDAGE REQUIREMENTS TO BE
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
FURNISHED. NO REQUESTS FOR MATERIALS OR INSTALLATION EXTRAS WILL BE
NOTES: 107. OF OVERALL PATTERN WHEN USED WITH CPT6. INSTALL PER
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
GLASS FILM FOR HUDDLE ROOM ALLOWANCE $10,000
CONSIDERED DUE TO MEASUREMENT OR TAKEOFF ERRORS BY CONTRACTOR.
kAA MHr-A(-THPFP"Z PPQHIPrhAENT�Z HSE A KAI' I IVEN
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL WALLCOVERING - 5 SURFACES
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT ROSIE STERLING AT FWV5] DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
ROSIE.STERLING@MILLIKEN.COM OR (407)580-7909 PATTERN: PAVE PLASTIC LAMINATE - I
COLOR: MARSH ROOT Y46292PV MANUFACTURER: WILSONART
Fc-p-T6] CARPET TILE - 6 WIDTH: 54" COLOR: VERANDA TEAK 8209K-28
MANUFACTURER: MILLIKEN LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN FINISH: GLOSS LINE FINISH WITH AEON
ElCOLLECTION: COMFORTABLE CONCRETE NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL. HANG ORIENTATION: HORIZONTAL
DESIGN: URBAN SKETCH CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM LOCATION: COMMUNITY, BREAKROOM LOWER CABINETS
COLOR: URS265-106 FADED ANCHOR NOTES: CONTACT MEGHAN RAWLINS ENGER AT (407)832-5388
SIZE: 19.7' X 19.7" OR RAWLINM@WILSONART.COM
TT
TT
-Ij
4. ALL MISCELLANEOUS GRILLES, PLATES, OR OTHER DEVICES SHALL BE PAINTED TO
MATCH THE WALL OR CEILING IN WHICH THEY ARE INSTALLED, U.N.O.
5. PROVIDE TRANSITION STRIPS AT ALL FLOORING MATERIAL CHANGES. TRANSITIONS
IN DOOR THRESHOLDS SHALL BE CENTERED DIRECTLY UNDER DOOR. FURNISH
COLOR SAMPLES FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
6. PROVIDE TO CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN DESIGN STUDIO COLOR SAMPLES OF ALL
FINISHES AND MATERIALS FOR VERIFICATION AND REVIEW PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
INSTALL PATTERN: ASHLAR
FwV6] WALLCOVERING - 6
FURNISH Al 11C 3100, OF 5/o OVERAGE Cjr fALL /ALL k—k-IVEM11141-7 1'%IIILJ rL%_AJK11N%.7
WT1 WALL TILE I COMMUNITY
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
FPL2 PLASTIC LAMINATE - 2
FINISHES, NOT LESS THAN 10 YARDS OF EACH TYPE OF CARPET AND NOT LESS THAN
NOTES: 90% OF OVERALL PATTERN WHEN USED WITH CPT5. INSTALL PER
PATTERN: PAVE
MANUFACTURER: WILSONART
20 SQUARE FEET OF EACH TYPE OF RESILIENT FLOORING.
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. USE A MILLIKEN
COLOR: MILLION DOLLAR BEIGE Y46303PV
COLOR: CRISP LINEN 4942-38
MANUFACTURED/APPROVED ADHESIVE. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL
WIDTH: 54"
FINISH: FINE VELVET FINISH
8. FLOORING INSTALLATION SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OWNER REPRESENTATIVE.
FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT ROSIE STERLING AT
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
HANG ORIENTATION: HORIZONTAL
PRIOR NOTICE OF ANY EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS THAT MAY POSE A PROBLEM
ROSIE.STERLING@MILLIKEN.COM OR (407)580-7909
NOTES: MICROPERFORATE WHEN INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR WALL.
LOCATION: COMUNITY & BREAK ROOM UPPER CABINETS
FOR INSTALLATION SHALL BE GIVEN IN A TIMELY MANNER.
CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
NOTES: CONTACT MEGHAN RAWLINS ENGER AT (407)832-5388
OR RAWLINM@WILSONART.COM
11. PRE -PLAN CARPET SEAMING SO AS TO PROVIDE UNIFORM DIRECTION OF PATTERN
FLOOR TILE - I
DISTRIBUTOR: TRINITY TILE
WALLCOVERING - 7
Efl
AND LAY OF PILE. LOCATION OF SEAMS SHALL BE CENTERED UNDER DOORS AND
SERIES: SOCIAL
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
PLASTIC LAMINATE - 3
WITHOUT SEAMS IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. SUBMIT SEAMING DIAGRAM FOR
PATTERN: PAVE
MANUFACTURER: WILSONART
REVIEW PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF ORDER.
COLOR: GRAY LAKE
SIZE: 12" X 24"
COLOR: WHITE GRASS Y46294PV
COLOR: PORTICO TEAK 821 OK-28
WIDTH: 547
FINISH: GLOSS LINE FINISH WITH AEON
12. TEST CONCRETE SUBSTRATES FOR IRH (INTERNAL RELATIVE HUMIDITY) ACCORDING
GROUT: MAPEI 02 PEWTER
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
HANG ORIENTATION: HORIZONTAL
TO ASTM F 2170. CONFIRM MOISTURE CONTENT SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF
GROUT JOINT WIDTH: 1/8"
INSTALL PATTERN: 1/3 OFFSET
NOTES: CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
LOCATION: PROVIDER & HUDDLE
FLOORING PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS.
NOTES: CONTACT MEGHAN RAWLINS ENGER AT (407)832-5388
WT2 WALL TILE 2 BREAKROOM
LOCATION: RESTROOM FLOOR TILE AS NOTED ON PLAN
OR RAWLINM@WILSONART.COM
13. MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT SYSTEM.
NOTES: SEAL GROUT. INSTALL A TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL FLOOR
WALLCOVERING - 8
FwV8]
TRANSITIONS. TO ORDER CONTACT JENNIFER HORNING AT (321) 231-2181
DISTRIBUTOR: NATIONAL SOLUTIONS
OR JHORNING@TRINrrYSURFACES.COM
PATTERN: PAVE
QUARTZ SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP - 1
14. BUILD UP CARPET TO BE FLUSH WITH LVT.
COLOR: GREAT LAKE Y47320PV
MANUFACTURER: DALTILE
FET11 VINYL SHEET I
WIDTH: 54"
COLOR: GOLDEN GATE OQ37
INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING
FINISH REQUIREMENTS
MANUFACTURER: SHAW CONTRACT
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN
FINISH: POLISHED
STYLE: VITALITY SHEET
NOTES: CONTACT ANN RANK AT (407)491-1752 OR ARANK@MDCWALL.COM
THICKNESS: 3 CM
COLOR: RESTORE 73518
EDGE PROFILE: EASED EDGE
SIZE: 6.58'X 65.94'
LOCATION: COMMUNITY AND BREAKROOM COUNTERTOPS
GROUP
EXIT ENCLOSURES &
CORRIDORS
ROOMS & ENCLOSED
LOCATION: AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
NOTES: 2" CORNER FOR COUNTER TOPS
EXIT PASSAGEWAYS
SPACES
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL A
TRANSITION STRIP AT ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS. CONTACT VIRNA
f I I
BUSINESS
B
C
C
MITCHELL AT VIRNA.MITCHELL@SHAWCONTRACT.COM OR (407)405-0422.
. . . . . .
(PER FBC 2020 803.11)
I /A4.1
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AROO 16053
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
I
ILL
z
_j
0
F_
CL
LU
LLJ
<
>
C)
U-1
_j
F_
(-)
F_
-
+
Lo
LU
2'
w
<
--I
0
LJJ
>
()
10 1-
10:�
C)
U_j
-'o Lo
CL
<
3�:
rL_U4
r02 'CV12)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
.M..T.O.R.RES .........................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
FINISH PLAN LEGEND
A4* 1
�Al �A2 1 14
,j �A3 /S-A4 Y�A�5 L
%-0) %.-0) %-90) %.-0) CLG
7 CLG CLG CLG CLG CLG
3- 0" L01 3- 0" 6" L001 1' 6" Le 0" e_
PL3
AS
SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT
b AS 0
PROVIDE REMOVABLE AS 10 AS 10 AS, 10 AS ;0
WATERLINE CONNECTION NJ
PROVIDE RECESSED PANEL ABOVE FRIDGES C14
-FOR WATER & ICE 04 0 N 0 0 N 0 N 0
7- z z z
N
LU LU ED CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
0 I:s C) U U
I L\i ___s E II_ Is 11
b V 0 V 0 0 V 0 ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
b I— F- F-
%N 0
V- 2" V- 2" 1'- 2" 1'- 2"
L 01 CD 00, C) e 1� L
Kt1t3.)tL) RECESSED RECESSED A 10 A 10 10 00 1 10 *1 10
I - 04 b 2'- 1 CT
04 WT2 OUTLET OUTLET 0 TLET 2'- 1 CT b 2'- 1 CT a 2'- 1 CT - 0 2'- 1 CT www.CVDstudio.com
10 of 10 '0 — 10 L01 rT-
04 10 -1 10
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
Qz]
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
L__j
�w_ DW DW PW
DW DW
ILl — Phone: 407.930.6016
DW FL. Lic. No. AR001 6053
0 i0i AS DW INSULATE ALL J 0 0 b
DW EXPOSED PIPES AND
RECESSED HOT SURFACES 04 �,I
OUTLET c�
b" DW
L-1.1w
1, 1 ammmmi!F41 I I TS TS S TS
7 jfv 3 1 1
3- 0" 1'- 6" � Y[ 6" 2'- 6" Y - 6" J# 2'- 0 2'- 0" BC r% 2'- 9'BC4 T% r% 2'- 0" BC 2'- 0" BC 2'- 0" BC
lei 101
I imm Omni
ELEVATION a BREAKROOM (S_A_1� SECTION @ BREAKROOM (S_-j�� SECTION BREAKROOM � �-A3 SECTION @ BREAKROOM (S_-A_4� SECTION a BREAKROOM (S-Ajr� SECTION @ BREAKROOM
1/211 = 1 1-091 �A5.0) 1/2" = V-0" �A&0) 1/2" = V-0" � A5.0 ) 1/2" = V-01" �A&0) 1/2" = V-0" �A5.0) 1/2" = V-0"
PAINTED RED DASHED 11/�S-Dl
LINE WITH WORDING ARCHITECT OF RECORD
THAT READS "DO NOT
"111�0 FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
CLG CLG CLG STACK ABOVE THIS LINE' FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
CLG :z L SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" 1,01 19 0, 1'- 2" 01-10, 3- 0" 3- 0" 3- 0" 1'- 3" 2"
or LO - LOP oF Ile J# of L01 J-1
NJ %1 2'- 01,
10
SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT J N %I AS AS
7CLG
AS AS AS AS A I AS
Z_
/_ms cz=�
cN 04 00 OD
PL3 0" 6- 0
b z
0 AS
Uj
AS U
PL3 CABINET NOTES:
Y- 2"
b �0 (BOXED NOTE NUMBERS ARE KEYED TO PLAN)
O� 2'- 0" 0
C� �4 c� c� c� 4 le 40
2'- 0" CT 2'- 0" CT 2'- 0" CT 04 r, mi CABINET SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW A COMPLETE SET OF DRAWINGS.
oo, — e_ I AS AS
QZ2 QZ2 #4 -
-0 �0
S
7% M2 CABINET SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO COORDINATE HIS WORK
M3 BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION OF MILLWORK REQUIRED TO BE FITTED
c� 1�
SUPPORT 10 10 10 TO OTHER CONSTRUCTION, CABINET CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD
BRACE SUPPORT -1 -1 m m DIMENSIONS AND PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS/DETAILS AS REQUIRED FOR
BRACE CN ACCURATE FIT.
M4 SUBMIT CABINET SHOP DRAWINGS FOR REVIEW BY ARCHITECT AND COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
r% r% r% CONTRACTOR. VERIFY DRAWER DEPTH, CABINET DEPTH, SHELF SPACING, SINK SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LOCATION, AND DOOR SIZES WITH ARCHITECT IF UNCLEAR. CAB MFR SHALL
ELEVATION @ CARE ELEVATION @ CARE SECTION @ CARE OBTAIN CONTRACTOR OR CLIENT REVIEW OF CABINET DRAWINGS BEFORE
COORDINATORS rc_"� COORDINATORS COORDINATORS ELEVATION BIO ECTION BIO FABRICATION OF CABINETRY BEGINS.
1/211 1 1-011 1/211 1 '-Oil 1/211 1 '-Oil �.O 1/211 1 1-011 /211 if -Oil M5 ALL CORNERS OF PLASTIC LAMINATE TOPS, DOORS, AND DRAWERS SHALL BE
FILED SLIGHTLY TO ELIMINATE ALL SHARP CORNERS.
rS - Ek2- rS-Et"'16, rS--'E4
A� M7 PROVIDE WIRE WAY HOLES WITH 2" GROMMETS AT FRONT DESK AND WORK
AREAS THAT HAVE OPEN SPACE BELOW COUNTER TOP. LOCATE ON SITE AS PER
CLG CLG CLG CLG CLIENT'S REQUIREMENTS.
M8 ASSEMBLE CABINETS SO THAT THERE ARE NO GAPS ANYWHERE THAT THE
TOEKICK, CABINET, AND WALL MEET ONE ANOTHER. THIS INCLUDES GAP OFTEN
2'- 0" 4'- 0" 2'- a' FOUND IN UNDERSIDE OF BASE CABINET WHERE THE CABINET MEETS THE WALL.
U_
_1p %J %J M9 ADJUST DOORS AND DRAWERS TO EQUALIZE GAPS. MAX GAP 3/32".
M10 NO GAPS VER 3 'ANYWHER IN INSTALLED CABINET W RK. AULK ALL
S046 SOFFIT SOFFIT SOFFIT GAPS OF ABIN A -M A .
Os :�o 10 10 10 M12 DEPTH OF UPPER CABINETS VARIES. SEE ALL CABINET SECTION DETAILS FOR
-1 -1 -1 0
0 CN REQUIRED CLEAR DIMENSIONS FOR UPPER CABINETS.
0-
i CL Uj
U-1 UJI M13 SET BACK SPLASH IN BED OF SEALANT. r-4
0 CABINET ABBREVIATIONS: T—
L CIS —Az I Li
b 0 0 V
b 0
1'- 2" z M14 SET BASE IN SEALANT. V) < (11) >
40 op Of AS ADJUSTABLE SHELVES LIJ Lj_j _j
b b 2'- 1" CT BC BASE CABINET M15 THE FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE REQUIRES MANEUVERABILITY SPACE 0
01 2'- 1" CT ;0 01 2'- 1 CT 10 c� OF BD BAFFLE DIVIDER
04 7 ADJACENT TO LATCH SIDE OF DOORS. IF CABINETS ARE LOCATED ADJACENT -- + T _j
I Lr)
CT COUNTER TOP U <
BS BACK SPLASH
TO DOORS, A CLEAR MIN. SPACE OF 18" AT PULL SIDE AND 1Z'AT PUSH SIDE (OF
QZI DOOR) SHALL BE MAINTAINED IF THE ADJACENT DOOR HAS A LATCH -
L DW DRAWER Uj Ljj
�w- FD DRAWER FOR HANGING FILES QUESTIONS.
PW C) Uj 0
FS FIXED SHELVES
ID INSIDE DIMENSION Iry LU 00 cy)
KS KNEE SPACE M16 ALL EXPOSED SURFACES AND EDGES OF PLYWOOD AND MDF SHALL BE < 3: r__4 r_1 cy)
INSULATE ALL COVERED WITH THE SPECIFIED PLASTIC LAMINATE.
EXPOSED PIPES AND
OS OPEN SHELF
04 HOT SURFACES PG PLASTIC GROMMET FOR WIRE ACCESS M19 SINK BASE CABINETS: SINK BASE CABINETS SHALL BE SELF CONTAINED CABINETS.
L121 p 11 PW PULL-OUT WASTE (NOT OPEN TO ADJACENT CABINETS.)
==7 SH SHELF/SHELVES CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
TS 'S
TS SP SINK PANEL
ID 0 M20 EXPOSED CORNERS OF COUNTER TOPS SHALL HAVE A MIN. 2" RADIUS.
2'- 0" 2'- 6" 1' - 6" 2'- 0" 2'- 0" BC 2'- 0" BC 2'- 0" TS TOE SPACE 4" TYP.
UC UPPER CABINET
4 7 01 101 4 M21 CABINET SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SINK SIZE AND LOCATION AND 03.24.2023
COORDINATE CABINETS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF QUESTIONS.
ELEVATION COMMUNITY (S---E-2'� SECTION @ COMMUNITY (S_-E'3� SECTION @ COMMUNITY /6-_E_4� SECTION @ COMMUNITY M23 THERE SHALL BE NO STILES OR DIVIDERS BEHIND OPENING EDGES OF ANY PAIR
1/211 1 1-011 1/2" 1 1-011 1/2" 1 1-01f A5.0 1/2" V-101" OF DOORS.
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
M25 ALL EXPOSED ENDS OF 4" BACKSPLASHES ARE TO HAVE 2" RADIUS.
M29 PROVIDE MIN. 5 1/2" X 1/2" FIRE -RETARDANT -TREATED WOOD BLOCKING @
�O DASHED PAINTED RED DASHED MOUNTING LOCATIONS OF ALL CABINETS AND CABINET BRACES. VERIFY SIZE
PA NTED RED AND LOCATION OF THIS BLOCKING WITH CABINET INSTALLATION
LINE WITH WORDING LINE WITH WORDING
THAT READS "DO NOT THAT READS "DO NOT RECOMMENDATIONS OR NEEDS. COUNTERS WITHOUT BASE CABINETS THAT ARE
CLG STACK ABOVE THIS LINE' STACK ABOVE THIS LINE' SUPPORTED BY A BRACE SHALL SUPPORT A MINIMUM OF 250 LBS.
M30 NO PORTION OF COUNTERTOP OR SINK SHALL BE HIGHER THAN 34" PER
CLG 0 2� CLG '0 2� FA C2020 203.9, 227., 106.5, 902.3.
CABINETS: MATERIAL AND HARDWARE: PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
SOFFIT ---- - — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — - — — — — — — — — — — — TOPS 3/4'ABX PLYWOOD F. CAMPBELL
. ..... .. ......
2'- 0" c� c� OF 2'- 011 DOORS 3/4" ABX PLYWOOD P . R . OJECT . MA . NAGER ..... ...................... ......... ...........
do ;m_ - DRAWER FRONTS 3/4" ABX PLYWOOD M. TORRES
AS AS AS BACK SPLASH 5/8" ABX PLYWOOD .... I ...............................................................
VN ------ BASE A L
2 1 -01, z 4- 2'- 0" SHELVES 3/4" ABX PLYWOOD
Z Of- oo,
=2 ;i OTHER 3/4" ABX PLYWOOD
LLI
U 2'- 0" CT AS AS z z AS ADVENT HEALTH
c� __j --I A
0 [U [_U PLASTIC LAMINATE:
b WELL 65+
2'- 0" U U 2' -01, ALL EXPOSED SURFACES AND EDGES OF PLYWOOD AND MDF SHALL BE COVERED
0 0 0#
z WITH PLASTIC LAMINATE. GRADE: PREMIUM. COLOR: SELECTED BY CLIENT. ZEPHYRHILLS
Z'DIA c� b AS
GROMMET �0 bo AS AS c� c�
QZ2 PLASTIC LAMINATE FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES: 0.050" THICK, GENERAL PURPOSE
11 z TYPE D (HIGH-PRESSURE).
2'- 0 2'- 0"
�0
bv- ;_0 10 22-0328-01
As AS AS
(HIGH-PRESSURE).
2 2'- 0"
01, `t
SUPPORT — 1- _. I oo, CABINET HARDWARE:
BRACE Mis I Jo - - J# DRAWER GUIDES FULL EXTENSION - HEAVY DUTY
AS AS AS KNEE DRAWERS K & V #1428
MILLWORK
0 UTILITY DRAWERS K & V # 1429
; , FILE DRAWERS K & V #1460
LL %, � � _% -,1 .1% - HINGES CONCEALED STANLEY # 1588 OR BLUM # 95
% N N N M5580
ADJUSTABLE SHELVES I" INCREMENT HOLES
ELEVATION @ PROVIDER SECTION @ PROVIDER WORK PULLS 4' WIRE PULLS (NICKEL FINISH) U.N.C.
WORKROOM �S- �Fl R 0 0 M �'�G ELEVATION @ STORAGE 2 H � ELEVATION @ STORAGE 2
1/2" = 1 1-011 A5.0 1/211 = 11-011 k\��o 1/211 = 1 '-Oil k\,� �-o 1/21' = 11-011
A5.0
A
I
N
NJ
CLG
01 7-
6"
SOFFIT
10
01
01
01 k
10
17
V�
SZ
2' - 0" CT
0
6' - 0"
6' - 0"
2' - 0" CT
ZD
QZ2
QZ2
c:)
zo
PRINTER/COPIER
SUPPORT OPEN KNEE
F-1 F__1
SHRED BIN
OPEN KNEE
SUPPORT
A SPACE
OC3
0=2
SPACE
BRACE
0=1
0=
ELEVATION 0— HUDDLE ROOM
1/211 = 11-011
CLG -1 Eli
If 2'- 0" CT
01 -
QZ2
UPPORT
BRACE
L S
6
OPEN KNEE
SPACE
c�
b
/6'- 0"
SOFFIT
2' - CY' CT
QZ2
b
b
Ifl ffl'�OPEN KNEE
SPACE
SUPPORT
BRACE
r% F%
ELEVATION 0 HUDDLE ROOM
1/211 = 1 1-011
18"
'ri -rl
I
(B - �2
BRACE DETAILS
SCALE: I" - 1'-0'!
20"
10
.or of
CABINET ABBREVIATIONS:
AS ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
BC BASE CABINET
BD BAFFLE DIVIDER
BS BACK SPLASH
CT COUNTER TOP
DW DRAWER
FD DRAWER FOR HANGING FILES
FS FIXED SHELVES
ID INSIDE DIMENSION
KS KNEE SPACE
OS OPEN SHELF
PG PLASTIC GROMMET FOR WIRE ACCESS
PW PULL-OUT WASTE
SH SHELF/SHELVES
SP SINK PANEL
TS TOE SPACE 4" TYP.
UC UPPER CABINET
SECTION
1/2" = 1 1-011
CLG
SOFFIT
PRINTER/COPIER
HUDDLE
AS
C14 0
Uj
C)
0
b
ELEVATION @ HUDDLE ROOM
1/211 = 1 1-011
I
CLG
Lo
(y)
SOFFIT
2'- 0" CT
9'- 6"
01
9'- 6"
2'- 0" CT
QZ2
10
-
(14
QZ2
SUPPORT
BRACE
A
F2
OPEN KNEN Ifl
SPACE
-
OPEN KNFFEl Ifl
SPACE
E OPEN KNEE
SPACE
OPEN KNEE
SPACE
-
SUPPORT
BRACE
ry J_
E
I j
Iml Im
E
F%
r%
r%
ELEVATION @ HUDDLE ROOM
1/211 = 1 #-Oil
SECTION
1/211 = 11-011
HUDDLE
CAMPBELL +VAN DUSEN
ARCHITECTURE INTERIOR DESIGN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
U_
0
F—
0—
q=
=
LLJ
Qe
II`_
r_4
<
V)
>
U-i
L.0
_j
+
Lx-)
__j
:Z
14C)
<
LU
LLj
>
0
C)
LIJ
0_
1-0 11q_
'0 Lr)
LLJ
-4
00 (y)
(y)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
........... ........................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MILLWORK
A5.1
MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES
FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SERVICES, EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES REQUIRED
XISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INCLUDING HEATING,
VENTILATION, AIR CONDITIONING, AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE
DESIGN DRAWINGS AND AS OUTLINED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.
THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS SHALL HEREIN MEET ALL STATE, COUNTY,
DINANCES IN EVERY RESPECT.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED
FOR HIS PORTION OF THE WORK.
REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR NEW AND REUSED EXISTING EQUIPMENT. ALL NEW
EQUIPMENT, ETC. SHALL BE OF THE BEST QUALITY, FREE OF DEFECTS, AS SHOWN ON
THE DRAWINGS, AND AS INDICATED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.
ALL SYSTEMS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND PROFESSIONAL
MANNER WITH THE COORDINATION OF ALL INVOLVED TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCE
OF COORDINATION. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR
REWORK DUE TO COORDINATION DIFFICULTIES OR INTERFERENCE BETWEEN INVOLVED
TRADES.
EXISTING SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE BASED ON FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND
AVAILABLE RECORD DRAWINGS. THIS INFORMATION IS PARTIALLY UNVERIFIED.
CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR FIELD VERIFICATION AND INVESTIGATION
PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID. DO NOT SCALE THESE PLANS.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BASE BID THE COST OF PREPARING
A FINAL TEST AND BALANCE REPORT. TEST AND BALANCE SHALL BE BY T&B
COMPANY CERTIFIED BY AABC OR NEBB ONLY. EXISTING AIR QUANTITY SHALL BE
REBALANCED TO AIR QUANTITY NOTED ON PLAN. TEST & BALANCE CONTRACTOR
MAY NOT SHUT OFF OTHER PORTIONS OF THE FLOOR IN ORDER TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT
STATIC PRESSURE TO COMPLETE THEIR BALANCE FOR THIS SPACE. THIS SPACE MUST
BE SYMBIOTIC WITH THE BALANCE OF THE REST OF THE FLOOR IN A FULLY OCCUPIED
MANNER.
LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL OF GAUGES CONFORMING TO
LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS BASED ON 2* W.G. PRESSURE UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. THE GALVANIZED DUCT COATING
IS TO BE G-90. JOHNS MANVILLE SUPERDUCT IS ACCEPTABLE FOR LOW PRESSURE
T ONLY. ALTERNATE PRICING: PROVIDE AN ALTERNATE
PRICE TO USE JOHNS MANVILLE FR-800 (SUPERDUCT) IN LIEU OF SHEET METAL DUCT
TWORK. THE R-VALUE OF THE
INSULATION SHALL MATCH INSULATION VALUES LISTED BELOW FOR SHEET METAL DUCT
INSULATION. ALL JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED WITH GLASS FABRIC AND MASTIC.
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ACOUSTICAL LOW PRESSURE TYPE WITH INTERIOR
LINER, METAL HELIX, 1" FIBERGLASS INSULATION, AND COPOLYMER SEAMLESS OUTSIDE
SLEEVE. THE ENTIRE FLEXIBLE DUCT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH UL-181 CLASS 1 AIR DUCT MATERIAL THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEX DUCT
SHALL BE 8'-Om. THIS APPLIES TO NEW FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK ONLY. EXISTING
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK EXCEEDING EIGHT FEET IN LENGTH MAY REMAIN (AT BUILDING
OWNER'S DISCRETION) PROVIDED IT IS PROPERLY HUNG AND SUPPORTED PER ASHRAE
RECOMMENDATIONS AND ALLOWS FOR UNRESTRICTED AIRFLOW. EXCESSIVE NOISE OR
INSUFFICIENT AIRFLOW SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REPLACEMENT OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE MENTIONED LENGTH RESTRICTIONS. REPLACE EXISTING
FLEX DUCT WHICH EXCEEDS 8'-Om IN LENGTH WITH ROUND SHEET METAL DUCT.
"DAISY CHAIN" OF MORE THAN ONE 8'-O" SECTION OF FLEX WITH RIGID DUCT IN
BETWEEN IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE NET FREE AREA.
NEW THERMOSTATS SHALL BE INSTALLED 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. MASTER
THERMOSTATS FOR EACH AHU AND VAV SHALL BE LOCATED IN REMOTE LOCATION
DICTATED BY TENANT. CONFIRM LOCATION. EACH THERMOSTAT SHOWN ON PLAN IS
TO BE A SENSOR THAT REPORTS TO THE CONTROL SYSTEM.
DIFFUSER, REGISTER AND GRILLE INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH OTHER
TRADES.
EXISTING DUCTWORK SHOWN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. VERIFY EXISTING LOCATIONS
SIZE OF DUCT RUNOUT, FLEX AND SPIN -IN TAP SHALL EQUAL DIFFUSER NECK SIZE.
ALL DUCT INSULATION SHALL COMPLY WITH FLORIDA MODEL ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODE.
SHEETMETAL DUCT WILL INCLUDE 1-1/2- DUCT WRAP. DUCTBOARD SHALL BE JOHNS
MANVILLE FR-800, l-, R-4.2 SUPERDUCT MINIMUM. THIS APPLIES TO NEW DUCTWORK
ONLY, EXISTING UNINSULATED SHALL REMAIN AS IS UNLESS OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY
THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
ALL EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE SHEETMETAL
THERE ARE NO FIRE RATED CEILINGS.
ALL DUCTBOARD DUCT AND DUCT INSULATION SHALL BE SEALED WITH GLASS FABRIC
AND MASTIC.
SEE PLANS FOR ROUTING OF CONDENSATE. NO CONDENSATE SHALL BE ROUTED TO
HARD SURFACES. PIPE TO STORM DRAIN, DRYWELL OR GRASSY AREA AS INDICATED
ON PLANS, OR ALLOWED BY LOCAL AUTHORITY.
MENDED SERVICE CLEARANCE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE
MAINTAINED.
ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH SMACNA OR
FLORIDA MODEL ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODES WHICHEVER IS STRICTER.
PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF DEMOLITION, CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT ALL SYSTEMS
AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN THE AREA OF WORK TO DETERMINE FITNESS FOR OPERATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A FULLY OPERATIONAL FINISHED SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED.
PATCH AND MAKE GOOD ALL LEAKS IN EXISTING DUCT. SEAL LEAKS WITH MASTIC.
REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO RESTORE VAPOR BARRIER AND INSULATION SYSTEM.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, FAN POWERED BOXES, VAVS, FANS, SUPPLEMENT HVAC EQUIPMENT AND RELATED
BEING REUSED IN THE RENOVATION OF THE SPACE.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LIST IN WRITING TO THE BUILDING OWNER ALL ITEMS
FOUND TO BE INOPERABLE, DAMAGED, OR BEYOND REPAIR AND PROVIDE LINE ITEM
LACEMENT. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH
REPAIRS/REPLACEMENT UNTIL RECEIVING WRITTEN DIRECTION FROM THE BUILDING
OWNER.
EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND BLADE SEAL.
CLEAN EVAPORATOR COIL(S) AND DRAIN PAN(S), LUBRICATE MOTOR(S) AND PROVIDE
NEW SET OF FARR FILTERS FOR EACH UNIT.
CONFIRM OPERATION OF EXISTING SMOKE DETECTORS AND THAT ALL SMOKE
ATH ASSOCIATED AHU.
DETECTORS ARE INTERCONNECTED V
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, ELECTRICAL,
PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWINGS FOR ESTIMATING AND CONSTRUC11ON OF
THIS PROJECT. SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE
THAT SUCH EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR,
EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR ANY CORREC11ONS REQUIRED DUE TO
CONFLICTS WITH OTHER TRADES WILL NOT BE RECOGNIZED.
ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING NOT OPERATIONAL DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE
CAPPED UNTIL FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
ALL RETURN GRILLES ON ALL HVAC SYSTEMS BEING OPERATED DURING CONSTRUCTION
SHALL HAVE FILTER MEDIA COVERING RETURN AIR OPENINGS TO PRE-FiLTER AIR.
FILTER MEDIA TO BE REMOVED AT THE COMPLE11ON OF CONSTRUCTION.
INSULATION USED WITHIN THIS PROJECT DESIGN MEETS THE CRITERIA AS PRESCRIBED
IN 2020 FMC SECTIONS 604.1 THROUGH 604.13. 1
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL CONTROLS REQUIRED TO OPERATE THE
MECHANICAL SYSTEM INSTALLED. CONTROLS SHALL MATCH BASE BUILDING
STANDARDS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE GENERAL PRACTICES
OF THE BUILDING. ALL CONTROLS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH AND AGREED TO BY
THE BUILDING ENGINEER PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION. NEW EQUIPMENT
SHALL BE CONNECTED TO EXISTING BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM NTH UPGRADES
APHICS.
BUILDING OYMER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND CRITERIA FOR MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES
SHALL GOVERN MEN IN CONFLICT VATH MEMANICAL SPECFICATIONS AND NOTES. IT
IS THE CON17RACTOR'S RESPONSOLITY TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE OWNEWS
SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID.
MECHANICAL DRAWING INDEX
SHEE7 If
SHFJ=7 1)r=SCFdFTM
MO.1
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M1.0
MECHANICAL RENOVATION PLAN
M2.1
MECHANICAL RENOVA11ON PLAN - ROOF
I M4.0
MECHANICAL DETAILS
I M5.0
I MECHANICAL SCHEDULES I
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 23
SCOPE OF WORK
WORK SHALL INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:
PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, SERVICES, EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES REQUIRED
FOR THE FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, AND/CIR RENOVATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
INCLUDING HEATING, VENTILATING, AIR COND1110NING AND MISCELLANEOUS SYSTEMS AS
INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND AS OUTLINED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
RELATED WORK SPECIFI
REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DIV. 26) FOR ELECTRICAL WORK TO BE DONE IN
CONJUNCTION WITH THE MECHANICAL WORK. THIS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
ALL CONDUIT, WRING, JUNCTION BOXES, ETC., REQUIRED FOR HVAC CONTROLS.
INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED BY DIVISION 26 IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS OF
AIR HANDLING UNITS EXCEEDING 2000 CFM AND MERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
DETECTOR TO SHUT UNIT DOWN WHEN ACTIVATED.
EQUIPMENT AND DESIGN OF SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND WITHIN
THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS SPECIFIED STANDARD OF QUALITY.
NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE
ENGINEER.
ANY DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT THAT AFFECTS THE ELECTRICAL
REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE COORDINATED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND
EQUIPMENT VENDOR WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BIDS.
FAILURE OF MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR TO DO SO WILL NOT BE CAUSE
FOR CHANGE OF BID AT A LATER TIME. IT WILL NOT BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE
ELECTRICIAN TO COORDINATE REVISED ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS DUE TO EQUIPMENT
CHANGES INITIATED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND VENDOR. IN ADDITION, THE
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY AND ALL
CHANGES TO ENGINEERING PLANS REQUIRED BY AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION.
- 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (SEVENTH EDITION) - MECHANICAL
- 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (SEVENTH EDITION) - EXISTING BUILDING
- 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (SEVENTH EDITION) - ENERGY CONSERVATION
- NFPA 90A, 2018 EDITION
- NFPA 72, 2016 EDITION (TO COVER THE AIR DUCT DETECTOR)
- FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE (FFPC), SEVENTH EDITION
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND PAY ALL
FEES.
=61 llll"�
REFER TO PLANS FOR NEW AND REUSED EXISTING EQUIPMENT. ALL NEW EQUIPMENT,
ETC., SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED, FREE OF DEFECTS, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, AND
AS INDICATED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. ALL ELECTRICALLY POWERED EQUIPMENT
SHALL BE U.L OR E.T.L. LISTED.
WORKMANSHIP
ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE
MANNER WITH THE COORDINATION OF ALL INVOLVED TRADES TO AVOID INTERFERENCES
OF COORDINATION. NO ALLOWANCES WILL BE MADE FOR
ATION DIFFICULTIES OR INTERFERENCES BETWEEN INVOLVED
TRADES.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL DAILY REMOVE REFUSE AND DEBRIS ACCUMULATING
STRUC11ON AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THIS WORK. LEAVE
THE PREMISES BROOM CLEAN INSOFAR AS AFFECTED BY MECHANICAL WORK.
ALL DUCTWORK AND PIPING NOT OPERATIONAL DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE
CAPPED UNTIL FINAL CONNECTIONS ARE MADE.
ALL RETURN GRILLES ON ALL HVAC SYSTEMS BEING OPERATED DURING CONSTRUCTION
SHALL HAVE FILTER MEDIA COVERING RETURN AIR OPENINGS TO PRE -FILTER AIR.
FILTER MEDIA TO BE REMOVED AT THE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION.
SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS
SUBMIT FOR ENGINEER'S APPROVAL, A MINIMUM OF 2 PRINTED COPIES OF SHOP
DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURER'S DATA FOR ALL NEW EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
PRIOR TO PURCHASE AND/OR FABRICATION.
SHOP DRAWINGS FOR EQUIPMENT REQUIRING ELECTRIC POWER OR CONTROL WRING
CONNECTIONS SHALL INCLUDE COMPLETE WRING DIAGRAMS.
SUBMITTAL PACKAGE FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL INCLUDE A COPY OF THE
CERTIFICATION OF PROPOSED TEST AND BALANCE SUBCONTRACTOR. THE TEST AND
HALL BE CERTIFIED BY ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL
(AABC) OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU (NEBB). HVAC SUBMITTALS
WILL NOT BE REVIEWED WITHOUT TEST AND BALANCE CERTIFICATION DOCUMENTATION.
QUALIFICATIONS OF MULTIPLE TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTORS ARE ACCEPTABLE (TO
ACCOMPLISH COMPETITIVE BIDDING OF WORK). CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR
APPROVAL THE PROPOSED TEST AND BALANCE CONTRACTOR AT THE TIME OF BID.
WHEN PROVIDED, THE DUCTWORK SHOP DRAWINGS WILL ONLY BE REVIEWED FOR
COMPLIANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. THE DUCTWORK SHOP
DRAWINGS WILL NOT BE CHECKED FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES OR
BUILDINGS STRUCTURE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTORS TO
COORDINATE AND VERIFY ROUTING AND EXACT LOCATION OF SYSTEM COMPONENTS.
�V:cfllivlmlml MIN&
VIDE THE ENGINEER TWO (2) SETS OF COMPLETE HVAC
RECORD DRAWINGS AT THE TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. RECORD DRAWINGS IN
PDF FORMAT, AUTOCAD [RELEASE 2016 OR NEWER] OR AUTODESK REMT [RELEASE
2014 OR NEWER] SHALL BE PROVIDED ON A CD. RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL CONSIST OF
AN ACCURATE AS -BUILT RECORD OF THE INSTALLED WORK. PROJECT WILL NOT BE
COMPLETE UNTIL ACCURATE RECORD DRAWINGS ARE DELIVERED.
EXECUTION
COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE THE WORK WITH THE OWNER TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTIONS TO
THE NORMAL OPERATIONS AT THE BUILDING.
ALL LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT, DUCTWORK, PIPING, ETC., INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS
IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE TO THE PLANS
SUBJECT TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND INTERFERENCES WITH OTHER TRADES. ALL
WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TO ENSURE MAXIMUM HEADROOM, BALANCED OPERATION
AND SUITABLE AESTHETIC APPEARANCE. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MY FIELD
MEASUREMENTS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE AN APPROVED AND FUNCTIONAL INSTALLATION.
COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES AND FIELD -VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS FOR EXACT
TI OF SYSTEMS. PROVIDE OFFSETS, TRANSITIONS AND ADAPTORS
AS REQUIRED.
QUIRED FOR A COMPLETE INSTALLATION ARE SHOWN ON
THESE DRAWINGS. REFER TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION, SCHEDULES AND
APPLICABLE CODES FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUIRED CONNECTION
LOCATIONS, TYPES AND SIZES.
PERFORM ALL WORK NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE STRUCTURE FOR THE INSTALLATION
OF THE WORK. ALL HOLES, OPENINGS AND DAMAGED MATERIALS CREATED DURING
CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED AND FINISHED BY EXPERIENCED WORKMEN.
PROVIDE ALL PENETRATIONS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF
WORK (MAINTAIN FIRE RATING OF EXISTING STRUCTURE). ALL PENETRATIONS SHALL BE
PATCHED AND FINISHED TO MATCH SURROUNDING SURFACES AND FINISHES. ALL
PENETRATIONS SHALL BE SLEEVED AND SEALED SO AS TO BE WATER AND AIR TIGHT.
CLEANING, TESTING AND ADJUSTING:
THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR, AT HIS EXPENSE, SHALL CLEAN, REPAIR, ADJUST,
CHECK, BALANCE, AND PLACE IN SERVICE THE VARIOUS SYSTEMS HEREIN SPECIFIED
WITH THOR RESPECTIVE EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES AND PIPING. HE SHALL FURNISH
ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, AND TOOLS REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS
REQUIRED BY THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. NO WORK
SHALL BE COVERED OR CONCEALED UN11L PROPERLY INSPECTED AND TESTED.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
PROVIDE ALL EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING TO THE CORRECT ELEVATIONS, FOR THE
INSTALLATION OF ALL PIPING, VALVE, VALVE PITS AND FOUNDATIONS INCLUDED UNDER
THIS DIVISION OF THE WORK.
PROVIDE ALL BACKFILL AND COMPACTION IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SECTION OF DIVISION 1 SPECIFICATIONS.
TESTING:
RILY PLUGGING ALL OUTLETS AND
FILLING THE SYSTEM NTH WATER TO THE LEVEL OF THE HIGHEST VENT STACK. THE
SYSTEM MUST BE INSPECTED AND ALL LEAKS REPAIRED AND THE TEST REPEATED
UNTIL THE WATER LEVEL DOES NOT DECREASE FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS.
ADJUST THE AIR CONDIT10NING SYSTEMS, VENTILATING SYSTEMS, FANS, ETC., TO
DELIVER NOT LESS THAN THE REQUIRED AIR QUANTITY WITH QUAN11TIES IN EXCESS TO
BE SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER IF FOUND TO NOT HAVE
OBJECTIONABLE EFFECTS SUCH AS NOISE, DRAFTS, OR MOTOR OVERLOAD.
PRIOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER OF TESTING AND BALANCING CONTRACTOR IS
REQUIRED. REFER TO SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTAL SECTION. TEST AND BALANCE
REPORTS BY NON -APPROVED CONTRACTORS WILL BE REJECTED.
THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF THREE (3) COPIES OF A TEST AND
BALANCE REPORT TO THE ENGINEER AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION.
THE TEST AND BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE PREPARED BY A CONTRACTOR CERTIFIED
BY ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL OR NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING
BUREAU
EPORT SHALL BE TYPEWRITTEN AND CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING
DATA:
1. DATE, TIME, WEATHER, MEN TEST TAKEN.
2. VOWMETRIC AIR FLOW RATES AT EACH UNIT/FAN, INCLUDING SUPPLY, RETURN,
EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR AS APPLICABLE.
3. STATIC PRESSURE THROUGH UNITS AND UNIT COMPONENTS.
4. MOTOR OPERATING VOLTAGE AND AMPERAGE.
5. DRIVE TYPES, SIZES AND SPEED RANGE.
6. AIR FLOW PROPERTIES BEFORE AND AFTER UNIT INCLUDING: DRY BULB, WET BULB
AND DEW POINT FOR SUPPLY, RETURN, EXHAUST AND OUTSIDE AIR AS
APPLICABLE.
7. AIR FLOW PROPERTIES BEFORE AND AFTER ALL HEAT EXCHANGE DEVICE (COILS,
FANS, ENERGY RECOVERY DEVICES, ETC.) INCLUDING: DRY BULB, WET BULB AND
DEW POINT.
7. FLUID FLOW PROPERTIES BEFORE AND AFTER ALL HEAT EXCHANGE DEVICE (COILS,
ETC.) INCLUDING: ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE, LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE,
FLOW RATE AND FLUID PRESSURE DROP THROUGH COMPONENT.
9. IDENTIFICATION OF ALL VARIABLE AIR VOLUME DEVICES WTH DESIGN AIRFLOW,
MINIMUM AIRFLOW, ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE AND LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE.
10. PLAN IDENTIFYING ALL AIR TERMINAL DEVICES WITH DESIGN CFM AND ACTUAL CFM.
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
PROVIDE COMPLETE MAINTENANCE MANUALS (3 REQUIRED) ON ALL NEW EQUIPMENT.
ORGANIZE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA INTO SUITABLE SETS OF MANAGEABLE
SIZE. BIND PROPERLY INDEXED DATA IN INDIVIDUAL, HEAVY-DUTY, 2-INCH, 3-RING
VINYL -COVERED BINDERS NTH POCKET FOLDERS FOR FOLDED SHEET INFORMATION.
MARK APPROPRIATE IDENTIFICATION ON FRONT AND SPINE OF EACH BINDER. INCLUDE
THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF INFORMATION. THE INFORMATION WILL BE TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER AT TIME OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION:
:OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
SPARE PARTS LIST
0
0 WRING DIAGRAMS
0 INSPECTION REPORTS & APPROVALS
* SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA
0 TEST AND BALANCE INFORMATION
TRAINING SERVICES
THOROUGHLY INSTRUCT THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE IN THE OPERATION OF ALL
EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND LOCATION OF ALL VALVES AND CONTROL DEVICES.
TRAIN BUILDING OWNER'S PERSONNEL DURING NORMAL WORKING HOURS ON START-UP
ES, TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, SERVICING AND
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE AND PROCEDURES. REVIEW WITH THE OWNER'S
PERSONNEL, THE DATA CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS.
SCHEDULE TRAINING WITH OMER, PROVIDE AT LEAST 7-DAYS PRIOR NOTICE TO
ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.
SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION
EQUIPMENT TAGS ON DESIGN DRAVANGS DO NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT BUILI)ING
EQUIPMENT TAGS. DRAVANG TAGS ARE FOR INS PROJECT ONLY AND AM 70 BE USED
ONLY FOR REFERENCE COORDINATE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT TAG INDICATIONS WTH
BUILDING ENGINEER AND MY BUILDING AUTOMA11ON SOFTWARE FOR CORRECT AND
ACCURATE REFERENCE TAGS.
PROVIDE IDENTIFICA11ON LABELS ON OR NEAR EACH PIECE OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND
EACH OPERATIONAL DEVICE AND DISCONNECT. THE LABELS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED
OF ENGRAVED PLAS11C LAMINATE SIGN OR PLAS11C EQUIPMENT MARKER PERMANENTLY
SECURED TO EQUIPMENT. THE LETTERING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF r INCH HIGH FOR
EQUIPMENT NAME AND W FOR EQUIPMENT INFORMATION.
MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE AN EFFORT TO PRESERVE AND MAINTAIN
READABILITY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S EQUIPMENT TAG INFORMATION AND SHALL
CLEARLY INDICATE ADJACENT TO THE TAG THE KW OF THE HEATER INSTALLED IN UNIT.
mr�izIe�;ga.*N-Ik�ibs�icallizt&0
PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY DUCTWORK AND PIPE SUPPORTS, HANGERS, RODS, CLAMPS
AND ATTACHMENTS TO PROPERLY INSTALL AND SUPPORT DUCTWORK, PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. PROVIDE ANY ANGLE IRON OR UNISTRUT
AND SUSPENSION RODS REQUIRED TO INSTALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK.
ALL SUPPORTS EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS SHALL BE CLEANED, PRIMED AND PAINTED TO
PREVENT RUSTING. FINISH COLOR AS SELECTED BY OWNER.
THE USE OF BALING WIRE, NATURAL OR SYNTHETIC FABRIC STRAPS, OR PERFORATED
METAL STRAPPING IS NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR SUPPORTS.
WARRANTY/GUARANTEE:
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WARRANTY/GUARANTEE AND MAINTAIN THE STABILITY OF
WORK AND MATERIALS AND KEEP SAME IN PERFECT REPAIR AND CONDITION OF THE
PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR. DEFECTS OF ANY KIND DUE TO FAULTY WORK OR
MATERIALS APPEARING DURING THE ABOVE MENTIONED PERIOD MUST BE IMMEDIATELY
TRACTOR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE TO THE ENTIRE SATISFACT10N
M TECT AND ENGINEER. SUCH RECONSTRUCTION AND REPAIRS
SHALL INCLUDE ALL DAMAGE TO THE FINISH OR FURNISHING OF THE BUILDING
RESULTING FROM THE ORIGINAL DEFECT OR REPAIRS THERETO.
HEA11NIGZVEN11LA11NIGZAIR COND11IONING SPECIFICATIONS
FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE
DESIGN DRAWINGS AND AS OUTLINED WITHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS. WORK SHALL
INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FABRICATION AND/IOR INSTALLATION OF THE
SCHEDULED AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, EXHAUST FANS, VARIABLE VOLUME BOXES, AIR
DISTRIBUTION AND DUCTWORK.
EQUIPMENT-.
AIR CONDITIONING UNITS:
UNITS SHALL BE SINGLE PACKAGE AIR-TO-AIR ELECTRIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
AS SCHEDULED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. UNITS NTH INTEGRAL ELECTRIC
RESISTANCE HEATERS SHALL HAVE A SINGLE -POINT ELECTRIC CONNECTION.
TOTAL COOLING CAPACITY OF THE UNITS SHALL BE AS SCHEDULED ON DRAWNGS.
UNIT CABINET SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF GALVANIZED STEEL, ZINC COATED AND
COATED NTH BAKED ENAMEL CABINET INSULATION SHALL COMPLY WITH FLORIDA
ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE REQUIREMENTS.
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM - THE UNITS SHALL CONTAIN HERMETIC COMPRESSORS WITH
SERVICE VALVES AND VIBRATION ISOLATION. UNITS SHALL HAVE DUAL COMPRESSORS
AND DUAL REFRIGERATION CIRCUITS OR CAPACITY REDUCTION STEPS WHERE INDICATED
ON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE.
FANS AND MOTORS - THE INDOOR AIR FANS SHALL BE OF THE FORWARD -CURVED
CENTRIFUGAL CLASS 1 TYPE OR DIRECT DIRECT PLENUM STYLE. THE OUTDOOR AIR
FANS SHALL BE OF THE PROPELLER TYPE, EACH DIRECTLY DRIVEN BY AN INHERENTLY
PROTECTED MOTOR. MOTOR AND DRIVE TO PROVIDE HIGHER FAN OUTPUT WHEN JOB
REQUIREMENTS EXCEED STANDARD FAN CAPACITY SHALL BE PROVIDED.
SAFETY CONTROLS - COOLING SYSTEM SHALL BE PROTECTED BY. LOSS OF CHARGE
PROTECTION, HIGH AND LOW PRESSURESTAT, COMPRESSOR MOTOR OVERLOADS, AND A
TIMING DEVICE WHICH WILL PROHIBIT THE COMPRESSOR MOTOR FROM BEING SUBJECTED
TO A STARTING CURRENT MORE THAN ONCE EVERY FIVE MINUTES.
CONTROLS - PROVIDE PROGRAMMABLE, WALL MOUNTED, HEAT/COOL ON -OFF -AUTO
THERMOSTAT FOR EACH UNIT.
UNITS RECEIVING OUTSIDE AIR FOR THE PURPOSE OF VENTILATION SHALL BE PROVIDED
WI SITION, OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE DAMPER WITH HOOD
PROVIDE A ONE (1) YEAR WARRANTY ON THE COMPLETE SYSTEM AND AN ADDITIONAL
FOUR (4) YEAR FACTORY WARRANTY ON ALL COMPRESSORS. LOSS OF REFRIGERANT
WILL BE REPLACED AT NO COST TO OWNER FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR.
CONDENSATE DRAINS:
SCHEDULE 40 PVC ROUTED AS INDICATED ON PLANS. INSULATE WITH 1/2-
ELASTOMERIC FOAM INSULATION RATED FOR PLENUM APPLICATION. INSTALL PER
'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COPPER PIPING THAT PENETRATES MASONRY
WALLS SHALL BE PROPERLY SLEEVED AND SEALED WEATHERTIGHT AT EACH MASONRY
PENETRATION.
CONDENSATE PIPING INSULATION EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS SHALL BE INSULATED WITH
1/2- FOAMGLASS CLOSED -CELL INSULATION AND PROTECTED MTH 0.032- EMBOSSED
ALUMINUM JACKET SECURED NTH BANDS (NOT SCREWS). JACKET SHALL BE INSTALLED
WITH THE SEAM ON THE BOTTOM TO PREVENT WATER ACCUMULATION MEN EXPOSED
TO THE OUTDOORS.
REFRIGERATION PIPING:
ALL WORK DESCRIBED IN THIS SEC11ON SHALL BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SKILLED
REFRIGERATION MECHANICS. REFRIGERATION PIPING SHALL BE FIELD FABRICATED.
WORKMANSHIP ON THESE SYSTEMS MUST BE GOOD, AND CLEANUNESS OF THE PIPING
SYSTEMS IS MANDATORY. WORK THAT DOES NOT MEET THESE CRITERIA SHALL BE
REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. THE ENGINEER SHALL
DETERMINE METHER THE WORK MEETS THESE CRITERIA.
PIPING SHALL BE ASTM B280 MUELLER STREAMLINE ACR OR READING TYPE ACR
FACTORY SEALED NITROGEN CHARGED SPECIAL REFRIGERATION DUTY COPPER TUBING.
FITTINGS SHALL BE MUELLER OR NIBCO WROUGHT COPPER LONG RADIUS REFRIGERATION
TYPE.
REFRIGERANT PIPING BELOW GRADE SHALL BE ROUTED IN MINIMUM 4 IN. DIAMETER PVC
PIPE SLEEVES TO EACH CONDENSING UNIT. ALL UNDERGROUND REFRIGERANT PIPING
SHALL BE CONTINUOUS SOFT -DRAWN TUBING WITH NO UNDERGROUND JOINTS ALLOWED.
REFRIGERANT PIPE SIZES SHALL BE SIZED PER A/C EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER-S
ON LENGTH OF RUN BETWEEN CONDENSING UNITS AND AHU'S.
SOLDER SHALL BE 4% SILVER/96% TIN WITH MELTING POINT OF 430-F WITH TENSILE
STRENGTH OF 14,000 PSI AND SHEAR STRENGTH OF 10,600 PSI, BRIGHT SILVER
NON -OXIDIZING COLOR. 95-5 SOLDER WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. DO NOT BRAZE.
J.W. HARRIS STAY-BRITE AND ENGELHARD BRAZE -IT 430 ARE ACCEPTABLE.
FILL PIPING WITH OIL PUMPED DRY NITROGEN DURING ALL SOLDERING OPERATIONS.
BUILD UP 20 PSIG IN SYSTEM NTH R-410A AND THEN INCREASE PRESSURE TO 150
PSIG IN SYSTEM WITH R-410A AND THEN INCREASE PRESSURE TO 150 PSIG IN SUCTION
PIPING WITH 350 PSIG IN HIGH SIDE PIPING WITH DRY NITROGEN. TAP ALL FITTINGS
WITH RUBBER MALLET. LEAK TEST WITH HALIDE TORCH. REPAIR ANY LEAKS
DISCOVERED BY COMPLETELY REMAKING THE LEAKING JOINTS. REPEAT PROCEDURE
UNTIL SYSTEM IS PROVEN TIGHT FOR A 24 HOUR PERIOD.
U EVACUATE SYSTEM TO 0.1' HG ABSOLUTE, MEASURING SAME
WITH ZIMMERLI VACUUM GAUGE OR MANOMETER. BREAK VACUUM BY INJECTING
R-410A INTO SYSTEM AT FARTHEST POINT IN PIPING FROM COMPRESSOR.
RE -EVACUATE TO 0.1" HG ABSOLUTE. SYSTEM MUST HOLD THIS VACUUM FOR 15
MINUTES. REPAIR LEAKS AS REQUIRED UNTIL IT DOES. CHARGE SYSTEM WITH PROPER
QUANTITY OF REFRIGERANT.
ING (INDOORS AND OUTDOORS), FITTINGS, VALVES, ETC.,
VES, HANGERS, ETC., WITH 3/4- ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
(ARMACELL MODEL# AP-ARMAFLEX). INSTALLATION SHALL BE CONDENSATION -FREE,
AND INSTALLED ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PROTECT ALL
INSULATION EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS WITH 0.032" EMBOSSED ALUMINUM JACKET
SECURED WITH BANDS (NOT SCREWS). JACKET SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE SEAM
ON THE BOTTOM TO PREVENT WATER ACCUMULATION WHEN EXPOSED TO THE
OUTDOORS.
PIPE HANGERS, WHERE NEEDED, SHALL BE ANVIL/GRINNELL #260 CLEMS TYPE, 5 FEET
ON CENTER, SECURELY ATTACHED TO BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.
COPPER PIPING THAT PENETRATES MASONRY WALLS SHALL BE PROPERLY SLEEVED AND
SEALED WEATHERTIGHT AT EACH MASONRY PENETRATION.
NES SECURELY ALONG PAD/FLOOR/EQUIPMENT/STRUCTURE
TO PREVENT MOVEMENT. SUPPORT IN A MANNER THAT LINES THAT DO NOT HANG
FROM EVAPORATOR CONNECTIONS OR BLOCK ACCESS TO FILTERS, CONTROLS, ETC.
TRAP OIL IN SUCTION LINE AT EVAPORATOR COIL NO OTHER COIL TRAPS PERMITTED.
PROVIDE SUCTION RISERS, CHECK VALVES, SOLENOID VALVES, OR OTHER DEVICES
REQUIRED IN PIPING SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
FURNISH ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS TO REPLACE REFRIGERANT LOST DURING THE ONE
YEAR WARRANTY PERIOD.
CONTROLS
FACTORY MOUNTED CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED TO ACCOMPLISH THE SEQUENCE OF
OPERATION. ALL INTERIOR CONTROLS SHALL BE FACTORY FURNISHED AND INSTALLED.
HVAC LEGEND
11 SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 0 RETURN AIR GRILLE 11 EXHAUST AIR GRILLE
rl_ = .4 rr ��;Al rr = __41
if ),/ I EXISTING SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 11 ' 11 EXISTING RETURN AIR GRILLE 11 11 EXISTING EXHAUST AIR GRILLE
a L�__ A L�m
94, DEMOLISHED SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSER 0, GRILLE to, DEMOLISHED EXHAUST AIR GRILLE
TAG DIFFUSER DESIGNATION *_____4 NEW DUCTWORK (SINGLE LINE) ?______z
CFM
.*�� NEW FLEX DUCT 4=1- SPIN -IN COLLAR WITH DUCTWORK TO BE REMOVED
VOLUME DAMPER
VDF_ VOLUME DAMPER FD_�_, EXISTING DUCTWORK & POINT OF CONNECTION
2-- WITH EXITING FIRE DAMPER
(1) THERMOSTAT T F/SD _4, X
2-- _, E isTING DUCTWORK NTH
@ SMOKE DETECTOR :Ak�s WITH NEW FIRE DAMPER . / I EXISTING FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
' EXISTING DUCTWORK
I TAG ft NEW DUCTWORK WITH WITH NEW FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
I CFM I EQUIPMENT TAG ll�� . NEW FIRE DAMPER F/
NEW DUCTWORK WITH
NEW FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
AIR DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT:
GRILLES AND RETURN AIR REGISTERS AS SCHEDULED ON THE
DESIGN DRAWINGS. TITUS, PRICE AND METALAIRE MAY BE SUBSTITUTED AS AN EQUAL.
GRILLES, REGISTERS, AND CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE FURNISHED AS SCHEDULED ON
THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SHALL BE ALL METAL CONSTRUCTION. AIR DISTRIBUTION
SHALL NOT EXCEED NC-30 NOISE CRITERIA AS DEFINED IN THE LATEST ASHRAE GUIDE.
DUCTWORK:
CONSTRUCTED TO CONFORM TO LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA STANDARDS BASED ON
THE FOLLOWNG CRITERIA.
1. SUPPLY AIR: 2 IN. W.G. POSITIVE PRESSURE (CLASS C)
2. RETURN AIR: 1 IN. W.G. NEGATIVE PRESSURE (CLASS C)
3. OUTSIDE AIR: 2 IN. W.G. PosiTivE/NEGATIVE PRESSURE (CLASS C)
4. EXHAUST AIR: 1 IN. W.G. POSITIVE/NEGATIVE PRESSURE (CLASS C)
K:
0 GALVANIZED STEEL OF GAUGES CONFORMING TO LATEST EDITION OF SMACNA
RITERIA ABOVE. THE GALVANIZED DUCT COATING SHALL BE
G-90. (APPLICABLE FOR SUPPLY, RETURN AND EXHAUST)
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE ACOUS11CAL LOW PRESSURE TYPE WITH INTERIOR LINER,
METAL HELIX, 1- FIBERGLASS INSULATION, AND COPOLYMER SEAMLESS OUTSIDE SLEEVE.
THE ENTIRE FLEXIBLE DUCT ASSEMBLY SHALL BE LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL-181
CLASS 1 AIR DUCT MATERIAL THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF ANY FLEX DUCT SHALL BE
8'-O". THIS APPLIES TO NEW FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK ONLY. EXISTING FLEXIBLE
DUCTWORK EXCEEDING EIGHT FEET IN LENGTH MAY REMAIN (AT BUILDING OWNER'S
DISCRETION) PROVIDED IT IS PROPERLY HUNG AND SUPPORTED PER ASHRAE
ALLOWS FOR UNRESTRICTED AIRFLOW. EXCESSIVE NOISE OR
INSUFFICIENT AIRFLOW SHALL BE CAUSE FOR REPLACEMENT OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO
COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE MENTIONED LENGTH RESTRICTIONS. REPLACE EXISTING FLEX
DUCT WHICH EXCEEDS 8'-Om IN LENGTH WITH ROUND SHEET METAL DUCT. "DAISY
CHAIN" OF MORE THAN ONE 8'-Om SECTION OF FLEX WITH RIGID DUCT IN BETWEEN IS
NOT ACCEPTABLE.
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BEAR MANUFACTURER APPLIED LABELING INDICATING DUCT
DIAMETER ON OUTER FACE (8' MAXIMUM SPACING).
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE INSIDE NET FREE AREA.
ADJUSTABLE SPUTTERS AND DAMPERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN EVERY SPLIT AND
BRANCH DUCT AND SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LOCKING QUADRANTS ON EXPOSED OR IN
ACCESSIBLE AREAS OF THE DUCT FOR EASE OF OPERATION.
ELBOWS OR CHANGES IN DUCT DIRECTION GREATER THAN 45 DEGREES SHALL BE
FITTED WITH AIR TURNS CONSISTING OF CURVED AIRFOIL BLADES OR VANES MICH WILL
PERMIT THE AIR TO MAKE ABRUPT TURNS WITHOUT APPRECIABLE TURBULENCE.
FIRE SAFETY CONTROLS:
AS A MINIMUM REQUIREMENT, INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED AND WRED
BY DIVISION 26 IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS OF UNITS EXCEEDING 2,000 CFM AND IN THE
RETURN AIR DUCTS OF UNITS EXCEEDING 15,000 CFM. DETECTOR TO SHUT UNIT OFF
MEN ACTIVATED.
VIBRATION ISOLATION:
ALL BLOWER UNITS AND VIBRATING TYPE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROPERLY FITTED WITH
MASON INDUSTRIES VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
EQUIPMENT WEIGHT AND DUTY.
VI ECTORS AT ALL SUPPLY AND TO AIR
HANDLING EQUIPMENT CONSISTING OF HEAVY CANVAS OR NEOPRENE FABRIC WITH
AIR -TIGHT SEAMS AND CONNECTIONS TO THE EQUIPMENT.
AIR FILTERS:
FILTERS SHALL BE 20% EFFICIENT lm PLEATED MEDIA, DISPOSABLE TYPE IN A RIGID
FRAME WITH A SUPPORTING MAZE ACROSS BOTH ENTERING AND LEAVING SURFACES.
SUPPLY ONE COMPLETE SET OF EXTRA FILTERS AFTER OWNER'S FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
FARR 20/20 OR EQUAL
INSULATION:
RED BY CERTAINTEED, OWENS-CORNING, JOHNS MANVILLE,
PITTSBURGH CORNING, ARMSTRONG, OR APPROVED EQUAL INSULATION SUNDRIES AND
ADHESIVES SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY BENJAMIN FOSTER, CHILDERS, \AMASCO,
INSULA11ON SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR INSTALLATION IN A
RETURN AIR PLENUM.
INSULATE ALL SHEETMETAL DUCTWORK EXCEPT EXHAUST DUCTWORK EXTERNALLY WITH
MANVILLE MICROUTE FSK INSULATION (TYPE 75 OR 100) OR APPROVED EQUAL
INSULA11ON TO HAVE FSK FACING AND UL FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION OF- FLAME
SPREAD 25, SMOKE DEVELOPED 50, FUEL CONTRIBUTED 50. INSTALL INSULATION PER
SMACNA, FLORIDA MODEL ENERGY EFFICIENCY CODE AND MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS. ALL INSULATION JOINTS SHALL BE SEALED NTH GLASS FABRIC
AND MASTIC.
MINIMUM INSULATION VALUES (THICKNESSES) ARE AS FOLLOWS:
0 R IN UNCONDITIONED SPACE: R-4.2 MIN. (1.5-)
0 OUTSIDE AIR: R-6.0 MIN. (2")
ABOVE REQUIREMENTS ARE BASED ON THE 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, 7TH EDITION,
ENERGY CONSERVATION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MATCH EXISTING INSULATION CONDITIONS
WHERE THEY EXCEED THE ABOVE TABLE.
PIPING INSULATION EXPOSED TO OUTDOORS SHALL BE INSULATED NTH CLOSED -CELL
FOAMGLAS INSULATION WITH AN INSULATING VALUE IN COMPLIANCE WITH FLORIDA
ENERGY CODE TABLE C403.2.10 BASED ON FLUID TEMPERATURES. PIPING SHALL BE
PROTECTED WITH 0.032' EMBOSSED ALUMINUM JACKET SECURED WITH BANDS (NOT
SCREWS). JACKET SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH THE SEAM ON THE BOTTOM TO PREVENT
WATER ACCUMULATION WHEN EXPOSED TO THE OUTDOORS.
SPONSIBLE FOR FURNISHING AND INSTALLING ADEQUATE AND
PROPER INSULATION AND MOISTURE -SEAL IN A MANNER THAT WILL PERMANENTLY
PREVENT THE ACCUMULATION OF MY OBJECTIONABLE MOISTURE ON THE EXTERIOR OF
AIR CONDITIONING UNITS, REFRIGERANT PIPING, CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING, AIR DUCTS
YSTEM. CONTRACTOR SHALL CORRECT THE CAUSE OF MY
CONDENSATION AND FULLY REPAIR, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER, MY DAMAGES TO
BUILDING SURFACES, FURNISHINGS OR EQUIPMENT CAUSED BY CONDENSATION FROM
THIS SYSTEM, FOR THE FULL PERIOD OF THE GUARANTEE.
MEP CONSULTING
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
PEI PROJECT A
22121
1W
L A
A
I
-_ -
- �
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
IA RCH ITE CT U RE IN-ERIOR DE.31,aN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1 240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 1 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
,\,\
. � oft JA //
�
�� _-k'� . . . ......... � � ///,-
"", , ��
':� A��;" i� I c R ***"-%. <ON .."
Z'� . 0� � ..'
Z�- * / NO lk -::�
= : . .1 .-
.0 : -
- 1 90018 U)
. -
- ;a '. * I =
=: 0 I .. S7A : *:z
.- %
�' ..6 .% 7"e OF '� �_
'
I
.� . A�, J..
.,., 0. -, Z ,4
_� 4p, \ of? I N -`4'.k_, !:�,�
" 0,.,. D 0 "'., �'
;e Z, ...... '
'_l
////- % "', Vt% ��'
G N
� Fit �\\'�
* ... ",
///////IIIIl0\ q'.z.s-�,2
I, ---
FL Reg. No. 90018
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
-_ -
_j
U_
vi
j
_j
=
:z
Q�
0
>_
=
�-_
2=
=
CL
LLJ
cle
�--
r�4
U
1
<
6
L.')
LU
LU
(/)
I
>
I
0
=
I
_=
ca
I-
I---
+
LO
_j
_j
U----*w
0
W
<
LLJ
___)
LU
I
>-
()
0
>
Il
=
cl-
-
NO llq
ck�
CL
C)
Lu
3:
PL-U4
-_0 LO
or-?. ccyo)
<
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
......................................................... I ..........
-
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MECHANICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
MO* I
10 9 8 6 5 3 2 1
A-
A
A.
4
4 -
A
BIO
A
z -A 4, f
A--
< 4
4
It
1�
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
A. I Z ., ' '
I - . 4-;' -
— — — — — — — —
A
, - . '�A' , A
�4
R -1
R -1 RG- IF-711
R I
R
cno CD C)
X L:__�j
8X W CD 00
1
OA
4 00 �? —11 �2
ITE 11
RG-1 RG-1
1311
VV rZ L L N MS %'-*) %S E. 12X12 WF_LtNF=5b bU 8 4
CD-2 WELLNESS SUITE 6 7 m__Z I
2 11 5 1 113 175
W LN S S UITE L i0xio
2-
200 200
00 PONL
Mi
200 12X12
ONSULT ROO�_
10 00
1 C
0--
OT TT�-2 — T_ T 116 CD-2 RG-
200
80
74:r
CORRIDOR C::I�
IWO 14X1 4 12X1 2 RG-1 i
80 PA I
T
80 80 CD-1 CD-1 COORDINATOR T T _j
0
81 80\---g 70
= I]-
CD-1 75 CORRIDOR 75 1
El
75
A
100
100
i0xi R -1
ESS SUITAL-11
CD
3 C14 EF-4 4
FM I-c"
- F-
EW) 24X14
?25
rr_�� j 10X10
CORRIDOR
X 1OX10 RG-1
U:� W_oF CD
A
RTU-2
L
0 law! 0 o 60 2
, b�
14XI 4 RG-1 TU-1
I
4X16 X p
.4- 00 MED ROOM
X 00
1 118 X 6
L -00
CORRIDOR
CD-1 CD-1 NA RG-1 12X1 2 P, i0xio T
WELLNESS SUITE 80 80 100 125 VN
2 00
X X
FI-08-1 80 I
f__ STOF;b
C3 P OVI R WORK
,
CD-1 0
RG-1 1 R OM 8X8
100 1
7-
5
1 80 r-
100 HUDDLE 132
11 80 ----- - 0- CD-1
0 0 75
—Tr- - RG-1 CD-2 RG-1
(13D
200
?25 RG-1 j 10X10 F L 80
0 LL 0
Unj 2
r4 L - . - — - _.. d — - - - - - — - —
L6� rL �r 16X1 4 0 Y 1
1
80 60 127
0 I
CD-1 W 80 CD-1
CD-1
100 80 75 100 VN
100 Lnsi
C) I
1 r<2)
11 80 80
CD-1
cilli
-La L TOILET
100 1
ELL 4ESS SUITE EF 2 EF-1 RG-1
4 4
X 175 --- 75 CFM 0
00 8X8
(NEW) (NEW)
80
100 107
RG-1 60 Comm I zoom
Er-3
3
J CD-3 3 12
0 r-7
0 Rg 75 C3FMD
(NEW) DSS 1 A UTOGLAVE 150
2�zz �2 7
225 X 1 TON
j 10X10 — — — — — — — — -
(NEW) 60
UnjCORRIDOR
I
CD-1
CONSULT/BROKER
----1 75
F 102
F ct
CD-1 EF-6 RG-1 CD-1 C>
100 3 100 R -1
00
75 CFM 60 1
RTU-5 (NEW) CD-3 TOILET
80
--o-1
25 F 3
24X16 3 EF-7 22X16 16X1 4 16XT4-
IL
2 16 75 CFM
v_
-N
EF-5
(NEW) RTU-3
FF F G-1 BREAK ROOM
3
TOILET I RTU-3
14X14.__ff
STORAGE1
80 CD-1
. .....
200 C) ><
I CD CD-1 CD-1
X C14 CD-1 CD-1 kn
60 1 150
0 200 200
00 80 M
CD-3 LOBBY
2 60
5 100 >c
80 T [LET C�o
101
10 100
14XI 2
.4-41-
Fl 0
80 80 COMMUNITY 25 12X1 2 18X1 4 12X12U
fn 4
1 1
I 11 1 1
100 1)0 80
00 o RG-1 RG-1 CD-1 CD-1
100 - 200 200
200 C
RG-1 C14
C14
16X1 4 CD-1
150 150
_41 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
% A
4 A _'A
- I A _' - " - . . W , , - - , *_%, - ,
;A A A
Al.
lk A' 4 `�.,d z A
A A
'A 4 4 '4
.4 A, A - A- z
4;A 4
r
, 4� #d A .4
A' ' - : -- # i .
A
4 '.A " .
'd- A -A* d
A
4 .4.
4., ..4 A A
_j, _ `4� . : , " 4
4� A 4 '? �-, .
A
4 A A
A :& -. I I
4. 4'. :4 4'
-A A
" -,
44 .. __ 4
"i : . -1, A -
A ;.
d' -,r
,
:4 'd
.1 . 'A . '% - -AV 4- 4 -4 4
4 "
4. L Al
-LA-. ; — -7- .%
t�— _1�4 7T W7- =4' A
A Ik
"'A
A 4
4 '1. _ , _ - % . -A,. I - I . . — �:, 1: - � A 4 A' e
A -
4' 4,
.4
A (d
4' 4 A,
A -A
a
41 ,4
. - - ;, , A - . - , . '-A A'
I . 1, 4 A
A .:d,t 4%
c 'A , A, . 4
A-4 A -A .
tl -A
A — 'd- — . . A
A 4 - - - - —1
NORTH SCALE: 1/4" = V-10"
AD
B
,c)
D
3E
3F
,G)
I'll,
I NOTES TO PLAN REVIEWER I
THIS PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED MECHANICALLY TO COMPLY WITH THE 2020 FLORIDA
BUILDING CODE (SEVENTH EDITION) - MECHANICAL AS WELL AS THE 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING
CODE (SEVENTH EDITION) - EXISTING BUILDING. THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS ARE INDICATED FOR
REFERENCE.
;m1mkoal . 1, . i Gli
SECTION 408 MECHANICAL
408.1 GENERAL. EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS UNDERGOING REPAIR SHALL NOT MAKE
THE BUILDING LESS CONFORMING THAN IT WAS BEFORE THE REPAIR WAS UNDERTAKEN.
SECTION 301 GENERAL
301.14 REPAIR. DEFECTIVE MATERIAL OR PARTS SHALL BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED IN
SUCH A MANNER SO AS TO PRESERVE THE ORIGINAL APPROVAL OR LISTING.
IT IS THE INTENT OF PENINSULA ENGINEERING, INC. TO BRING NEW AND/OR RENOVATED
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS TO COMPLIANCE WITH CURRENT CODE REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS NOT BEING RENOVATED, REPAIRED, OR ALTERED SHALL BE LEFT IN
AS -IS CONDITION WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT SUCH CONDITIONS MET CODE REQUIREMENTS
AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION AND, THEREFORE, DO NOT REQUIRE ALTERATIONS FOR THE
PURPOSE OF THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT.
KEY NOTES
NEW SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK UP TO NEW ROOFTOP PACKAGE UNIT ABOVE.
EXHAUST DUCT UP THROUGH ROOF TO GOOSENECK.
Q CEILING MOUNTED CABINET EXHAUST FAN. PROVIDE WITH INTEGRAL mo-nON SENSOR.
CEILING MOUNTED CABINET EXHAUST FAN. FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY, INTERLOCK WITH
ASSOCIATED AIR HANDLING UNIT.
ALL THERMOSTATS SHOWN ARE TEMPERATURE SENSORS ONLY. SENSORS SHALL REPORT
BACK TO MAIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL LOCATED IN MANAGER'S OFFICE.
MAIN TEMPERATURE CONTROL PANEL PANEL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF ILLUSTRATING THE
TEMPERATURE AT EACH SENSOR AS WELL AS SETTING THE TEMPERATURE AT EACH
SENSOR.
DUCTLESS SPLIT AC UNIT HIGH ON WALL. PROVIDE CONDENSING UNIT ON ROOF AND ROUTE
CONDENSATE TO NEAREST CONDENSATE REMOVAL LOCAT10N (STORM WATER SYSTEM).
CAMPBELL + VAN D
1A R C H I T E C T U R E IrA_ERI0F DIE-3115�N
vvww.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VAUD UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
m
0 ................... < <,,
No. 90018
TE OF 41
-zz-
R I'D
#
Tay1or J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
Li-
0
<
ci
LU
LU
>
_j
0
F—
+
Lr)
(-)
,0
<
LU
)
LU
>
I
(D
0
-0 It
NO LO
tie
LU
co cy)
a_
P._4
Ill CO
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. .................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLANS
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
m I I
PEI PROJECT it
22121
4
4<
4 A
F
_1 F_
EXIS11NG PARAPET WALL
0
'0
cii4
RTU-4
1 RTU-2 CD
4 TONS
4 TONS
(NEW)
(NEW)
ZEXISTING ROOF
C)
CU-1
3
1 TON
(NEW)
CD
0
C5
RTU-3
5 TONS
(NEW)
a RTU-5
al/
5 TONS
(NEW)
EXISTING PARAPET WALL
4 4
4 .4
-4- <
4 <
<
'4 4
<
4
4
<
4 4
..
<4 4
<
<
Id * ' '
<
' . . . ..
<4
' 4' 4
< <
4' .4.
4
A
4
(> 1 /M2.1
NORTH
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
GENERAL RENOVA110N NOTES
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO
SUBMIT71NG BID.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN CODE REQUIRED 10'-0'
CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE EXHAUST DISCHARGE AND RTU
INTAKE.
RENOVA110N PLAN NOTES
PROVIDE NEW ROOFTOP PACKAGE UNIT ON ROOFTOP CURB.
REFER TO ROOFTOP UNIT AND CURB DETAIL. ROUTE r PVC
CONDENSATE TO NEAREST ROOF DRAIN. CONDENSATE MUST BE
ROUTED TO STORM WATER SYSTEM.
�D PROVIDE GOOSENECK AT ROOFTOP EXHAUST DISCHARGE.
PROVIDE CONDENSING UNIT FOR DUCTLESS SPLIT CONDENSER
UNIT ON PRE -MANUFACTURER NOA RATED STAND. FASTEN TO
STRUCTURE PER STAND MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS AND
ASSOCIATED DETAILS.
ADDITIONAL RTU CURB FOR FUTURE.- CAPPE6 F-W LATER
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
IARCH ITECTU RE Itj_ERI4DF DE,31GN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
..............
. W084
I- N s
18
No. 900
s-T TE OF
0 R
... . ........... .
10 N A%-
Toylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
U_
V�
_17
0
_T_
CL
U
<
V)
LU
LIJ
>
__j
0
co
+
Lr)
_j
_j
U
-'0
<
LLj
LU
>
0
r-)
Lu
o Lr)
cx
<
3;-.
or-01
CL
rL_U4
('Yf))
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.... I ...............................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
.................. I .................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
MECHANICAL
04ONMS
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLAN
FL REG NO. 3089
ROOF
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PBFLA.COM
M2*1
PEI PROJECT it
22121
FILL VOID WITH BATT INSULATION.
PROVIDE 2 LAYERS 5/8" GYP. BOARD
AS VERTICAL SOUND WALL I I
BETWEEN ROOF DECK AND RTU. COMPRESSOR
2X6 P.T. WOOD CURB FRAMING ALL SECTION
Su
E
m
CT'
10
N
J"
AROUND BASE OF CURB BOLTED THROUGH CURB
r W
ROOF DECK AND STRUCTURE BELOW 14"MIN.
.0
DO NOT REMOVE ROOF DECK IN ANY
AREAS OTHER THAN WHERE DUCTS
PENETRATE ROOF. ROOF DECK MUST N'_
REMAIN UNDER COMPRESSOR SECTION.
SUPPLY DUCT. SIZE �) _j
AS SHOWN ON PLANS
INSTALL ALL TRUNK DUCTS TIGHT TO BASE OF BAR
JOISTS WELL CLEAR OF ALL LIGHTS
PLUMBING AND
DOFTOP UNITAS SPECIFIED
OUTSIDE AIR HOOD WITH DAMPER
ROOF CURB WITH P.T. WOOD NAILER
WELDED 18 Ga. GALVANIZED SHELL
1 1/2"THK. 3 LB. RIGID INSULATION
REFER TO TYPICAL CURB FLASHING
DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
INSULATION AND METAL DECKING AS
SPECIFIED BY ARCH.
ROOF SURFACE AS SPECIFIED BY ARCH.
BAR JOISTS
---TRANSITION RETURN DUCT. SIZE AS
SHOWN ON PLANS
CEILING SPECIFIED
Ile BY ARCH.
.
NOTE:
ELEC. CONFLICTS. SUPPORT ALL DUCTS FROM BAR
JOISTS OR STRUCTURAL BEAMS ABOVE. REFER TO CURBS TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO MATCH SLOPE OF ROOF AND PROVIDE LEVEL TOP SURFACE. MINIMUM HEIGHT (MEASURED
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. FROM SHORTEST DIMENSION) SHALL BE 14' ABOVE ROOF INSULATION. CURBS TO BE INSTALLED I.A.W. MANUFACTURERS
INSTRUCTIONS. CURB SIZES TO BE COORDINATED BY CURB MANUFACTURER, GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND MECHANICAL
PROVIDE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN THE CONTRACTOR. CURB LOCATIONS ARE TO BE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. COORDINATE ROOF OPENINGS WITH DUCTWORK AND
SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK OF ALL UNITS IN EXCESS OF ROOFTOP UNIT ORIENTATION. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ROOFTOP UNIT, ROOF CURB, AND ALL DUCTING.
2000 CFM. ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO INSTALL FLASHING AND COUNTERFLASHING FOR ROOFING.
ROOFTOP UNIT AND CURB DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSING UNIT
-EXISTING STEEL BEAM
SUPPORT (TYPICAL)
"EXISTING WELDS
(TYPICAL)
#10 SELF -TAPPING
SCREW 2 PER
CORNER (TOTAL OF 8)
2"x2mxl 6 GAUGE
ANGLE IRON MIN.
3/8p BOLT, NUT AND
WASHERS 2 PER
CORNER (TOTAL OF 8)
EXISTING PIPE
COLUMN SUPPORT
/-EXISTING ROOF
NOTE:
IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS DETAIL THAT THE
CONTRACTOR PROPERLY INSTALL THE
CONDENSER TO COMPLY WITH 140 MPH WIND
LOADING PER 2017 FLORIDA BUILDING AND
MECHANICAL CODES.
ROOF MOUNTED CONDENSING UNIT DETAIL
WIDTH OF
MECHANICALUNIT-
MINIMUM CLEARANCE
ABOVE ROOF SURFACES
< 24" 24"
14"
< 36" 36"
18"
< 48"48"
24"
< 60">
30"
60"
48"
PROVIDE MOUNTING BRACKET AND
BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR
SUPPORT OF UNIT
AIR FLOW
I LCIVULIL I
FIELD VERIFY
CONTINUATION OF
CONDENSATE PIPING
RETURN
DUCTWORK
1/2"CONDENSATE LINE WITH
INSULATION DOWN IN WALL
AND THRU FLOOR
CONDENSATE LINE
THRU WALL
PROVIDE P-TRAP FOR
CONDENSATE REMOVAL.
REFER TO DETAIL.
MIN[ -CONDENSATE PUMP
IANT OR APPROVED EQUAL
FILL WITH FOAM AND
URETHANE AFTER PIPE
INSTALLATION
PIPING PENTHOUSE DETAIL
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM AHU DETAIL
bL;ALt: NlZ5
Lt�YVUL I ZjL;ALt: NIb
SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL
SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL
SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL
SPIN -IN COLLAR
DUCT
1-1/2"MIN.
SEAL ALL JOINTS.
#8 WIRE OR 1-1/2"
STRAP HANGER
MIN. STRAP
FLEX DUCT
HANGER
SPIN -IN COLLAR
SEAL ALL JOINTS.
2"x7x4" 13Y 22GA.
----------------
DUCT--,,
--------
ANGLE AT BOTTOM CORNERS
MINIMUM OF THREE
FASTENERS, NO. 10, 3/4"
SCREWS WITH TWO INSTALLED
CHANNEL MAY BE USED IN LIEU
ON SIDES AND ONE ON BOTTOM
FLEX DUCT
RIGID RECTANGULAR DUCT
OF SHEETMETAL ANGLES
FASTENING STRAP
NO FASTENERS PERMITTED IN DUCT FIBROUS RECTANGULAR DUCT
FASTENING STRAP
SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL
SEE BEAM CLAMP DETAIL
SE E
2" MIN. SUPPORT STRAP
2" MI
11
1-1/2" MIN. SUPPORT
OT To
FLEXIBLE DUCT SHALL NOT TO
18"MA
18"MAX. FROM DEVICE
T
STRAP 18"MAX. FROM
AX
EXCEED 1/2" PER FOOT MAX
M
AND 5'-0" ON CENTER
AND 51
DEVICE.
DE
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE
LENGTH OF FLEX DUCT
6
1
9
"11�61�0"
"
FLEX DUCT
DUCT
MAINTAIN RADIUS OF BEND
TO NOT LESS THAN ONE
DUCT DIAMETER FLEX DUCT
DUCTWORK SUPPORT DETAILS
SCALE: NTS
WHERE W/H 4
R/H 1
UH 1.5
RETANGULAR DUCT WITH 4-900 SMOOTH
RADIUS ELLS TO AVOID OBSTRUCTION
VELOCITY
FPM
800
1200
1600
2000
2400
(M/S)
(4)
(6)
(8)
(10)
(12)
C
0.18.
0.22
1 0.24
0.25
0.26
W"l<
L
B
WHERE W/H 1.0 TO 3.0
B = 12" TO 24"
RETANGULAR DUCT WITH 4-900 MITERED ELL TO AVOID OBSTRUCTION
COEFFICIENT C
UH RATIO
0.5
1.0
1.5
2
SINGLE BLADE TURNING VANES
-
0.86
0.83
0.77
DOUBLE BLADE TURNING VANES
-
1.85
2.84
2.91
"S" TYPE SPUTTER VANES
0.61
0.65
-
-
NO VANES - UP TO 1200 FPM M/S
0.88
5.26
6.92
7.56
NO VANES - OVER 1200 FPM M/S)
1.26
6.22
8.82
9.24
TYPICAL DUCTWORK OFFSETS FOR OBSTRUCTIONS
SCALE: NTS
FASTENERS NOT PERMITTED
TO PENETRATE EXHAUST OR
DRYER VENT DUCTS.
RETANGULAR DUCT, DEPRESSED
TO AVOID AN OBSTRUCTION
COEFFICIENT C
W/H
UH
0.121%1
0.15
0.25
0.30
1 1.0
0.26
0.30
0.33
035
0.10,
0.14
0.22
0.30
PAINT INTERIOR OF DUCT BLACK.
USE NON -TOXIC PAINT
N
EQUAL TO NECK SIZE
T-BAR 'N--ACOUSTICAL
RETURN/EXHALIST AIR CEILING TILE
DEVICE (SEE SCHEDULE)
RETURN GRILLE DETAIL
SCALE: NTS
16 OZ. COPPER OR 24
GA. ST. STEEL OR 040
ALUMINUM
GOOSENECK
SEAL ALL EDGES
AFTER PIPE
INSTALLATION
ALL JOINTS TO BE
SOLDERED OR
HELIARCH WELDED
FSEE SPECS. FOR
TYPE OF ROOF
CEILING CABINET
EXHAUST FAN
INTEGRAL
BACKDRAFT
DAMPER
WIRE SUPPORTS
TYPICAL OF 4.
CEILING
SEE PLAN FOR
DUCT SIZE.
CEILING CABINET EXHAUST FAN DETAIL
La)voutl SCALE: NTS
I Lavbutl
Lid FLEXIBLE DUCT SAG NOT TO SEAL AIRTIGHT WITH GLASS
EXCEED 1/2" PER 10 FEET MAX. FAB AND MASTIC (TYPICAL)
CONICAL TYPE
SPIN -IN FITTING WITH HANGER (TYP.)
INSULATION VOLUME DAMPER
SUPPORT
STRAP FLEX DUCT
DUCT AXIMUM ALLOWABLE
M
LENGTH OF FLEX. DUCT
61-0"
SEAL AIRTIGHT
ONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A CEILING DIFFUSER
STAND-OFF SPIN -IN SO THE
INSULATE BACK AS
BALANCING DAMPER HANDLE IS
EASILY ACCESSIBLE FROM THE PER SPECIFICATIONS
EXTERIOR OF THE INSULATION.
CEILING
LAY -IN CEILING T-BAR FRAME
THROAT TO BE DIFFUSER AND HANGER
A MINIMUM OF
NOTE: 1 x DIAMETER
PROVIDE TAPERED RECTANGULAR TO ROUND SIDE TAKEOFF FITTINGS WHERE DUCT DIMENSION
DOES NOT PERMIT CONICAL FITTING.
LAY -IN CEILING DIFFUSER DETAIL
La)voutl SCALE: NTS Lavouti
SEAL AIRTIGHT WITH GLASS FAB AND MASTIC
CONICAL TYPE
SPIN -IN FITTING WITH
VOLUME DAMPER
DRAWBAND CLAMP
INSULATED FLEX DUCT
CLASS1
TO AIR DEVICE
'j-
MAIN BRANCH SEAL DUCT INSULATION TO INSULATED
FLEX DUCT WITH GLASS FAB AND MASTIC
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A STAND-OFF SPIN -IN SO
ACCESSIBLE FROM THE EXTERIOR OF THE INSULATION.
THE BALANCING DAMPER HANDLE IS EASILY
SPIN -IN COLLAR FITTING DETAIL W/ STAND-OFF
T-La)voUtl SCALE: NTS
BRANCH DUCT
x
PIVOT DAMPER (VD) 10- Uj
(0 W
BEARING QUADRANT
LOCKING LEVER
TRUNK DUCT ANGULAR TAP
COLLAR
EAIR FLOW (SUPPLY)
AIR�FLOW (RETURN/EXHAUST)
0 A
DUCTWORK BRANCH DETAIL
SCALE: NTS M4
I Lavbutl
MEP CONSULTING
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
FL REG NO. 3W9
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 2M-16M
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
PEI PROJECT f
22121
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
A R C. H I I F (7 Y 1, 1 � F 1',JT=Plr.R r)Fc,l_r4N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
Ile . ..... ........
0
E N 8���
No. 900" -k
TATE OF
1% s
vb�%. V, /
.......... N
�%NA\- \\N
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 9W18
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LL_
I
V)
Z
>_
0
0-
Uj
C)
<
0
C.")
LjLj
L.0
>
__j
+
Lr)
-'0
cle
<
LU
LU
I
0
>
I
LU
"o
No LO
13e
CL
<
LU
or-01 (C'2)
r14
CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F... CAM . P.BE.L.L ...................................................
. ...... . .. .
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MECHANICAL
DETAILS
M490
DIFFUSERS, REGOMRS AND GRIII I S SCHEDULE DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM SINGLE PACKAGED A/C UNIT SCHEDULE
MARK TYPE MAX. NC MAX. PD SIZE INCHES MATERIAL FINISH MANUFACTURER REMARKS PLAN MARK RTU-1 RTU-2 RTU-3 RTU-4 RTU-5
LEVEL (IN. ING.) (Face/Neck) MODEL NUMBER SCHEDULE
CD-1 LOUVERED FACE SUPPLY DIFFUSER 14 0.05 24"x2e/8"0 ALUMINUM WHITE METALAIRE 5700 - PLAN MARK DSS-1/DCU-1 SYSTEM TYPE CURB NOT USED PACKAGE DX PACKAGE DX PACKAGE DX PACKAGE DX
NOMINAL TONS 4 5 4 5
CD-2 LOUVERED FACE SUPPLY DIFFUSER 14 0.05 24-X24-/10-0 ALUMINUM WHITE METALAIRE 5700 - SYSTEM TYPE DX AREA SERVED - - - -
CD-3 LOUVERED FACE SUPPLY DIFFUSER 15 0.04 12mxl2m/6"O ALUMINUM WHITE METALAJRE 5700 - NOMINAL TONS 1 TON SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) 1600 2000 1600 2000
AREA SERVED Comm OUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM) 240 300 240 300
RG-1 RETURN/EXHAUST/TRANSFER GRILLE 25 0.073 2ex2e/22'x22* ALUMINUM WHITE METALAIRE CC5 - SUPPLY AIR FLOW (CFM) 400 CFMI COIL.
F OUTSIDE AIR FLOW (CFM) 0 CFM ENT. AIR TEMP. (DB/WB) 95/80 95/80 95/80 95/80
lAff.- INDOOR UNIT LVG. AIR TEMP. (DB/WB) 60.1/57.5 59.3/57.7 60.1/57.5 59.3/57.7
1. ALL REGISTERS, GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE SECURELY SUPPORTED FROM THE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS AND NOT FROM THE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILING. TOTAL CAPACITY (MBH) 48.4 59.25 48.4 59.25
2. ALL SUPPLY AIR DIFFUSERS ARE TO BE FOUR WAY THROW UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE FLOOR PLAN. COIL_ SENSIBLE CAPACITY (MBHI) 34.2 48.4 34.2 48.4
ENT. AIR TEMP (DB/WB) 75/60 FACE AREA 5.7 5.7 5.7 5.7
LVG. AIR TEMP (DB/WB) 55/55 ROWS/FP1 3/17 4/17 3/17 4/17
EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE TOTAL GROSS CAP. (MBH) 12.0 EVAP. FAN:
TAG TYPE AREA SERVED DRIVE CFM ESP. RPM MOTOR MANUFACTURER / MODEL WEIGHT NOTES EVAP. FAN: DRIVE TYPE DIRECT BELT DIRECT BELT CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
W V/PH DRIVE TYPE DIRECT STATIC PRESS. (EXT./TOTAL) 0.50/- 0.50/- 0.50/- 0.50/- IIARCH IT ECTLI RE IN-ERIOR DIE315NI
EF-1 CABINET JANITOR DIRECT 75 0.2 900 16 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A90 12 1,3,4 EXTERNAL/TOTAL S.P. MOTOR (HP/RPM) 3.0/2072 3.0/2241 3.0/2072 3.0/2241
EF-2 CABINET LAB DIRECT 175 0.25 660 68 115/1 MEENHECK SP-A200 17 1,3,4 HEATER: V~.CVDstudio.com
EF-3 CABINET TOiLET DIRECT 1 75 0.2 900 1 16 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A9O 12 1-3 MOTOR (W/RPM) 30/- STAGES 1 1 1 1 CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
EF-4 CABINET BIO DIRECT 75 0.2 900 16 1 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A90 12 1,3,4 VOLTS/0 208/1 KW 6.5 7.9 6.5 7.9 255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
EF-5 CABINET TOILET DIRECT 75 0.2 900 16 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A90 12 1-3 MANUFACTURER CARRIER COMPRESSOR: Orlando, Florida 32801
EF-6 CABINET TOILET DIRECT 75 0.2 900 16 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A90 12 1-3 MODEL NUMBER DHMPHAQ12XA3 STAGES 1 1 1 1 Phone: 407.930.6016
1 1 1 OUTDOOR UNIT COMPRESSORS (NO./RLA/LRA) 1/13.7/83 1/16/110 1/13.7/83 1/16/110 FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
EF-7 ICABINET1 TOILET DIRECT 1 75 0.2 1 900 16 115/1 GREENHECK SP-A90 12 1-3 COMPRESSOR: UNIT POWER REQUIREMENTS:
NOTES: STAGES VARIABLE
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH REQUIRED ELECTRICAL CLEARANCES FOR THIS OR SURROUNDING EQUIPMENT. FIELD VOLTS/0 208/3 208/3 208/3 208/3
COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. COMPRESSORS (No./RLA/*LRA) 1/7/12.0 MCA 32 39 32 39
2. PROVIDE NTH INTEGRAL M07ION SENSOR. INTERLOCK NTH TIME -DELAY SET TO 10 MINUTES. COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
3. PROVIDE SOLID STATE FAN SPEED CONTROLLER FOR BALANCING, MOUNTED FAN CABINET. VOLTS/0 208/1 MFS 35 45 35 45
4. FAN SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. INTERLOCK FAN WITH ASSOCIATED RTU. CONDENSER FAN: SEER/EER/IPLV 14/-/- 14/-/- 14/-/- 14/-/-
FANS (No./FLA) 1/0.35 MANUFACTURER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER CARRIER
MODEL NUMBER 50FC-BO5J2M5 50FC-NO6J2M5 50FC-BO5J2M5 50FC-N06J2M5
VOLTS/0 208/1 OPERATING WEIGHT (LBS.) 732 719 732 719
ASHPAE 62.1 CONFORMANCE UNIT POWER REQUIREMENTS: NOTES:
MCA 11 1. PROVIDE ALL UNITS NTH FACTORY THERMOSTAT, SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION AND
VENTILATION REQUIRED O.A. TOTAL O.A. FIRESTAT.
UNIT ZONE AREA CLASSIFICATION RATE VENTILATION SUPPLIED MFS 15 2. PROVIDE ALL RTUS NTH 2 STAGE COOLING AND DEHUMIDIFICATION,
NUMBERS OCCUR (SQ.FT.) CFM6Nj CFM/ (TOTAL CFM) (TOTAL CFM) EER/HSPF/SEER 12.0/-/20.8 3. PROVIDE 5 MINUTE AN11-CYCLE TIMER.
(PEOPLE) PERS SQ.FT. 4. FILTERS SHALL BE MERV 8 PLEATED MEDIA (EXCEPT FOR RTU-12 MICH SHALL BE MERV 13), ARCHITECT OF RECORD
RTU-2 20 f 1549 OFFICE 5 0.06 192 240 MANUFACTURER CARRIER DISPOSABLE TYPE IN A RIGID FRAME NTH A SU POR NG MAZ ACRO S BOTH ENTERING AND FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
MODEL NUMBER 38MVRAQ12AA3 I EAVING SURFACES. SUPPLY ONE COMPLETE SET OF EXTRA FILTERS AFTER OWNER'S FINAL
RTU-3 25 1586 OFFICE/1RECEPTION/CONFERENCE 5 0.06 220 300 ACCEPTANCE. FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
RTU-4 20 1840 OFFICE/CONFERENCE 5 0.06 210 240 MAX. LINE LENGTH (FT) 165 5. INSTALL DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR FURNISHED BY ELECTRICAL IN SUPPLY AIR DUCTS OF AIR HANDLING COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SiGNED,
__r 300 UNITS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. DETECTOR TO SHUT DOWN UNIT MEN ACTIVATED. SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
RTU-5 25 1570 OFFICE/CONFERENCE 5 0.06 220 MAX. PIPE ELEVATION (FT) 100 6. PROVIDE FLOAT SWITCH IN DRAIN PAN TO SHUT DOWN UNIT UPON DETECTION OF HIGH CONDENSATE
OPERATING WEIGHT - INDOOR UNIT 29 LEVEL TO PROTECT FROM OVERFLOW.
7. PROVIDE ROOF CURB ADAPTER IF NECESSARY AND PROVIDE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD WITH
1. ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE KEPT SEALED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION BY DUST OR OTHER DEBRIS DURING OPERATING WEIGHT - OUTDOOR UNIT 92 MOTORIZED 2-POS111ON DAMPER.
CONSTRUCTION. SEAL THE END OF DUCTWORK NTH PLASTIC SHEETING AND DUCT TAPE. PROTECT ALL 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH REQUIRED ELECTRICAL CLEARANCES FOR
DUCTWORK STORED ON -SITE PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION IN A SIMILAR FASHION. NOTES: THIS OR SURROUNDING EQUIPMENT. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
2. ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED WITH PROVISIONS FOR IN -PLACE CLEANING AND 1. PROVIDE UNIT NTH FACTORY THERMOSTAT. 9. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE STARTERS FOR UNITS NOT PROVIDED WITH BUILT-IN STARTERS
OR CONTACTORS.
MAINTENANCE TASKS IN ACCORDANCE NTH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASHRAE STANDARD 62-89R. 2. PROVIDE 5 MINUTE ANTI -CYCLE TIMER. 10. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCHES NTH GROUND LUG FOR HVAC
3. PROVIDE REMOTE CONTROL & MONITORING WALL BOX
EQUIPMENT. pMES4
3. CHANGE IN SPACE USE, CONTAMINANTS, OR OPERATION MAY REQUIRE A RE-EVAWATION OF THE DESIGN NTH STANDARD ALARMS & THE FOLLOWING OPTIONAL 6� . ................
11. SINGLE POINT OF CONNECTION ON UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY PROVIDED WITH PROPER FUSES OR NS'
AND IMPLEMENTATION OF NEEDED CHANGES. ALARMS: FILTER ALARM, WATER DETECTED ALARM.
4. VENDOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATELY SIZED CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO PROTECT INDIVIDUAL DOWNSTREAM COMPONENTS SUCH AS HEATERS AND FAN
MOTORS, AND WRING FROM SINGLE POINT OF CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK TO ALL DOWNSTREAM gooiB
4. THIS TABLE IS INTENDED TO PROVIDE VENTILATION CALCULATIONS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ASHRAE CONDENSATE PUMP WITH CHECK VALVE. HEATERS AND FAN MOTORS.
62.1-2013. THESE CALCULATIONS ARE IN LIEU OF THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE FLORIDA 5. PRIMARY SYSTEM ELECTRICAL POWER IS THROUGH 12. MEN COMPONENTS ARE SHIPPED SEPARATELY FOR FIELD INSTALLATION, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE
MECHANICAL CODE TABLE 403.3. THIS ALTERNATIVE IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE FLORIDA MECHANICAL CONDENSING UNIT THEN TO INDOOR UNIT. ALL COST RELATED TO WIRING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS. STATEOF
-AF.
CODE SECTION 403.2. 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY 13. PROVIDE UNITS NTH ECONOMIZERS. :"_ -Z�
" L OR\ .0
WITH REQUIRED ELECTRICAL CLEARANCES FOR THIS OR . ........
OCCUPANCY FOR THESE ZONES HAS BEEN CORRECTED DUE TO INTERMITTENT SPACE USAGE. BASED ON SURROUNDING EQUIPMENT. FIELD COORDINATE PRIOR TO //j; %910NAA,
NORMAL OCCUPANCY, PEAK OCCUPANCY AND THE VOLUME OF THE SPACE, THE ZONE POPULATION HAS INSTALLATION.
BEEN AVERAGED OVER A TIME PERIOD DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE STANDARD 62.1-2013,
SECTION 6.2.6.2.
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
LL_
0 r
LIJ
CL _T_
ry
0
U
C/) >
Uj LU _j
0 CQ
+ -F _j
I-- L0 j
U *_0 Cie <
LU LU >_ 0
> -T-
0 C) LU C1_
rL-U4 or-',) (Iyyl)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
NO. DATE DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTIING MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977 SCHEDULES
FIL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM M500
PEI PROECT f.
221211
4
PAMENT CARE AREA SYMBOL LEGEND
4�> GENERAL CARE - CATEGORY 2
NOTES:
1. THERE ARE NO CRITICAL OR WET PATIENT AREAS IN THE SCOPE OF
WORK.
2. GENERAL PATIENT CARE AREAS REQUIRE A WRING METHOD WTH A
REDUNDANT GROUND AS PER ARTICLE 517.13 OF THE NEC.
GROUNDING 0 FALL RECEPTACLES, LIGHTING AND FIXED EQUIPMENT IN
PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WTH NEC ARTICLE 517.13 (A)
AND (B)
TESTING, INSPECTIONS -
AND CERTIFICATIONS:
A. EQUIPOTENTIAL GROUNDING TEST FOR PATIENT CARE AREAS
NFPA 99, 2018 EDITION, SECTION 6.3.3 REQUIRES TESTING OF NEW CONSTRUCTION
AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND REPEATED WIEN MAJOR RENOVATIONS OCCUR.
MOST EXISTING FACIU11ES HAVE NO RECORDS OF EXISTING CONDITIONS, HOWEVER,
LOGS SHOULD BE CHECKED ANNUALLY BY AHCA. THEREFORE, ALL PATIENT AREAS
WTHIN ANY SCOPE OF WORK WLL NEED TO BE TESTED BY THE CONTRACTOR. (ALSO
SEE NEC 517-13, 14 & 16).
B. WHAT NEEDS TO BE TESTED? ONLY METAL CONDUCTIVE SURFACES LIKELY TO BECOME
ENERGIZED WTHIN THE PATIENT VICINITY. PATIENT VICINITY IS DEFINED AS:
1. AN AREA MERE PATIENTS ARE NORMALLY CARED FOR.
2. THE SPACE NTH SURFACES LIKELY TO BE CONTACTED BY PATIENT OR ATTENDANT
TOUCHING THE PATIENT. (BEDS, HEADWALLS, A/C UNITS, SINK, TRIM, ETC.)
3. IN A PATIENT ROOM BASICALLY THE ENTIRE ROOM INCLUDING TOILET/SHOWER ROOM.
PATIENTS SHOULD BE IN WHEELCHAIRS OR SITTING IN CHAIRS.
C.
1.
2.
D.
2.
a.
b.
C.
d.
e.
f.
3.
4.
E.
b.
C.
F.
1.
2.
G.
1.
2.
3.
4.
60-0w 69-Ow
PATIENT BED
31-6"
6'-On
7'-6- VERTICALLT
ABOVE FLOOR I
TYPICAL PATIENT ROOM
PATIENT VICINITY DISTANCES
GROUND TEST DOES NOT INCLUDE:
SMALL WALL MOUNTED CONDUCTIVE SURFACES, TOWEL AND SOAP DISPENSERS,
MIRRORS, BED PANS, ETC.
LARGE METAL SURFACES NOT LIKELY TO BECOME ENERGIZED, WNDOW FRAMES, DOOR
FRAMES, FLOOR DRAINS AND MOVABLE CABINETS.
TEST METHOD:
BOTH VOLTAGE AND IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS MUST BE MADE.
ALL MEASUREMENTS MUST BE TAKEN TO A REFERENCE POINT OR IN NEAR AREA
BEING TESTED.
GROUND BAR IN A PANEL SERVING AN AREA.
GROUND JACK IF ONE EXISTING.
ESTABLISHED GROUND BUS.
AN ALL METAL COLD WATER PIPE.
BE CAREFUL OF WASTE PIPE OR SPRINKLER PIPE BECAUSE OF NO -HUB AND
VITAULIC FITTINGS.
GROUNDING CONTACT OR A RECEPTACLE THAT IS POWERED FROM A DIFFERENT
CIRCUIT FROM THE RECEPTACLE UNDER TEST.
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS ARE TO BE MADE BETWEEN REFERENCE POINT AND
APPROPRIATE CONDUCTIVE SURFACES INCLUDING RECEPTACLE GROUND CONTACTS.
IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS ARE TO BE MADE ONLY BETWEEN REFERENCE POINT AND
RECEPTACLE GROUND CONTACTS.
REQUIRED RESULTS:
NEW/EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
VOLTAGE - MAXIMUM 20MV +/-20% (24 TO 20MV)
IMPEDANCE - MAXIMUM 0.1 OHM +/-20% (0.12 TO 0.1 OHM)
IMPEDANCE (ISOLATED GROUND) - MAXIMUM 0.2 OHM +/- 20% (0.28 TO 0.12 OHM)
GENERAL COMMENTS:
THE IMPEDANCE MEASUREMENTS FOR NEW AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE
THE RATIO OF 60HZ VOLTAGE DEVELOPED BETWEEN A POINT UNDER TEST AND A
REFERENCE POINT TO 60HZ CURRENT APPLIED TO THE POINT UNDER TEST. IF
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION 60HZ OR DC MAY BE USED, AND THE TEST MUST NOT
ENDANGER PATIENT.
ALSO, TESTS MUST INCLUDE CORRECT POLARITY OF HOT AND NEUTRAL AND
GROUNDING BLADE RETENTION FORCE (40Z. MIN.)
JEST EQUIPMENT:
USE A MILLIVOLT METER DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE NTH 1 K OHM INPUT
RESISTANCE (+/-10%) AT FREQUENCIES OF 1000HZ OR LESS.
USE A HIGH Z MV METER WTH EXTERNAL FREQUENCY SHAPING NETWORK.
RECEPTACLE POLARITY TESTER.
RETEN11ON FORCE TESTER OR MANUFACTURER'S DATA VERIFYING COMPLIANCE
THROUGH U.L, NEMA OR OTHER TESTS.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICA11ONS
GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR A COMPLETE
AND PROPERLY OPERATING ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. INCLUDE NECESSARY
FEES AND PERMITS WITHIN BASE BID.
ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION
DRAWNGS ARE CONSIDERED PART OF THESE CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS FOR COORDINATION, EQUIPMENT CONNECTION, HEIGHTS
AND LOCATIONS.
B. CODES AND STANDARDS: ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT
COMPLIANCE WTH THE PROVISIONS OF THE LOCAL GOVERNMENT
AUTHORITY, THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE 2017 EDITION; SEVENTH
ED11ION (2020) FLORIDA BUILDING CODE, THE FLORIDA FIRE
PREVENTION CODE 2020 EDITION, NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE NFPA
72 2016 EDITION AND THE CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCED
THEREIN. ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND FREE FROM DEFECTS,
AND SHALL BEAR THE UNDERWRITER'S LABEL.
C. CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE SITE BEFORE BIDDING.
NO CHANGES WLL BE ALLOWED IN CONTRACT PRICE FOR WORK
REQUIRED TO COMPLY WTH EXISTING CONDITIONS.
D. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE
MANNER.
E. CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE AH DOWN -TIME NTH THE OWNER
PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE WORK. PREMIUM /OVERTIME RATES MAY BE
REQUIRED AND MUST BE INCLUDED IN BASE BID.
F. CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
AND WALK SITE. MEN CONFLICTS ARISE WTHIN CONSTRUCTION
DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY ENGINEER PRIOR TO
SUBMITTING A BID. SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL INDICATE THAT
CONTRACTOR THOROUGHLY REVIEWED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND
WALKED THE SITE PRIOR TO BID SUBMISSION.
MEN ENGINEER IS NOT AVAILABLE, OR TIME DOES NOT
PERMI TCON TRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE THE MOST STRINGENT (COSTLY)
REQUIREMENTS WTHIN BASE BID.
G. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WTH UTILITY COMPANY AND
TELECOMMUNICATION COMPANY FOR LOCATIONS, REQUIREMENTS AND
CONDUITS ROUTING PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK OR ROUGH -IN.
H. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING
MANUFACTURERS, SUB- CONTRACTORS, VENDORS AND SUPPLIERS, WTH
A COMPLETE SET OF THESE DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING A BID.
1. GUARANTEE ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
TO BE FREE FROM DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM
THE DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE AND PROPERLY CORRECT LATENT
DEFECTS ARISING WTHIN THIS PERIOD UPON NOTIFICATION BY THE
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE WTHOUT ADD11IONAL COMPENSATION.
J. DAILY REMOVE REFUSE AND DEBRIS ACCUMULATING FROM ELECTRICAL
CONSTRUCTION AND PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THIS WORK, LEAVE THE
PREMISES "BROOM CLEAN" INSOFAR AS AFFECTED BY ELECTRICAL
WORK.
K. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE ARCHITECTURAL,
MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND FIRE PROTECTION DRAWNGS FOR
ES11MATING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT. SUBMISSION OF A
PROPOSAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT SUCH
EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR,
EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR CONNECTING AND
ENERGIZING EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON THOSE DRAWNGS WLL NOT BE
RECOGNIZED. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COMMUNICATE
DISCREPANCIES TO ENGINEER PRIOR SUBMITTING A BID.
L. EQUIPMENT AND DESIGN OF SYSTEMS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN
DRAWNGS AND WTHIN THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED
AS "SPECIFIED STANDARD" OF QUALITY. NO SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE
MADE WTHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER AT LEAST 10
DAYS PRIOR TO BID DATE.
ANY DEVIATION FROM SPECIFIED EQUIPMENT THAT AFFECT THE
INSTALLATION, OPERATION, PERFORMANCE, QUALITY OR LONGEVITY OF
THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS DEFINED HEREIN, SHALL BE REPLACED
BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR NTH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE
CLIENT, IN ADDITION, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE
ENGINEERING WTH PHOTOMETRIC FLOOR PLANS FOR ANY LIGHTING
FIXTURES CHANGES FOR APPROVAL AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO BID
DATE.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
A. RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS: ALL RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS SHALL BE
GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL OR INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT WTH
LOCKNUTS AND BUSHINGS, NTH THE EXCEPTION THAT WERE
SPECIFICALLY ALLOWED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND
APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (E.M.T) MAY
BE USED FOR ALL INTERIOR EXPOSED AND CONCEALED WORK WHERE
IT IS NOT SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE OR CORROSION. FITTINGS
SHALL BE STEEL SET SCREW TYPE. PVC SCHEDULE 40 WTH TAR
COATED GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL ELBOWS SHALL BE USED FOR BELOW
GRADE INSTALLATIONS. MC CABLE SHALL BE ALLOWED MEN
APPROVED BY TENANT AND LANDLORD AND IT SHALL BE INSTALLED
AS PER ARTICLE 330 OF THE NEC, NO BX CABLE ALLOWED. INSTALL
EXPANSION FITTINGS IN RACEWAYS EVERY 200' LINEAR RUN OR
WHEREVER STRUCTURAL EXPANSION JOINTS ARE CROSSED.
FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL AND SIMILAR OFFICES AS DEFINED BY NEC
ARTICLE 517, NO NON-METALIC RACEWAYS SHALL BE USED ANYWHERE
AND ONLY MC CABLE LISTED FOR HEALTHCARE USE MAY BE USED FOR
RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS, FIXED EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS, SWTCH LEGS AND
LIGHT FIXTURE MIPS.
B. PROVIDE PULL STRING IN ALL EMPTY CONDUITS.
C. FINAL CONNECTIONS TO MOTORS OR EQUIPMENT SUBJECT TO
VIBRATION SHALL BE MADE UP WTH GREENFIELD IN DRY LOCATIONS
AND WTH JACKETED, LIQUID -TIGHT, FLEXIBLE, GALVANIZED STEEL
CONDUIT IN WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS.
D. CONDUCTORS: FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
THWN-2 COPPER (MINIMUM SIZE #12 UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED). PER
NEC 110.14 (c)(1)(a)Ab) CONDUCTOR AMPACITY BASED ON 60*C
COLUMN FOR CIRCUITS RATED 100 AMPS OR LESS, OR #1 AWG OR
LESS CONDUCTORS AND 75*C COLUMN FOR CIRCUITS RATED OVER 100
AMPS, OR LARGER THAN #1 AWG CONDUCTORS PER TABLE NEC
310.15(B)(16). NO ALUMINUM SHALL BE PERMITTED UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERNSE. INSTALL ALL WRING IN CONDUIT OR
APPROVED RACEWAYS UNLESS OTHERWSE INDICATED. PROVIDE #10
AWG FOR BRANCH CIRCUITS OVER 100 FEET IN LENGTH TO ACCOUNT
FOR VOLTAGE DROP. PROVIDE #10 GROUND TO CORRESPOND. ALL
BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL CARRY AN EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR, AND BE WIRED WTH COLOR -CODED WIRE WTH SAME
COLOR USED FOR A PHASE THROUGHOUT. COLOR -CODE SHALL BE AS
FOH OWS:
120/208 VOLT -
PHASE A - BLACK
PHASE 8 - RED
PHASE C - BLUE
NEUTRAL - WHITE
GROUND - GREEN.
PUSH -IN WIRE CONNECTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED.
E. LOCATE ALL DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT MERE SHOYM ON DRAWNGS. ALL
DIMENSIONS SHOINN ON THE DRAWNGS ARE FROM FINISHED FLOOR TO THE
CENTER OF THE DEVICE UNLESS OTHERWSE INDICATED. STANDARD
MOUNTING HEIGHTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
DEVICES HEIGHT AFF AT DEVICE CENTER
ELECTRICAL OUTLETS 18,
ELECTRICAL OUTLETS ABOVE COUNTER 42"
TELEPHONE 18w
WALL TELEPHONE 46"
LIGHT SWTCHES 42"
FIRE ALARM DEVICES 80" TO BOTTOM OF GLASS
EXIT SIGNS AS NECESSARY
SPECIAL DEVICES AS NECESSARY
NOTE: ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY AND COORDINATE WTH
PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT FOR OVER COUNTER OUTLETS MOUNTING
HEIGHT AND DIREC11ON (VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL) PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
F. DISCONNECT SWTCHES: HEAVY DUTY, FUSED OR NON -FUSED AS CALLED
FOR ON DRAWNGS. PROVIDE SOLID NEUTRAL CONNEC11ON MERE
REQUIRED. USE NEMA-1 INDOORS AND NEMA-3R OUTDOORS. ALL
DISCONNECT SWTCHES SHALL BE PROVIDED NTH GROUND KIT.
G. PROVIDE PANELBOARDS OF THE DEAD FRONT TYPE, NO LESS THAN 20
INCHES WDE AND 5 3/4 INCHES DEEP WTH QUANTITY OF BRANCH
CIRCUITS/CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS INDICATED ON THE PANELBOARD
SCHEDULE NTH THE VOLTAGE, PHASE AND AMPERE RATING AS REQUIRED.
ALL PANELBOARDS SHALL HAVE PHASE SEQUENCE CIRCUITS AND BOLT -ON
CIRCUIT BREAKERS. MAIN BREAKERS SHALL BE MOLDED CASE. CIRCUIT
BREAKERS FEEDING HVAC LOADS SHALL BE HACR TYPE THAT SERVE AS
DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED WTH
PERMANENTLY INSTALLED LOCK -OFF KIT. TYPEWRITTEN PANEL DIRECTORIES
SHALL BE PROVIDED AT COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
H. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ONE LINE POWER RISER DIAGRAM
IN CONJUNCTION NTH SWTCHGEAR MANUFACTURER REPRESENTATIVE TO
CROSS REFERENCE POWER RISER WTH PANEL SCHEDULES AND VERIFY
VOLTAGES, AMPS, LUGS SIZES/NUMBER AND CABINETS DIMENSIONS PRIOR
TO SUBMITTING A BID.
1. EXERCISE CARE IN CONNECTING THE VARIOUS ELECTRICAL LOADS TO THE
PANELS IN ORDER TO ARRIVE AT A REASONABLE BALANCE BETWEEN
LOADS IN EACH PHASE AT EACH PANEL MAKE TESTS AND ADJUST
LOADS AT EACH PANEL TO RESULT IN REASONABLY BALANCED LOAD
CONDITION. SATISFACTORY TO THE U11LITY COMPANY. ENGINEER, OYMER
AND INSPECTION AGENCIES. DOCUMENT ALL SAID LOAD ADJUSTMENTS.
J. MANUFACTURERS: BASE OF DESIGN IS SQUARE D, EQUAL PRODUCTS BY
GENERAL ELECTRIC, SIEMENS OR CUTLER HAMMER WLL BE CONSIDERED.
K. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW AND UNUSED AND THE CATALOGUED PRODUCTS
OF MANUFACTURERS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN THE PRODUCTION OF SUCH
MATERIALS. THE MATERIALS SHALL BE OF THE MANUFACTURER'S LATEST
STANDARD DESIGN THAT COMPLIES WTH THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.
ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE PROVIDED WTH UL LABELS.
M. LIGHTING
M.1. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE AS SHOYM ON THE DRAWNG AND SHALL
BE FURNISHED WTH LAMPS INSTALIfD.
M.2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING
CEILING TYPES PRIOR TO ORDERING LIGHT FIXTURES.
M.3. LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SUPPORTED NTH #12 GAUGE WRE FROM
BUILDING STRUCTURE AND NOT FROM CEILING GRID. SECURE TWO
OPPOSITE CORNERS TO STRUCTURE.
M.4. LUMINAIRES MUST NOT BE INSTALLED LESS THAN 1 2/2 INCHES
BELOW METAL ROOF DECKING.
N. ALL GROUNDING SHALL CONFORM TO ARTICLE 250 OF THE NEC
REQUIREMENTS. IN ADDITION THERETO AS IMPOSED BY THE DRAWNGS AND
THE LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
0. SUBMITTALS: SUBMIT ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS VIA E-MAIL FORMATTED AS
PDF FILE.
P. CONDUIT PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE
SEALED USING AN UL APPROVED SYSTEM. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL
FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCA11ON OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS. PROVIDE
ACOUSTICAL FOAM SEALANT AT ALL DEVICES ON DEMISING PARTITIONS. IF
PARTITION IS FIRE RATED, PROVIDE FIREPROOF COMPOUND ON BACK AND
SIDES OF THE BOX. MERE TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS APPEAR
ON PLANS AS BACK TO BACK, OUTLETS SHALL BE STAGGERED TO REDUCE
NOISE TRANSMISSION. WERE WALLS AND PARTITIONS ARE REQUIRED TO
HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1-HOUR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING, BOXES SHALL BE
SEPARATED BY A MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24 INCHES OR
PROTECTED WTH UL LISTED PUTTY PADS.
Q. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWNGS
FOR DEVICES EXACT LOCATIONS, MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND QUANTITIES
PRIOR TO BID AND PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. NOTIFY THE ENGINEER
IMMEDIATELY IF ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND.
R. REVIEW AND COORDINATE WTH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR DRAWNGS FOR
EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, DEVICES, ETC. REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE AND
OPERATING HVAC SYSTEM. LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL WRING FURNISHED AND
INSTALLED BY DIVISION 15. CHECK ALL MOTORS AND ROTATING EQUIPMENT
FOR PROPER ROTATION.
S. FINAL QUANTITY OF EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS TO BE DETERMINED BY
FIRE MARSHALL INCLUDE CONTINGENCY FOR 6 ADDITIONAL EXIT LIGHTS AND
6 ADDITIONAL EMERGENCY LIGHTS IN BASE BID.
T. PROVIDE BACK BOXES AND RACEWAY FOR DOOR ACCESS CARD READERS
AND ELECTRIC STRIKES AS PER SECURITY CONTRACTOR DIRECTIONS.
PROVIDE 120VAC TO EACH ELECTRIC STRIKE DOOR LOCATION AND TO
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM PANEL ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM MUST
DEACTIVATE OR OPEN ANY DOOR LOCKING MECHANISM AND REMAIN IN
FAIL SAFE POSITION WHENEVER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED OR
BUILDING POWER FAILS. PROVIDE "PUSH-TO-EXIr PUSHBUTTON AND
MOTION DETECTOR AT EACH ACCESS DOOR LOCATION. INTERLOCK NTH
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. ANY CARD READERS PREVENTING FREE EGRESS
SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE NTH SECTION 1010.1.9.9 OF CHAPTER 10 OF
THE FLORIDA BUILDING CODE.
U. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR MAY COMBINE CIRCUITS IN A COMMON RACEWAY
AS LONG AS CONDUCTORS ARE DERATED AS PER NEC TABLE 310-15.
SHARED NEUTRAL SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED UNLESS OTHERNSE INDICATED.
CIRCUITS SHARING A COMMON NEUTRAL MUST HAVE COMMON TRIP CIRCUIT
BREAKERS TO ALLOW ALL TO BE TURNED OFF SIMULTANEOUSLY, AS PER
NEC 210.4(B).
V. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE CORE DRILLING, CUTTING AND
PATCHING FOR THE INSTALLATION OF HIS/HER WORK WTHIN BASE BID.
W. CLEAN ALL NEW AND EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS AND LENSES AND
PANELBOARD INTERIORS PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE.
X. PROVIDE DISK FILE ON CAD 2015 OR NEWER RELEASE WTH ACCURATE
ELECTRICAL RECORD DRAWNGS AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT.
Y. CONTRACTOR REPRESENTS THAT HIS BID IS BASED UPON THE
MANUFACTURER'S MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT DESCRIBED IN THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
Z. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FILL UTILITY SERVICE INFORMATION LOAD
FORMS AND BUILDING DEPARTMENT ELECTRICAL PERMIT FORMS.
AA. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTRUCT OWNER REPRESENTATIVE
REGARDING EQUIPMENT OPERA11ON AND MAINTENANCE AT COMPLETION OF
WORK. PROVIDE OWNER NTH ALL MANUALS PERTAINING TO THE PROJECT.
AB. LOW VOLTAGE CABLES FOR SECURITY SYSTEM, AV SYSTEM, TELEPHONE
SYSTEM AND DATA SYSTEM ARE NOT PART OF THIS ENGINEER'S SCOPE OF
WORK. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE NTH LOW VOLTAGE
VENDOR(S) FOR BOXES AND RACEWAYS LOCATIONS, SIZES AND ROUTING
PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
AC. MINIMUM EMERGENCY ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR A PERIOD OF
1 1/2 HOURS IN THE EVENT OF FAILURE OR NORMAL LIGHTING, WTHIN THE
WORK AREAS. EMERGENCY LIGHTING FACIU11ES SHALL BE ARRANGED TO
PROVIDE INITIAL ILLUMINATION THAT IS AT LEAST AN AVERAGE OF 1
FOOTCANDLE (10 LUX) AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.1 FOOTCANDLE
(1 LUX) MEASURED ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL
'Elm,
ENERGY CONSERVAT'ION
CODE COMPLIANCE
1. THIS DESIGN COMPLIES WTH F.B.C. ENERGY CONSERVATION SEVENTH EDITION
(2020) CHAPTER 4, SECTION C405 FOR ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING
SYSTEMS.
2. THIS DESIGN COMPLIES WTH 7TH EDITION (2020) OF F.B.C. ENERGY CONSERVATION
CHAPTER 4 ARTICLE C405.5.3 FOR FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP.
3. WTHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE, RECORD DRAWINGS OF
THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING OWNER, INCLUDING:
a. A SINGLE DIAGRAM OF THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND
b. FLOOR PLANS INDICATING LOCATION AND AREA SERVED FOR ALL DISTRIBUTION.
(REF. FBC-EC C405.5.4.1 - 7TH EDITION).
4. AN OPERATING MANUAL AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL BE PROVIDED TO THE BUILDING
OWNER. THE MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE� AT A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWNG.
a. SUBMITTAL DATA STATING EQUIPMENT RATING AND SELECTED OPTIONS FOR EACH
PIECE OF EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE.
b. OPERATION MANUALS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH PIECE OF
EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE. REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ACTIONS
SHALL BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED.
c. NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF AT LEAST ONE QUALIFIED SERVICE AGENCY.
(REF: FBC-EC 405.5.4.2 - 7TH EDITION).
LIGHTING COMMISSIONING
LIGHTING SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTING
CONTROLS FOR AUTOMATIC UGFITING SYSTEMS SHALL COMPLY WTH SECTION C408.3.
FUNCTIONAL TESTING
TESTING SHALL ENSURE THAT CONTROL HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE ARE CALIBRATED,
ADJUSTED, PROGRAMMED AND IN PROPER WORKING CONDIT10N IN ACCORDANCE WTH
THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.
FUNCTIONAL TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR AND MANUFACTURER'S
REPRESENTATIVE IN THE PRESENCE OF THE CLIENT REPRESENTATIVE AT THE
COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT. SCHEDULE A SECOND TESTING WTH ONSIER
REPRESENTATIVE AFTER FACILITY HAS BEEN IN OPERATION FOR TWO OR THREE
MONTHS. MERE REQUIRED BY THE CODE OFFICIAL, AN APPROVED PARTY
INDEPENDENT FROM THE DESIGN OR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FUNCTIONAL TESTING AND SHALL PROVIDE DOCUMENTATION TO
THE CODE OFFICIAL CERTIFYING THAT THE INSTALLED LIGHTING CONTROLS MET THE
PROVISIONS OF SECTION C405.
FOR OCCUPANT SENSORS, TIME SWTCHES, PROGRAMMABLE SCHEDULE CONTROL
PHOTOSENSORS OR DAY LIGHTING CONTROLS THE FOLLOWNG PROCEDURES SHALL BE
PERFORMED.
1. CONFIRM THAT THE PLACEMENT, SENSITIVITY AND TIME-OUT ADJUSTMENTS FOR
OCCUPANT SENSORS YIELD ACCEPTABLE PERFORMANCE.
2. CONFIRM THAT THE TIME SWTCHES AND PROGRAMMABLE SCHEDULE CONTROLS
ARE PROGRAMMED TO TURN THE LIGHTS OFF.
3. CONFIRM THAT THE PLACEMENT AND SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENTS FOR
PHOTOSENSOR CONTROLS REDUCE ELECTRIC LIGHT BASED ON THE AMOUNT OF
USABLE DAYLIGHT IN THE SPACE AS SPECIFIED.
EXISTING CONDITIONS GENERAL NOTES
1. VISIT AND CAREFULLY EXAMINE THOSE PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING
AND SITE AFFECTED BY THIS WORK BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSALS,
SO AS TO BECOME FAMILIAR WTH EXISTING CONDITIONS AND
DIFFICULTIES THAT WLL AFFECT EXECUTION OF THE WORK.
SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL WILL BE CONSTRUED AS EVIDENCE THAT
SUCH EXAMINATION HAS BEEN MADE AND LATER CLAIMS FOR LABOR,
EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS REQUIRED BECAUSE OF DIFFICULTIES
ENCOUNTERED WLL NOT BE RECOGNIZED.
2. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL TRACE LIGHTING AND POWER BRANCH
CIRCUITS TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS SERVING AREA WTHIN SCOPE OF
WORK. PROVIDE UPDATED TYPEWRITTEN PANEL SCHEDULES AT
COMPLETION OF WORK.
3. DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN WALLS, FLOORS AND CEILINGS TO
BE REMOVED. REMOVE EXISTING POWER, LIGHTING, SYSTEMS, MATERIAL
AND EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE MADE OBSOLETE OR MICH INTERFERE
WTH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT.
3.o. REINSTALL ANY SUCH POWER, LIGHTING, SYSTEMS, MATERIALS AND
EQUIPMENT MICH ARE REQUIRED TO REMAIN ACTIVE FOR THE
FACILITY TO BE FULLY FUNCTIONAL
4. EXISTING OUTLET BOXES AND CONDUIT MICH ARE LOCATED PROPERLY
FOR NEW WORK MAY BE REUSED FOR NEW DEVICES AND WRE.
5. ALL CONDUIT AND WIRE REMOVED SHALL BE TAKEN BACK TO THE
SOURCE OF SUPPLY.
6. ALL UNUSED RACEWAYS WTHIN ACCESSIBLE SPACES SHALL BE
COMPLETELY REMOVED. REMOVE ALSO ASSOCIATED CONDUCTORS,
JUNCTION BOXES, FASTENERS AND SUPPORTS.
7. REMOVE CONDUCTORS FROM EXISTING FLOOR BOXES BEING DEMOLISHED
TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY. PATCH SURFACES AS DIRECTED BY GENERAL
CONTRACTOR.
8. WHERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR MATERIALS ARE REMOVED OR
CHANGED, ALL BRANCH CONDUITS, MICH NO LONGER ARE IN SERVICE,
SHALL BE REMOVED AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. IF, IN THE
COURSE OF THE WORK, OUTLETS ARE COVERED UP OR OTHERWSE
RENDERED INACCESSIBLE, ALL WRING TO SAME SHALL BE REMOVED TO
THE SOURCE. IF A CIRCUIT THAT MUST REMAIN IN SERVICE IS
INTERRUPTED THEREBY, IT SHALL BE RECONNECTED BY THE MOST
INCONSPICUOUS MEANS SO AS TO REMAIN OPERATIONAL, NTH SAME
CAPACITY AS BEFORE. ALL BUILDING SURFACES DAMAGED, AND
OPENINGS LEFT BY REMOVAL OF BOXES, PIPING OR OTHER EQUIPMENT
SHALL BE REPAIRED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ALL HOLES LEFT IN
JUNCTION BOXES, SWTCHES, PANELS, ETC. SHALL BE CLOSED.
9. MERE NEW OPENINGS ARE CUT AND CONCEALED CONDUITS, ETC., ARE
ENCOUNTERED, THEY SHALL BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED AS
REQUIRED. MERE CONDUIT TO BE REMOVED STUBS THROUGH FLOORS,
WALLS, AND CEILINGS, SUCH CONDUIT SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE
POINT MERE THE FINISH SURFACES CAN BE PATCHED ADEQUATELY
SO THAT NO EVIDENCE OF THE FORMER INSTALLATION REMAINS.
10. ALL REUSABLE DEVICES, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BECOME THE
PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. ALL OTHER SALVAGE AND DEBRIS SHALL
BE REMOVED FROM THE PREMISES DAILY.
11. ABANDONED LOW VOLTAGE CABLES WTHIN CEILING SPACES SHALL BE
REMOVED AS PER ARTICLE 725.25 OF THE NFPA-70.
ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND BOXES NOTES
1. AN OUTLET BOX OF THE APPROPRIATE SIZE AND TYPE SHALL BE PROVIDED
FOR ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES, SWTCHES, RECEPTACLES, ETC.
2. ALL SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE 20A
MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED. COORDINATE COLOR WTH ARCHITECT
PRIOR TO ORDERING.
3. ALL RECEPTACLES LOCATED OUTDOOR SHALL BE WEATHER RESISTANT.
COVERS SHALL BE "MILE -IN -USE" TYPE. COVER SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND
LISTED AS "EXTRA-DUT'r.
4. PROVIDE 4 11/16"x 4 11/16"x 2 1/8' SQUARE BOX AND 1" CONDUIT
STUB -UP TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS.
TERMINATE CONDUITS 6" ABOVE CEILING IN ACCESSIBLE SPACE WTH 90*
BEND INSULATED BUSHINGS AND PULL STRING. COORDINATE WTH TENANTS
DATA/TELEPHONE CONTRACTOR FOR FURTHER ELECTRICAL AND RACEWAYS
REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN. CABLING BY OTHERS.
5. ALL JUNCTION BOX COVERS SHALL BE MARKED NTH PANEL, CIRCUIT
NUMBER AND VOLTAGE WTH PERMANENT BLACK MARKER.
6. JUNCTION BOXES SHALL NOT BE MOUNTED TO THE PARTITION TOP PLATE.
7. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL FOAM AND SEALANT AT ALL DEVICES ON DEMISING
PARTITIONS. IF PARTITION IS FIRE RATED, PROVIDE FIREPROOF COMPOUND
ON BACK AND SIDES OF THE BOX.
8. MERE TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL OUTLETS APPEAR ON PLANS AS BACK
TO BACK, OUTLETS SHALL BE STAGGERED TO REDUCE NOISE TRANSMISSION.
WERE WALLS AND PARTITIONS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A MINIMUM OF
1-HOUR FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING, BOXES SHALL BE SEPARATED BY A
MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE OF 24" INCHES OR PROTECTED NTH UL
LISTED PUTTY PADS.
9. GROUNDING OF RECEPTACLES AND FIXED EQUIPMENT IN PATIENT CARE
AREAS SHALL COMPLY WTH NEC ARTICLE 517,13 (A) AND (B).
10. GFC1 RECEPTACLES FOR ALL APPLIANCES MUST BE READILY ACCESSIBLE. IF
RECEPTACLE CANNOT BE MADE ACCESSIBLE, PROVIDE GFCl CIRCUIT
BREAKER.
WIRE SIZE REOUIRED FOR
BRANCH CIRCUITS AT LESS
THAN 3% VOLTAGE DROP
I FT
TO
50 FT
51 FT
m
75 FT
76 FT
TO
100 FT
101 FT
70
125 FT
12SEFT
TO
I FT
151 FT
70
200 FT
120V
20A
#12
#10
#8
#13
#6
#6
30A
110
#B
#6
#6
#6
#4
40A
#B
#6
#6
#4
#4
#3
F50A
#8
0
0
0
0
9
208V
10
20A
f12
#12
#12
#10
#10
#8
30A
#10
#10
#10
#8
#8
#6
40A
#8
#B
#B
#8
#6
#6
50A
#B
#8
#B
#6
#6
#4
60A
#6
#6
#6
#6
#4
#4
70A
14
#4
#4
14
#4
#3
80A
#3
#3
#3
#3
#2
#1
90A
#2
#2
#2
#2
#2
#1
100A
#1
#1
#1
#1
NO
NO
208V
30
I
20A
#12
#12
#12
#10
#10
#8
30A
#10
#10
#10
#8
#8
#6
40A
#8
#8
#8
#8
#6
#6
50A
#8
#8
#8
#6
#6
#4
60A
#6
#6
#6
#6
#6
#4
70A
#4
14
14
J4
f4
#4
80A
#3
#3
#3
#3
#2
#1
90A
#2
#2
#2
J2
#2
#1
100A
#1
0
#1
#1
#170-1
#1/01
CALCULATED USING COPPER WIRE AT 750 C.
TABLE ABOVE FOR REFERENCE ASSUMING FULLY RATED
CIRCUIT AT 80% OF AMPACITY.
NO MORE THAN 2% VOLTAGE DROP MAXIMUM FOR
FEEDERS. AS PER FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION, CHAPTER
4 ARTICLE C405.7.3.1.
NO MORE THAN 3% VOLTAGE DROP MAXIMUM FOR BRANCH
FEEDERS. AS PER FBC ENERGY CONSERVATION, CHAPTER
4 ARTICLE C405.7.3.2.
WERE UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS ARE INCREASED IN
SIZE, EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
INCREASED IN SIZE PROPORTIONATELY ACCORDING TO THE
CIRCULAR MILL AREA OF THE UNGROUNDED CONDUCTORS.
ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND
(NOT ALL SYMBOLS USED ON THIS PROJECT)
RECESSED LUMINAIRE
EMERGENCY RECESSED LUMINAIRE. CONNECT AS 24-HOUR
NIGHTLIGHT UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED.
0 rX) LED, INCANDESCENT, COMPACT FLUORESCENT FIXTURE - CEILING
MOUNTED, WALL MOUNTED
I& 4P EXIT SIGN FIXTURE, SHADED QUADRANT INDICATES FACE, WTH
ARROWS AS SHOWN ON PLAN - CEILING MOUNTED, WALL MOUNTED
$ $2 $3 $4
H
sm smp sw
w 9
19
(000
IG
GW ($G
oc
El [A
RN fm
we--%
121010
=P cm mmj
1-POLE, 2-POLE, 3-WAY, 4-WAY SWTCH
DIMMER SWTCH, LUTRON, VERIFY LAMP TYPE
(LED/INCANDESCENT/FLUORESCENT) PRIOR TO ORDER
MANUAL MOTOR STARTER TOGGLE SWTCH AS NOTED; *P"
INDICATES PILOT LIGHT; -WP- INDICATES WEATHERPROOF
OCCUPANCY SENSORS
POWER PACK
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT 18-, ABOVE COUNTER AT 42% ISOLATED
GROUND TYPE
GROUND FAULT AT 42" TYPE SELF TESTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
(2) DUPLEX RECEPTACLES IN SINGLE OUTLET BOX WTH
SINGLE COVER PLATE AT 18% ABOVE COUNTER AT 42-
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET, PROMDE 4 11/16"x 4 11/16"x 2 1/8"
SQUARE BOX AND 1" CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING.
CONFIRM WTH VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN
SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, PUSHBUTTON AS NOTED,
TELEPOWER POLE
FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, FLOOR MOUNTED
TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET
FINAL CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT
JUNCT10N BOXES, MOTOR CONNEC11ON
DISCONNECT SWTCH, STARTER OR CONTACTOR,
COMBINATION STARTER/DISCONNECT
120/208V PANELBOARD
277/480V PANELBOARD
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD
ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKE/CARD READER
TV OUTLET, PROVIDE 4 11/16*x 4 11/16"x 2 1/8"
SQUARE BOX AND 1* CONDUIT TO ACCESSIBLE CEILING.
COORDINATE MOUNTING HEIGHT PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN.
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING OR IN
WALL, SLASH MARKS INDICATE NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS,
LONGER SLASH IS NEUTRAL, (GROUND WIRE NOT SHOWN);
2 #12 - 1 #12 GROUND MINIMUM (UNLESS OTHERWSE NOTED
OR MARKED); LONGER SLASH WTH HATCH MARK INDICATES
ISOLATED GROUND. ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR SHALL BE
GREEN WTH A YELLOW STRIPE. QUANTITY OF ARROWS
INDICATE QUANTITY OF HOMERUNS TO PANELBOARD.
PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS. CIRCUITS SHARING A COMMON NEUTRAL MUST HAVE
A COMMON TIE HANDLE ON THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO
ALLOW ALL TO BE TURNED OFF SIMULTANEOUSLY.
BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW SLAB OR
UNDERGROUND. CIRCUITS SHARING A COMMON NEUTRAL MUST
HAVE A COMMON TIE HANDLE ON THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS TO
ALLOW ALL TO BE TURNED OFF SIMULTANEOUSLY.
SUBSCRIPT LEGEND
E EXISTING DEVICE/UGHT AND ASSOCIATED CIRCUIT WRING TO REMAIN. PROVIDE
ALL NECESSARY EXTENSION OF CONDUIT AND WRING AS REQUIRED, IN ORDER
TO MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN.
ERL EXISTING DEVICE/LIGHT TO BE RELOCATED. JUNCTION AND EXTEND EXISTING
CONDUIT AND WRING TO NEW LOCATION AS REQUIRED.
RL NEW LOCATION OF EXISTING DEVICEAIGHT. PROVIDE EXTENSION OF EXISTING
CONDUIT AND WRING AS REQUIRED. (PROVIDE NEW SWTCHING AS INDICATED)
R EXISTING DEVICE/LICNT TO BE REMOVED. MERE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO
REMAIN IS FED VIA EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED, PROVIDE ALL
NECESSARY EXTENSION OF CONDUIT AND WRING AS REQUIRED IN ORDER TO
MAINTAIN CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO EXISTING EQUIPMENT.
N DEVICE/UGHT TO MATCH EXISTING BUILDING STANDARDS.
f9REF9GHTERS RADIO NOTE
BASE BID:
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROCURE THE SERVICES OF A THIRD PARTY VENDOR
TO TEST THE PUBLIC SAFETY RF RADIO COVERAGE, WTHIN THE PROJECT
SCOPE OF WORK, AND DETERMINE WHETHER A NEW DAS SYSTEM IS
REQUIRED PER FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 7TH EDITION CHAPTER 11
SECTION 11.10.1 AND NFPA 72 2016 EDITION CHAPTER 24 SECTION 24.9.
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TEST REPORTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS TO
THE FIRE MARSHALL AS REQUESTED BY BUILDING PERMIT COMMENTS.
BID ALIERNAIE:
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PRICING FOR A COMPLETE IN-BULDING RF RADIO
COVERAGE SYSTEM FOR THE PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO AS SET FORTH IN
FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE 7TH EDITION CHAPTER 11 SECTION 11.10.1
AND NFPA 72 2016 ED11ION CHAPTER 24 SECTION 24.9 AND SHALL BE
VERIFIED AS COMPLIANT PER THE CODES ABOVE AND THE AHJ. THE
SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED BY A TURN -KEY FIRM SPECIALIZING IN THE
TRADE, TO INCLUDE NECESSARY SHOP DRAWNGS, FREQUENCY ENHANCING
EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATION, TESTING, AND MONITORING TO SATISFY CODE
AND AHJ REQUIREMENTS. CHANGE ORDERS FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. CONTRACTOR PROVIDING THIS PRICING SHALL
BE INDEPENDENT OF THE THIRD PARTY VENDOR THAT PERFORMED THE
PUBLIC SAFETY RADIO TEST AS PART OF BASE BID.
MEP CONSULTING
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
PEI PROIECT it
22121
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
IIARCH IT ECTU RE IIN_E�IQF DE31ro-N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
I I 111111,f
�PA)V
C,
S N S 4,., % op
4Z-
\V
z C, a 140. SAIlro-w %
CC
sTxTS OF
'P % PL ovkO.*6
C2
%%
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
-1
LL_
(/i
_j
CL
LLJ
U
<
C/)
LU
LLJ
>
_j
0
CIO
+
L0
-'0
0e
<
LU
LU
0
>
-0 1-
C)
Lu
'0 Lo
w
<
3:
or-11) lcyt)l
CL
rL_U_4
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
00
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
. ..................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
El I
:1::::� EXISTING ELECTRICAL PLAN
E2.1 % 1 /8° = V-0°
GENERAL NOTES
1. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL DEVICES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN
SHALL BE REMOVED.
2. DEVICE QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE.
REMOVE ALL DEVICES IN WALLS BEING REMOVED AND ALL DEVICES
THAT INTERFERE WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION. FIELD VERIFY.
3. REFER TO EXISTING CONDITIONS GENERAL NOTES.
4. SALVAGE CIRCUITS FOR REUSE IN RENOVATION WHEREVER
PRACTICABLE. LABEL CIRCUITS THAT ARE NOT REUSED AS
"SPARE".
KEYED NOTES
(DCONDUIT AND WIRE FOR EXISTING PARKING LOT SITE LIGHTS,
BUILDING LIGHTS AND SIGNAGE HAS BEEN INSTALLED FROM
LIGHTS TO NEW ELECTRIC ROOM. REFER TO RENOVATION PLAN
FOR MORE INFORMATION.
O2 CONDUIT WILL NEED TO BE EXTENDED TO NEW COMM ROOM.
REFER TO RENOVATION PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION.
O3 CONDUIT EXISTING FUTURE SIGNAGE. CONNECT TO CIRCUIT 81-24
VIA TIMECLOCK/PHOTOCELL. REFER TO EXTERIOR
LIGHTING/SIGNAGE WIRING DIAGRAM FOR MORE INFORMATION.
CONNECTS TO (2)
OPARKING LOT SITE
LIGHTS
CONNECTS TO (4)O
PARKING LOT SITE
LIGHTS
I 4T
LA
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
1A R,CHITECTURE IN-ER10F DEaIr3N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
``1tillltfffj11'
G SPAN 4#0
No.
64601
-a STATE OF
�O F[OR1pP:'
/� ..
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
J
U-
J
J
Z
�
OLU
_
a"
=
IV
U
Q
LIJ
w
t/)
J
m
F—
�
=
J
ILLJ �
w
J
,,<
V
0
0U-,�'0�
C.
Q
>
1V
or12) (
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
ELECTRICAL SITE
1
E3.1
LIGHTING RENOVATION PLAN
1/8" = V-0.
GENERAL LIGHTNG NOTES
1. PULL UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR FROM LOCAL
LIGHTING CIRCUIT TO EMERGENCY EGRESS LIGHTS.
RUN 3 #12 - 1 #12 GND - 3/4-C TO INCLUDE
UNSWITCHED CONDUCTOR.
2. PULL UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR FROM LOCAL
LIGHTING CIRCUIT TO EXIT SIGNS. RUN 2 #12 - 1
#12 GND - 3/4-C.
3. LIGHT FIXTURES BEING REUSED SHALL BE REPAIRED,
CLEANED AND RELAMPED.
4. SWITCHES SHALL BE GANGED WHEN THEY APPEAR
ADJACENT TO ONE ANOTHER ON PLANS WHEREVER
PRACTICABLE. PROVIDE MULTI -GANG JUNCTION
BOX AND COVER PLATE AS REQUIRED.
5. DASHED ARCS INDICATE CONTINUATION OF BRANCH
CIRCUIT BUT NOT SWITCH CONTROL.
6. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL FIXTURES AND
DEVICES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE NEW. ALL
NEW FIXTURES AND SWITCHES SHALL MATCH
EXISTING BUILDING STANDARD.
7. VERIFY THAT DIMMER MATCHES LAMP TYPE PRIOR
TO ORDER.
8. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A
LUMINAIRE DISCONNECT CONNECTOR FOR ALL
FLUORESCENT FIXTURES, AS REQUIRED BY N.E.C.
410.130(g)3 2011. UL LISTED CONNECTORS ARE
MANUFACTURER BY IDEAL, THOMAS AND BETTS AND
WAGO, ANY UL LISTED CONNECTOR WILL BE
ACCEPTABLE. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURERS
SPECIFICATIONS.
LIGHTING PLAN NOTES
FEED FIXTURES FROM EXISTING, LOCAL
LIGHTING CIRCUIT. FIELD VERIFY EXACT
CIRCUIT NUMBER. TYPICAL ALL EXIT SIGNS.
RUN 2#12 1#12 GND - 3/4- C.
PROVIDE A NEW EXTERIOR GRADE BUILDING
WALL MOUNTED LED LIGHT FIXTURE - MATCH
EXISTING. CONNECT ALL BUILDING MOUNTED
LIGHTS TO PANEL VIA TIME CLOCK WITH
PHOTOCELL. REFER TO EXTERIOR
LIGHTING/SIGNAGE WIRING DIAGRAM.
---- Do
�-OF
rio
2
E3.1
POWER RENOVATION PLAN
1/811 = i I -oil
GENERAL POWER NOTES
1. INDICATED CIRCUIT NUMBERS ARE SUGGESTED
FROM EXISTING SPARE BREAKERS AND SPACES
IN EXISTING PANELS. CONTRACTOR MAY USE
DIFFERENT CIRCUIT NUMBERS TO MATCH FIELD
CONDITIONS.
2.
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE
WITH INTERIOR DESIGN PACKAGE FOR ALL
MILLWORK AND WALL DESIGNS PRIOR TO
3. COMMENCING WORK.
EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN TAKEN
FROM FIELD INVESTIGATION AND /OR ORIGINAL
DOCUMENTS AND SHOWN FOR THE CONVENIENCE
OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL
NOT BE CONSIDERED "AS -BUILT" CONDITION.
4. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS.
PROVIDE TYPED, UPDATED PANEL SCHEDULES
UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.
54' BACK BOX
CONFIGURATION A -
DIAGNOSTIC UNIT LOCATION
POWER PLAN NOTES
CONNECT ELECTRIC WATER HEATER. PROVIDE
30A, 3P, 240V, N-1, NON -FUSED DISCONNECT
SWITCH. COORDINATE WITH PLUMBING
CONTRACTOR. RUN 3#10, 1#10 GND - 3/4"
C.
PROVIDE FLUSH MOUNTED FLOOR BOX WITH
120V QUAD RECEPTACLE AND TELE/DATA
OUTLETS, WALKER OMNIBOX SERIES
(#880S2-TWO GANG) OR APPROVED EQUAL.
SAWCUT FLOOR AS REQUIRED. RUN 2#12,
1#12 FOR 120V POWER. RUN 1-1/4-
CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING FOR LOW VOLTAGE
CABLING. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES
REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION, FINISHES,
COVERPLATES AND TYPE OF LOW VOLTAGE
OUTLETS WITH OWNER.
NEW CARD READER AND ELECTRIC STRIKE.
PROVIDE 3/4- RACEWAY TO ACCESSIBLE
CEILING FOR LOW VOLTAGE POWER.
COORDINATE WITH CARD READER VENDOR.
TENANT SECURITY SYSTEM SHALL BE
CONNECTED TO BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
TO RELEASE ALL LOCKS UPON ACTIVATION.
PROVIDE ALL CONNEC11ONS AND ACCESSORIES
REQUIRED FOR A FULLY OPERATIONAL SYSTEM.
ANY CARD READERS INSTALLED IN SUCH A
WAY THAT THEY PREVENT FREE EGRESS
SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE NTH SECTION
7.2.1.6.2 FOR ACCESS CONTROLLED EGRESS
DOOR ASSEMBLIES (NFPA 101)
PROVIDE RECESSED 2-GANG BOX AT HEIGHT
SHOWN ON WELLNESS SUITE J-BOX LOCAT10N
DETAIL FOR A/V CABLING. TYPICAL FOR ALL
ALL WELLNESS SUITES, BROKER ROOMS AND
STAFF LOUNGE. ARLINGTON MODEL #TVBS810.
PROVIDE JUNC11ON BOXES AND 120V CIRCUIT
FOR DOOR OPENER. COORDINATE EXACT
REQUIREMENTS WITH VENDOR.
PROVIDE 8'H X 4'W X 3/4-D PLYWOOD BACK
BOARD ON WALL FOR TELECOMMUNICATION
EQUIPMENT. PAINT NTH GRAY FIRE
RETARDENT PAINT. INSTALL DOUBLE DUPLEX
RECEPTACLE MOUNTED 0 42" AFF. RUN 2"
E.C. TO EXISTING MAIN TELEPHONE TERMINAL
BOARD. PROVIDE #6 GROUND NTH BUS BAR
CONNECTED TO BUILDING GROUND LUG.
--- Do
CONNECT 120V POWER TO NEW EXHAUST FAN.
PROVIDE MOTOR -RATED SWITCH. COORDINATE
WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. FAN HAS
M01ION SENSOR CONTROL.
CONNECT SPLIT SYSTEM. PROVIDE 30A, 2P,
240V, N-3R FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH ON
ROOF. FUSE PER MANUFACTURER'S
NAMEPLATE. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL
CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL POWER IS
THROUGH CONDENSING UNIT THEN TO INDOOR
UNIT.
RUN 2 #10 - 1 #10 GND - 3/4-C TO
CONDENSING UNIT AND 2 #10 - 1 #10 GND -
3/4-C TO INDOOR UNIT.
PROVIDE 30A, 2P, 240V, N-1, FUSED
DISCONNECT SWITCH AT INDOOR UNI FU
AS MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE. '7
PROVIDE A 120V STAND ALONE DUCT
MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN SUPPLY SIDE
DUCTWORK OF EXISTING UNIT. PROVIDE
RELAY, CONTROL MODULE, AND REMOTE TEST
STATION NTH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
NOTIFICATION. CONNECTION TO EXISTING UNIT
TO SHUT -DOWN UPON ACTIVATION.
COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
PROVIDE RECESSED, FLANGELESS BOX WITH
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT HEIGHT SHOWN ON
WELLNESS SUITE J-BOX LOCATION DETAIL.
ARLINGTON MODEL #TVBS810.
CONNECT 120V POWER TO NEW EXHAUST FAN.
PROVIDE MOTOR -RATED SWITCH. COORDINATE
N CARE MEA SYMBOL LEGEND
0\,ADer,WERPOKP,CMEARAISAtE@6RyNffC IN
DNT Or NEW PANELS.
:ONDUIT (2)4"C. TO NEW COMM
E ARE NO CRITICAL OR WET PATIENT AREAS IN THE
'E OF WORK.
2.
GENERAL PATIENT CARE AREAS REQUIRE A WIRING METHOD
WITH A REDUNDANT GROUND AS PER ARTICLE 517.13 OF
THE NEC.
GROUNDING 0 FALL RECEPTACLES, LIGHTING AND FIXED
EQUIPMENT IN PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH
IV
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
1ARCH17ECTU RE lr�_ERIDF DE.311Z�t4
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
S PA
IV,
Sp
No. 6460
Z STATE OF cr
oe
0 %."ZORIO'?"
..........
IONAt-e\
""11111111%00
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
H
V�
ry
0
11--
LIJ
r_4
C)
<
0
C/')
U_j
LLJ
>
_j
+
Lr)
_j
U
7'
0.o�
<
LU
LLj
0
>
-0 It
0
LU
'0 Lo
Oe
<
3�:
Iro-0--
CL
rL-U4
(1y"')
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F . CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
.......... ... I ......................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
9. EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN TAKEN
FROM FIELD INVESTIGATION AND/OR ORIGINAL
DOCUMENTS AND SHOWN FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF
THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL NOT BE
34"' C; OF OUITLE7 BOX
CONSULTING
ELECTRICAL
CONSIDERED "AS -BUILT" CONDITION. BEFORE
F
ENGINEERS
CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLANS
SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS.
CONFIGURATION 11
FL REG NO. 308
91
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE COMMISSIONING OF
LCD BOX LOCATION
LIGHTING CONTROL SYSTEM BY MANUFACTURER IN
2016 ALDEN RD.
BASE BID.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
11. VERIFY CEILING TYPES BEFORE ORDERING LIGHT
WEU.W=88
StM
J—WX
LOCARM
(407) 246-1688
FIXTURES.
SCALF-- WW
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
Ell
NOTE:
'A'
PEI PROJECT t.
CONFIGURATION REFERS TO Kl��D NOTE
22121
CONFIGURA11ON 'B' REFERS TO K&D NOTE
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCH IT ECTU RE IN-ERIOR DIE,31C�N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
%
SP
XA
G EN
%
*.
No. 64601
S
TATE OF j,
1.6
4OR10'
,ftz/ONAL S%N %%
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
LL_
(lei
0
CL
LU
ci
Uj
UJI
>
__j
+
U
LU
ELECTRICAL RENOVATION PLAN ROOF
"o
<
LU
o
>
1-011
1/8" w
a-
C)
LU
3:
'0 Lo
or. 01�
<
ru--4j
GENERAL NOTES:
1 . REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM, ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND PANEL SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION.
2. PROVIDE NEW NAME ENGRAVED COVER PLATES INDICATING SUPPLY PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) FOR
ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN THIS PROJECT. ENGRAVING SHALL BE RED FOR CRITICAL AND BLACK FOR
NORMAL CIRCUITS.
3. PROVIDE NEW UPDATED TYPED PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL PANELS USED IN THIS PROJECT. VERIFY
EXACT PANEL IDENTIFICATION NTH OWNER. PROVIDE NEW NAME ENGRAVED PLATES FOR ALL PANELS
NOT IDENTIFIED PROPERLY. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING.
4. PROVIDE PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, DISCONNECTS,
TRANSFORMERS, ETC, INDICATING DESIGNATION, CIRCUIT NUMBER(S), VOLTAGE AND WHERE UNIT IS FED
FROM. SECURE NAMEPLATES WITH AT LEAST TWO SCREWS OR RIVErS. CEMENTING AND ADHESIVE
INSTALLATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE COLORED AS PER SPECIFICATIONS.
5. SCREENED DEVICES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN DEVICES AND ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
6. EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUITS HAVE BEEN TAKEN FROM FIELD INVES71GATION AND /OR ORIGINAL
DOCUMENTS AND SHOWN FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR AND SHALL NOT BE
CONSIDERED *AS-BUIL'r CONDITION. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION BEGINS, ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL
FIELD VERIFY ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS.
RENOVA110N PLAN NOTES
PROVIDE A NEW 60A, N-311 ENCLOSURE, 24OV, 30 HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT
SWITCH. PROVIDE THREE (3) NEW RK5 FUSES SIZED PER MANUFACTURERS NAMEPLATE.
INFORMATION SHOWN WAS PROVIDED AT TIME OF DESIGN BY DIVISION 15, MCA 39AMPS,
MFS 45AMP. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 15 DRAWINGS, DETAILS, EQUIPMENT LIST AND
SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 344,146G. - 1-1/4-C.
PROVIDE ANEW WEATHER -RESISTANT LISTED GFCI RECEPTACLE. PROVIDE A
WEATHERPROOF IN -USE COVER. CONNECT PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
PROVIDE A NEW 30A, N-3R ENCLOSURE, 24OV, 30 HEAVY DUTY FUSED DISCONNECT
SWITCH. PROVIDE THREE (3) NEW FUSES SIZED PER MANUFACTURERS NAMEPLATE.
INFORMATION SHOWN WAS PROVIDED AT TIME OF DESIGN BY DIVISION 23, MCA 18AMPS,
MFS 30AMPS. COORDINATE WITH DIVISION 23 DRAWINGS, DETAILS, EQUIPMENT LIST AND
SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING. 3410, 141OGND. - 3/4"C.
PROVIDE A 120V STAND ALONE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR IN
SUPPLY SIDE DUCTWORK OF EXISTING UNIT. PROVIDE RELAY, CONTROL
MODULE, AND REMOTE TEST STATION WITH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL
NOTIFICATION. CONNECTION TO EXISTING UNIT TO SHUT -DOWN UPON
ACTIVATION. COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
DEMOLITION PLAN -
FIL REG NO. 3089
ROOF
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
1
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
E392
PEI PROJECT f
22121
NEW PANEL
I
PANELBOARD SCHEDULE: MDP BOLT -ON 0 NEW 0 SINGLE PANEL 0 NORMAL N
PLUG-IN 0 EXISTING 0 DOUBLE PANEL 0 CRITICAL 0
VOLTS: 120/208 3 0 4 WIRE PANEL RATED 0 800 AMPS: M.C.B: 0 INDOOR N SURFACE N LIFE SAFETY 0
TYPE: SQ-D HCM NEMA 1 kAIC 65 PANEL OVERLOAD 800 AMPS:
PROTEC11ON M.LO: 0 OUTDOOR 0 RECESSED 0 EQUIPMENT 0
FED FROM: UTILITY MAIN DISC. LOCATION: AS SHOWN
N
9
E
LOAD (AMPS
IDEN11FICATION )
AO BO Co
C. B.
AMP
w
_1
0
a_
CKT.
NO.
CKT.
NO.
w_j
ao
C.B. LOA
AMP AO
IDEN71FICATION
N
F
PANEL Al 82
200
3
1
2
3
200 73.6
PANEL 81
7 -
-
3
4
-
- 75,
5
6
SPACE
7
8
2
30 13 CU-1
9
10
-
- 13 -----
11
1 12
20 -- -----
RTU-2 32 35
3
13
14
1
20 -----
----- 32
-
15
16
1
20
----- 32 -
-
17
18
1
20 -- -----
RTU-3 45
3
19
1 20
1
20 -----
9 -
-
21
122
1
----- 39 -
-
23
24
1
-- -----
RTU-4 35
3
25
26
1
1 20 -----
2 -
-
27
28
1
20
-
-
1 29
30
1
20 -- -----
RTU-5 39 45
3
31
32
1
20 -----
-
-
33
341
1
20 -----
---- 39 -
-
35
36
1
_20 -- -----
1
SPD
37
38
1
20 -----
39
41 .42
40
1
1
20 -----
20 - -----
------
--
SUBTOTAL AMPS 122412141 211
86. 88.7 62.5 SUBTOTAL AMPS
TOTAL AMPS "A" PHASE: 310.6 MAXIMUM CONNECTION PHASE AMPS: 310.6
TOTAL AMPS "B" PHASE: 302.7 TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 111.8
TOTAL AMPS "C" PHASE: 273.5 TOTAL DEMAND kVA/AMPS: 111.8/310.6
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE A NEW SPD - PQ PROTECTION #PQCF-160-120/208-3Y. CONNECT PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS.
2.
3.
4.
PROVIDE A NEW UPDATED TYPED PANEL SCHEDULE.
NEW PANEL
I
PANEII )ARD SCHEDULE: Al BOLT -ON M NEW E SINGLE PANEL N NORMAL 0
1 PLUG-IN 0 EXISTING 0 DOUBLE PANEL 0 CRITICAL 0
VOLTS: 120/208 3 0 4 WIRE PANEL RATED 0 225 AMPS: M.C.B: 0 INDOOR 0 SURFACE 0 LIFE SAFETY 0
TYPE: SQ-D NQOD NEMA 1 kAIC 42 PANEL OVERLOAD 200 AMPS:
PROTECTION M-LO: 0 OUTDOOR 0 RECESSED 0 EQUIPMENT 0
FED FROM: MDP LOCATION: AS SHOWN
N
?
E
LOAD (AMPS)
IDEN71FICATION
AO Co
C.B.
AMP
w_j
COL
CKT.
NO.
CKT.
NO.
I
w_j
0
I CL
C.B. LOA
AMP AO
I
IDENTIFICATION
N
0
T
E
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 4 9
20
1
1
2
1
20 6
RECEPTS. - CONSULT/BROKER/TLT
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 3
20
1
3
4
1
1 20 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM FRIDGE
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 2 9 20
1
5
6
1
20 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM FRIDGE
IRECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 1 9 20
1
1 7
8
1 1
20 8 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM MICRO
RECEPTS. - COMMUNITY 20
1
9
10
1
20 3 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM COUNTER
RECEPTS. - COMMUNITY COUI 20
1
11
12
1
1 20 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM COUNTER
RECEPTS. - EWC, TOILETS 103,105 1 4.5 20
1
13
14
1
20 7.5 RECEPTS. - BREAKROOM, TLT
IRECEPTS. - LOBBY RECEPTIOI 20
1
1 15
16
1
20 3 RECEPTS. - AUTOCLAVE
AUTO -DOOR - LOBBY 20
1
17
18
1
20 3 RECEPTS. - AUTOCLAVE
RECEPTS. - LOBBY 1 6 20
1
19
20
1 1
20 3 RECEPT. - COMM ROOM
J
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE 20
1
21
22
1
20 3 RECEPT. - COMM ROOM
IRECEPTS. - HUDDLE 20
1 1
23
24
1
20 RECEPT. - COMM ROOM
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE 9 20
1
25
26
1
20 3 RECEPT. - COMMROOM
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE 9 20
1
27
28 1
1
20 RECEPT. - COMM ROOM
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE 20
1
29
30
1
20 RECEPT. - COMM ROOM
20 RECEPT. - MED ROOM FRIDGE
IIRECEPTS.
- MED ROOM/STRGE 9 20
1
31
32
1
RECEPTS. - LAB - FRIDGE 8 20
1
33 1
34
1
20 RECEPT. - MED ROOM FRIDGE
RECEPTS. - LAB 9 20
1
35
36
1
20 -- -----
20
1
37
38
1
20
---- 20
1
39
40
20
1
41
42
-----
SUBTOTAL AMPS 146.51 44 1 49
.5 28 20 1 SU13TOTAL AMPS
TOTAL AMPS "A" PHASE: 82 MAXIMUM CONNECTION PHASE AMPS: 82
TOTAL AMPS "B" PHASE: 72 TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 29.5
TOTAL AMPS "C" PHASE: 69 TOTAL DEMAND kVA/AMPS: 29.5/82
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
PROVIDE A NEW UPDATED TYPED PANEL SCHEDULE.
NEW PANEL
I
BOLT -ON E NEW E SINGLE PANEL 0 NORMALE
PANELBOARD SCHEDULE: BI PLUG-IN 0 EXISTING 0 DOUBLE PANEL 0 CRITICAL 0
VOLTS: 1208/208 3 0 4 WIRE PANEL RATED 0 225 AMPS: M.C.B: 0 INDOOR E SURFACE 0 LIFE SAFETY 0
TYPE: SQ-D NQOD NEMAl kAIC 42 PANELOVERLOAD 200 AMPS:
PROTECTION M.LO: 0 OUTDOOR 0 RECESSED 0 EQUIPMENT 0
FED FROM:- MDP LOCATION: AS SHOWN
N
?
LOA
IDENTIFICATION C.B.
AO AMP
W-1
0
a_
CKT.
NO.
CKT.
NO.
W_j
00
C.B. LOA IDENTIFICATION
AMP AO
:N
?
4.5KW WATER HEATER 221.6 30
2
1
2
1
20 12.5 LTG.-CONSULT/WELLNESS SUITES 1-48
-
-
3
4
1
20 7.8 LTG.-LOBBYTLTS.,COMMUNITY
RECIRC PUMP 3 20
1
5
6
1
20 LTG.-CONSIJLTCOMM,J.C.,STRGE,
MFQRM HUDDI F
RECEPT. - WORK ROOM 6 20
1
7
8
1
20 7.5 LTG.-BREAK,TLT.,AUTOCLAVE,WORKRM.,
PRACTICE, r.ARF_ CORRIDOR 126
IRECEPT. - PRACTICE/ADMIN 7.5 20
1
9
10
1
20 9. LTG. - CORRIDORS 122, 123
RECEPT. - CARE COORD. 9 20
1
11
12
1
20 LTG. - CORRIDORS 124, 125
RECEPT. - CONSULT/ELEC. 6 20
1
13
14
1
20 1 EF-2,3,6,7
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 8 9 20
1
15
16
1
20 1 EF-1,4,5
IRECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 7 9 20
1
17
18
1
20 7.5 ROOFTOP RECEPTACLES
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 6 9 20
1 1
19
20
1
20 4 TIMECLOCK/EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTS
RECEPTS. - WELLNESS SUITE 5 9 20
t 1
21
1 22
1 1
20 4 SITE LIGHTS
RECEPTS. - CORRIDOR 125 20
1
23
24
1
20 3 SIGNAGE
IRECEPTS. - CORRIDOR 124 6 20
1
25
26
1
20 -----
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE PRINTER 6 20
1
27
28
1
20
RECEPTS. - HUDDLE PRINTER 6 20
1
29
30
1
20 -- -----
20
1
31
32
1
20
20
1
33
34
1
20
20
1
135
20
1
1,371,38
1 120
--
----- 20
1
39
40
1
20
------
20
1
41
42
20 -- -----
SUBTOTAL AMPS 148.6153.11
25 122.6129.5 SUBTOTAL AMPS
TOTAL AMPS "A" PHASE: 73.6 MAXIMUM CONNECTION PHASE AMPS: 75.7
TOTAL AMPS "B" PHASE: 75.7 TOTAL CONNECTED kVA: 27.2
TOTAL AMPS "C" PHASE: 62.5 TOTAL DEMAND kVA/AMPS: 27.2/75.7
NOTES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
PROVIDE A NEW UPDATED TYPED PANEL SCHEDULE.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
IARCH IT ECTU RE It-4-ERIOR DE-3113N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
,,,-* %%%% %%I I I I i I j I,lf/ /-'
GL SPA
k Jl#
4�pE % .
No. 601
64
STATE OF X Z
.141
0 %
-4`�ZORIO�'
'c�
�T/ON At. VNI %%
I11111111101,0% f I
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
0
CL
_T_
IL
LLJ
w
U
<
0
C/)
LU
LU
>
_j
7-
co
Lr)
�'o
Cie
<
LU
L.0
>-0
0
0
Uj
CL-
It
'0 L-0
w
a-
<
3:
PL-U4
or-0, ((Yy))
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
PANEL
MGINEERS
SINCE 1977
SCHEDULES
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PE)FLA.COM
E4e I
PEI PROJECT it
22121
GRADE
2 SETS OF 44600MCM CU IN
4* CONDUIT EACH SET —
F— — — — — — — — — -
7, -11
EXISTING CT
CABINET
EXISTING
UTILITY
METER
L
UTILITY
ITRANSFORMERI
I 1201208V, 30,4W I
1 SECONDARY 1
L-------------- V ----------- i
2 SETS OF 44600MCM CU IN
41 CONDUIT EACH SET
EXISTING
MAIN 1 OF I
800A
11201208V,30,4W
AIG-42KA
L -i
143/0 CU GROUND
F-
0 to- o o o EXISTING GROUND BAR
I
_�EV� CM PIPING
STRUCTURALSTEEL 1
F- 7
TWO 10'LONG 5/8'0 CU.
CLAD GROUND RODS
EXISTlNG POWER RISER DIAGMM
SCALE: NONE
NOTE: RISER IS SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. ALL DEVICES ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN
NEW MDP
2 SETS OF 44600MCM CU,
14310 CU GND IN 4'
CONDUIT EACH SET UTILIZE
EXISTING CONDUIT AND
EXTEND TO NEW PANEL
GENERAL NOTES:
1 REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES, EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES/DETAILS/PARTIAL RISER DIAGRAM FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
2. RISER DIAGRAM IS DIAGRAMMATIC AND INTENDS TO SHOW THE REQUIRED CONNECTIONS. FIELD
COORDINATE EXACT CONDUIT ROUTING AND EQUIPMENT LAYOUT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. ALL NEW WORK IN
THIS PROJECT MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THIS SHEET. REFER TO RENOVATION PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL
WORK.
3. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND DIAGRAMS PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.
NEW PANEL Al (200A)
NEW PANEL B1 (200A)
4. PROVIDE NEW NAME ENGRAVED COVER PLATES INDICATING SUPPLY PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) FOR
ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES IN THIS PROJECT. ENGRAVING SHALL BE RED FOR CRITICAL AND BLACK FOR
NORMAL CIRCUITS.
443/0, 1 -#4GND. - 2-1/2-C.
5. PROVIDE NEW UPDATED TYPED PANEL SCHEDULES FOR ALL PANELS USED IN THIS PROJECT. VERIFY
EXACT PANEL IDENTIFICATION WITH OWNER. PROVIDE NEW NAME ENGRAVED PLATES FOR ALL PANELS
NOT IDENTIFIED PROPERLY. VERIFY PRIOR TO ORDERING.
6. PROVIDE PHENOLIC NAMEPLATES ON ALL PANELBOARDS, SWITCHBOARDS, DISCONNECTS,
TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC DOORS, ETC, INDICATING DESIGNATION, CIRCUIT NUMBER(S), VOLTAGE AND
WHERE UNIT IS FED FROM. SECURE NAMEPLATES WITH AT LEAST TWO SCREWS/RIVETS OR APPROVED
CEMENTIADHESIVE. NAMEPLATES SHALL BE COLORED AS PER SPECIFICATIONS.
7. PROVIDE CABLE REDUCERS AS REQUIRED TO COORDINATE OVERSIZED PHASEINEUTRAUGROUND
CONDUCTORS NTH TERMINATION LUG SIZE OR PROVIDE TERMINATION LUGS SIZED FOR FEEDERS.
8. NO SERIES RATING FAULT CURRENT ALLOWED.
9. ALL WIRE/CONDUCTORS SHOWN ON RISER ARE COPPER CONDUCTORS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
KEYED NOTES:
0 REFER TO PANEL SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
14 RC H 11 FC TH ? F I'-%17=Rlr.R T)F:d1vN1
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
SPAeV
0
.�\cIENs'-
4$' % -P
64601
STATE OF
L9
/ONAL
Bryan G. Spangler, PE,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
LL-
0
2=
r)
LU
UC/)
LU
LU
>
__j
C)
-T—
11--
F—
+
LO
U
-7
<
LU
LU
>
T-
(.)
0
0
LU
CL-
-0
'o L'r)
w
<
3�:
or-01
a-
rL1-U4
(1yr))
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
*0
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
. .............................................. I ...................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
DIAGRAM
'01M
kL
CAMPBELL +VAN DU EN
xRCHI1F4- T€I s F i,-JT::R1C'R DF_ l.';h
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED.
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
\G PV •
No. C-4601
STATE OF
L
v/
Bryan G. Spangler, P ,
FL Reg. No. 64601
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
J
U-
J
J
Z
�
O
_
r
=
LU
Iry
�-
IV
U
J
Q
>
v>
Lc I
LL1
J
J
Q
=
J
m
F-
F-
L
=
J
�10_
ry
Q
Lij
LU
�
O
'O cr
p
w
Q
>
orll�)
IZ
N
c`7
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
SCHEDULES
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
AND DETAILS
1 REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
E5o2
PEI PROJECT
22121
SHUT-OFF BALL
VALVES (TYP.)-
UNION (TYP.)
PIPE TEMPERATURE AND
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
TO MOP SINK
�L --- L
TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
EWH-1
(365 LBS.)
HOT WATER
SUPPLY
BALL VALVE (TYP.)
/-CHECK VALVE (TYP.)
COLD WATER
SUPPLY
WATTS DET-12 POTABLE WATER
THERMAL EXPANSION TANK W/
WATTS SERVICE CHECK VALVE
- 3/4- WATER HEATER STRAPS
ANCHORED TO WALL FRAMING
(TYPICAL OF 2)
- DRAIN VALVE
24 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL
OR 60 MIL HIGH IMPACT
PLASTIC DRAIN PAN.
WALL SHELF TO SUPPORT
WATER HEATER WEIGHT.
(PROVIDED AND INSTALLED
BY PLUMBING CONTRACTOR)
TERMINATE 3/4* TEMP. & PRESS.
AND 1* DRAIN PAN PIPING ABOVE
MOP SINK
MOP SINK
FLOOR LINE
WATER HEATER SPECIFICATI
WATER HEATER SHALL BE RHEEM MODEL NO. EGSP30 WITH
30 GALLON STORAGE CAPACITY, RATED FOR 4.5 KIN, 208 VOLTS,
1 PHASE (10). WATER HEATER OPERATING WEIGHT = 365 LBS
WATER HEATER SHELF SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR.
ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL (EVM-1)
SCALE: N.T.S.
UNIVERSAL TOP/BOTTOM
BEAM CLAMP EQUAL TO
B-LINE TYPE 19-SP69
3/8-0 MIN. HANGER
ROD
COUPLING
ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS
HANGER EQUAL TO
B-LINE TYPE 10-SP-69
NW
Nultb:
1. SIZE HANGER AND CLAMP TO ADEQUATELY SUPPORT LOAD
(REFER TO B-LINE HANGER CATALOG).
2. FOR COPPER TUBING USE COPPER PLATED OR PAINTED
B317OCT, FELT LINED B3170F, OR PLASTIC COATED HANGERS.
PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
Hk`m r%^r%
HEAVY 0
CLEVIS h
VAPOR BAR
INSULA11ON
16 GA. G
METAL Sj
MIN. 12"
'KING
'PORT NUT
CLEVIS HANGER DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
ICE MAKER WALL
BOX GUY GRAY
No. BIM875
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR,
SIOUX CHIEF, MA -A, TYP7-
PROVIDE MINIMUM 6FT. COILED
TUBING FOR CONNECTION TO
(OTHER PROVIDED)
REFRIGERATOR ICE -MAKER,
SHUT-OFF VALVE
(TYPICAL)
�,A
WHITE ENAMEL, STEEL SUPPLY 48m TO 60"
AND DRAIN BOX WITH TO FLOOR
SHUT-OFF VALVES AND
WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS
1/2"CW
AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TOP SUPPLY MODEL ACCEPTABLE, WATER
HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE INSTALLED IN VERTICAL POSITION
WHENEVER POSSIBLE BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN 90'
SUPPLY TUBING MAY BE COPPER OR FOOD GRADE PLASTIC TUBING.
ICE MAKER SUPPLY BO -1) DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
SIMILAR TO ZURN
MODEL#Z-1400-KC
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP.)
IN -LINE CIRCULATING PUMP
AQUASTAT WIRED BY DIV. 16
FULL PORT BALL VALVE
(TYP.)
HOT
WATER
RETURN
FULL SIZE BY-PASS
LOOP
HOT WATER RETURN CIRCULATING PUMP
GRUNDFOS MODEL ALPHA2 15-55SF NTH
3 SETTINGS AND LED DISPLAY.
PHASE: 1
VOLTS: 115
POWER INPUT. 5-45 W
HZ: 60
PSI: 145.04
LIQUID TEMP RANGE: 35.6-230T
SELECTED LIQUID TEMP: 1407
FLOW. 2 GPM
LIGHT DUTY TOP COVER
(GAS & WATERTIGHT)
FINISHED FLOOR
7
"-'��INSIDE CAULK
`*�FITTING OR EXTENSION TO
SOIL OR WASTE AS REQUIRED
FLOOR CLEANOUT (FCO) DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
CLE
PLU
SOIL 0
WASTE
ROUND SECURED
ALUMINUM
COVER
SIMILAR TO ZURN
MODEL # Z-1469
WALL
WALL CLEANOUIT (WCO) DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
PLAN
DESCRIPTION
MANUF. / MODEL No.
MARK
SINK: (SINGLE COMPARTMENT)(UNDERMOUNT)(ADA COMPLIANT)
1. 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL 25mx22*x6" SINGLE BOWL,
ELKAY
REAR CENTER DRAIN, UNDERMOUNT FINISH: POLISHED SATIN
ECTSRAD25226TBG
2. FITTING: 5-1/4m RIGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT, DECK MOUNTED
CHICAGO FAUCET
FAUCET WITH B-CENTER, 1.5 GPM, 4-WRISTBLADE NTH
786-GN2AFCE1ABCP
COLOR -CODED INDEX, FINISH: CHROME
3. TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE "P* TRAP WITH CLEANOUT.
McGUIRE
4. SUPPLY. 1/2- THREEWAY ANGLE BALL STOP, 1/4 TURN, NTH
ANNEALED VERTICAL TUBE AND ESCUTCHEON.
McGUIRE
S-2
SINK: (SINGLE COMPARTMENT)(UNDERMOUNT)(ADA COMPLIANT)
1. 18 GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL 16-1/2*x20-1/2*x5-3/8*
ELKAY
SINGLE BOWL, REAR CENTER DRAIN, UNDERMOUNT, FINISH:
EWHAD141855PD
LUSTROUS SATIN
2. FITTING: 5-1/4- RIGID/SWING GOOSENECK SPOUT, DECK MOUNTED
CHICAGO FAUCET
FAUCET WITH B-CENTER, 1.5 GPM, 4-WRISTBLADE NTH
786-GN2AFCE1 ABCP
COLOR -CODED INDEX, FINISH: CHROME
3. TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE *P" TRAP NTH CLEANOUT.
McGUIRE
4. SUPPLY: 1/2- THREEWAY ANGLE BALL STOP, 1/4 TURN, WITH
McGUIRE
ANNEALED VERTICAL TUBE AND ESCUTCHEON.
S-3
SINK: (BUILT IN)
1. SINK IS BUILT-IN TO COUNTERTOP PROVIDED BY MIDMARK
2. FITTING: 4* CENTERSET FAUCET, WRIST BLADE HANDLES, 360*
MAINUNE
SWIVEL SPOUT, 1.0 GPM, WATER SAVING AERATOR
XD645EG-CP
TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE *P" TRAP WITH CLEANOUT.
McGUIRE
4. SUPPLY. 3/8m ANGLE SUPPLY WITH PLASTIC VERTICAL TUBE,
McGUIRE
WHEEL HANDLE STOPS AND ESCUTCHEON.
S-4
SINK:
1. SINK AND FAUCET ARE PROMDED BY MIDMARK
2. TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE "P" TRAP WITH CLEANOUT.
McGUIRE
3. SUPPLY. 3/8- ANGLE SUPPLY WITH PLASTIC VERTICAL TUBE,
McGUIRE
I NAEL HANDLE STOPS AND ESCUTCHEON.
WC-1
WATER CLOSET: (ADA COMPLIANT)
1. ELONGATED BOWL, VITREOUS CHINA, 1.6 GPF: FINISH WHITE
KOHLER
K-3493-0
ICONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE TANK WITH LEVER RIGHT/LEFT
LOCATION PER APPROACH PER RESTROOM LAYOUT
2. SEAT: STRONGHOLD ELONGATED OPEN -FRONT TOILET SEAT WITH
KOHLER
QUIET CLOSE, INTEGRATED HANDLE AND CHECK HINGE
K-4731-GC-0
FINISH: WAITE
3. SUPPLY. 3/8" ANGLE BALL STOP, 1/4 TURN, WITH ANNEALED
McGUIRE
VERTICAL TUBE AND ESCUTCHEON.
L-1
LAVATORY. (UNDERMOUNT)(ADA COMPLAINT)
1. 20-1/2" RECTANGULAR UNDERMOUNT SINK, FINISH:WHITE
KOHLER
K-20000
2. FITTING: TWO HANDLE WIDESPREAD RIGID/SWIVEL GOOSENECK
AMERICAN STANDARD
SPOUT WITH r REACH, 0.5 GPM, FINISH: CHROME
6540.277
3. TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE "P' TRAP WITH CLEANOUT
McGUIRE
AND WHEELCHAIR DRAIN OFFSET. INSULATE OFFSET, DRAIN
AND HOT WATER SUPPLY.
4. SUPPLY: 3/8" ANGLE SUPPLY NTH ANNEALED VERTICAL TUBE,
McGUIRE
WHEEL HANDLE STOPS AND ESCUTCHEON.
MS-1
MOP SINK:
1. 24*x24" MOP SERVICE BASIN NTH INTEGRAL MOLDED DRAIN,
PROFLO
10" DEEP
PFMB2424
2. FITTING: TWO HANDLE WALL MOUNTED SERVICE SINK FAUCET.
PROFLO
PF1119
- 24"x24" WALL GUARD, 24"x12" STAINLESS STEEL PANELS
PROFLO
PRMB2424
EWC-1
ELECTRIC WATER COOLER: (BI-LEVEL)(BOTTLE FILLER)(ADA COMPLIANT)
1. WALL MOUNTED ELECTRIC WATER COOLER, EZH20 BOTTLE
ELKAY
FILLING STATION AND VERSATILE BI-LEVEL ADA COOLER, HIGH
LZSTLG2WSSK
EFFICIENCY FILTERED REFRIGERATED STAINLESS. HANDS FREE,
VISUAL FILTER MONITOR AND ANTIMICROBIAL 8.0 GPH
FINISH: STAINLESS STEEL
2. TRAP: CAST BODY ADJUSTABLE "P" TRAP WITH CLEANOUT.
McGUIRE
3. SUPPLY- 3/8" ANGLE BALL STOP, 1/4 TURN, WITH ANNEALED
McGUIRE
VERTICAL TUBE AND ESCUTCHEON.
4. ELECTRICAL- MOTOR COMPRESSOR HERMETICALLY SEALED
RECIPROCATING TYPE, 115 VOLT, 6 AMP
5. CARRIER: RECTANGULAR STEEL UPRIGHTS.
ZURN Z-1200 SERIES
FD-1
FLOOR DRAIN (AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER):
1. DRAIN: CAST IRON BODY WITH BOTTOM OUTLET
ZURN
COMBINATION INVERTIBLE MEMBRANE CLAMP AND DEEP
ZN-415-P
SEAL TRAP ADJUSTABLE TYPE NICKEL CAST BRONZE
STRAINER, TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION.
2. SANI-GUARD AUTOMATIC TRAP PRIMER, ALL BRONZE BODY
ZURN
NTH INTEGRAL VACUUM BREAKER, NON -LIMING INTERNAL
Z-1022
OPERATING ASSEMBLY NTH GASKETED BRONZE COVER.
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND VERIFY WITH OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PURCHASING
PLUMBING FIXTURES. PLUMBING FIXTURES ARE SELECTED BY OWNER AND ARCHITECT ON THIS PROJECT.
MZIM;
DEEP SE
P-TRAP
LAVATORY
CONTRACTOR TO INSULATE
ALL PIPING BELOW LAV.-
TRAP PRIMER ASSEMBLY
EQUAL TO ZURN Z-1021-
FLOOR DRAIN NTH
AM U 1^�Anl AILI�M
ESCUTCHEON
PLATE (TYP.)
�_SLEEVE & SEAL THRU
SLAB
1/2-0 SCH. 40 PVC PIPING
FROM PRIMER TO AUXILIARY INLET
FITTING ON FLOOR DRAIN. SLOPE
HORIZONTAL PIPING AT 1/4- PER
FT. MINIMUM
\_ TRAP PRIMER CONNECTION
TRAP PRIMER DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL PLUMBING INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN STRICT
ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL, STATE AND FEDERAL CODES, LAWS,
ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION
OVER THIS PROJECT.
2. PIPE ROUTING SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS IS SCHEMATIC AND IS NOT
INTENDED TO INDICATE EXACT ROUTING. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE ANY ADDITIONAL OFFSETS AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR PROPER
INSTALLATION AND TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES.
3. COORDINATE ALL PIPE ROUTING WITH ALL OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION. ROUTE ALL PIPING TO AVOID DUCTWORK, PIPING AND BUILDING
STRUCTURE.
4. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND
MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR COMPLIANCE NTH FLORIDA BUILDING CODE
ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. SINKS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL BE
MOUNTED WITH COUNTER RIM NO HIGHER THAN 34 INC3AES ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR. CONTROLS FOR FLUSH VALVES SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE
OF THE TOILET AREAS NO MORE THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. FOR ALL
OTHER FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE.
5. ROUTE ALL PIPING CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING, WITHIN CHASES OR ABOVE
NON -ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEILING
TYPES.
6. ALL VALVES, WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS, CONTROLS AND CLEANOUTS
CONCEALED WITHIN CHASES OR ABOVE NON -ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS SHALL HAVE
24 in. X 24 in. METAL ACCESS PANELS UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE ON
DRAWINGS. PROVIDE UL 1 1/2 HOUR LABEL ACCESS PANELS IN 1 AND 2 HOUR
CONSTRUCTION.
7. INSTALL SHUTOF VALVES ON ALL WATER LINES IN THE FOLLOWING LOCA11ONS:
ALL MAJOR BRANCH RUNS SUCH AS BRANCHES SERVING A FLOOR, WING,
OR A MAJOR SECTION OF BUILDING.
ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS.
OTHER LOCATIONS AS MAY BE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS.
8. INSTALL BALANCING VALVES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS
REQUIRED FOR PROPER BALANCING OF THE VARIOUS SYSTEM.
9. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY AND INSTALL A MEANS OF BACKFLOW
PROTECTION OF THE POTABLE WATER SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND
AS REQUIRED PER 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE (7th EDITION) - PLUMBING:
SECTION 608.
10. AT ALL PUBLIC HAND WASHING FACILITIES PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL
SUPPLY AND INSTALL A APPROVED WATER TEMPERATURE LIMITING DEVICE.
EITHER A THERMOSTATIC OR MECHANICAL MIXING VALVE THAT CONFORMS TO
ASSE 1070 OR CSA B125.3. REFER TO 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING CODE
(7th EDITION) - PLUMBING: SECTION 416(5).
11. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE VALVE DIRECTORY NTH A TAG
SCHEDULE SHOWING LOCATION OF EACH VALVE, TYPE, NUMBER,
MANUFACTURER, FUNCTION AND ALL OPERATING POSITIONS.
12. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PIPES PASSING
THROUGH FLOORS, WALLS AND CEILINGS. EXTEND SLEEVES 2" ABOVE FLOORS.
MAKE ALL SLEEVES FLUSH WITH WALLS AND CEILINGS. CONTRACTOR SHALL
FIRE STOP ALL PENETRATIONS OF RATED WALLS, CEILINGS, ETC., INCLUDING
ROOF. FLASH AND COUNTER FLASH ALL ROOF PENETRATIONS.
13. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE CHROME PLATED HINGED ESCUTCHEON
WITH SET SCREWS AT EACH EXPOSED PIPE PASSING THROUGH A WALL, FLOOR
OR CEILING IN FINISHED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDINGS.
14. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE BELLOW TYPE WATER HAMMER
ARRESTORS ON ALL HOT AND COLD WATER LINES. INSTALL IN UPRIGHT
POSITION AT ALL QUICK CLOSING VALVES, SOLENOIDS, ISOLATED PLUMBING
FIXTURES AND SUPPLY HEADERS AT PLUMBING FIXTURE GROUPS. LOCATE AND
SIZE AS SPECIFIED OR AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND WERE NOT SHOWN,
LOCATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND
COMPLY NTH THE PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE STANDARDS 0 201.
15. AT ADA FIXTURES WERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, OR WHERE REQUIRED BY
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTIONS, PROVIDE PREMANUFACTURED
INSULATION KITS ON THE SUPPLIES, TRAP AND DRAIN AT LAVATORIES AND
SINKS FOR HANDICAPPED PERSONS.
-0-) FROM
16. ALL VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF TEN FEET (10'
ANY AIR INTAKE.
17. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL DIELECTRIC UNIONS AT ALL
CONNECTIONS OF DISSIMILAR METALS.
18. ALL HOT WATER AND HOT WATER RETURN LINES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1*
WALL THICKNESS, PRE -SLIT, FLEXIBLE UNICELLULAR POLYOLEFIN FOAM PLENUM
RATED ARMAFLEX INSULATION.
19. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE THE SITE, CAREFULLY
STUDY THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELEC'MICAL, CABINET AND PLUMBING
DRAWINGS, AND BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS
AND NEW WORK BEFORE BIDDING. NO CHANGES WILL BE ALLOWED IN
CONTRACT PRICE FOR EXTRA WORK CLAIMS BECAUSE CONTRACTOR FAILED TO
FOLLOW THESE DIRECTIONS.
20. EXISTING CONDITIONS AS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE TAKEN FROM
ORIGINAL AND AS-BUILTS DRAWINGS OF THE BUILDING. THESE DRAWINGS, IN
PART, ARE UNVERIFIED AND FIELD CONDITIONS SHALL GOVERN. FIELD VERIFY
EXIS71NG INSTALLA11ONS OF ALL DESCRIPTION AND MODIFY EXISTING PLUMBING
SYSTEMS MICH ARE TO REMAIN ACTIVE, TO FACILITATE RECONNECTION AND
EXTENSION UNDER NEW WORK. PROVIDE SHUT -OF VALVES ON AU PIPES AT
THE POINT OF TIE-IN TO EXISTING SYSTEM.
21. INTERRUPTION OF EXISTING SERVICES SHALL BE MINIMAL AND SHALL BE FULLY
COORDINATED WITH OMER IN ADVANCE. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT
TIME THAT SERVICE WILL BE DOWN, AREA OF PIPING AND ANY EQUIPMENT
THAT WILL BE AFFECTED. SCHEDULE ANY INTERRUPTION DURING NON -CRITICAL
HOURS OR NOTIFY OMER AT LEAST TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOURS PRIOR TO
INTERRUPTION. PUT INTERRUPTED SERVICES BACK INTO OPERATION AS SOON
AS IS PRACTICAL. NO SHUT DOWN CAN BE DONE WITHOUT THE OWNER'S
APPROVAL.
22. DURING THE PROGRESS OF WORK THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN
AN ACCURATE RECORD OF ALL CHANGES MADE TO THE PLUMBING SYSTEM.
THE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL SHOW, CHANGES, DIMENSIONS AND LOCATIONS
OF ALL PIPING. CHANGES SHALL BE DONE IN AUMCAD RELEASE 2007 OR
ABOVE AND SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER AND GENERAL CONTRACTOR AT FINAL
COMPLETION.
PLUMBING LEGEND
SYMBOL
ABBRV.
DESCRIPTION
SAN
SAN
SANITARY WASTE
CW
COLD WATER
HIN
HOT WATER
HWR
HOT WATER RETURN
V
VENT LINE
BALL VALVE (FULL PORT)
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR
40
WCO
WALL CLEAN OUT
D13---
FCO
FLOOR CLEAN OUT
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
CODES AND STANDARDS:
ALL PLUMBING WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH THE 2020 (7TH EDITION)
FLORIDA BUILDING CODE AND 2020 FLORIDA ACCESSIBILITY CODE (7TH EDITION) FOR
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION CHAPTER 11.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND PAY ALL
FEES.
WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM:
EXTEND WATER SERVICE AS INDICATED ON DESIGN DRAWINGS.
PROVIDE SHOCK ABSORBERS AND VACUUM BREAKERS WHERE REQUIRED.
PIPE AND FITTINGS ABOVE GROUND - TYPE L HARD COPPER AND WROUGHT COPPER
FITTINGS, WITH SOLDERED JOINTS (USE ONLY -LEAD FREE- SOLDER).
CPVC PIPING IS ACCEPTABLE FOR THIS APPLICATION AS WELL
VALVES (3 INCH AND LARGER) - GATES VALVES - LEAD FREE, ALL BRONZE, RISING
STEM, DOUBLE WEDGE TAPER SEAT, 125 PSI STEAM PRESSURE.
VALVES (2-1/2 INCH AND SMALLER) TWO PIECE 400 PSI WSP FULL PORT BRONZE
BODY BALL VALVE, LEAD FREE* WITH THREADED ENDS, LOCKABLE LEVER HANDLE AND
REPLACEABLE TEFLON OR TFE SEATS
CHLORINATION - BEFORE BEING PLACED IN SERVICE ALL WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
SHALL BE STERILIZED WITH CHLORINE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PLUMBING CODE AND AWWA
C-651 OR C-652 STANDARD PROCEDURE FOR DISINFECTING WATER MAINS.
*LEAD FREE REFERS TO THE WETTED SURFACE OF PIPE, FITTINGS, AND FIXTURES IN
POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS THAT HAVE A WEIGHTED AVERAGE LEAD CONTENT LESS THAN
0.25% PER THE SAFE DRINKING WATER ACT AND OTHER EQUIVALENT STATE
REGULATIONS.
CONNECTIONS TO MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT -
ROUGH -IN AND CONNECT WATER, WASTE, AND VENT TO COMPLETE THE INSTALLATION
OF EQUIPMENT LISTED ON THE DRAWINGS.
PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS NTH
ALL REQUIRED SUPPLY, WASTE, SOIL, AND VENT CONNECTIONS, TOGETHER WITH ALL
FITTINGS, SUPPORTS, FASTENING DEVICES, COCKS, VALVES, AND TRAPS.
ALL FIXTURES SHALL HAVE STOP VALVES ON ALL WATER CONNECTIONS. ALL EXPOSED
METAL TRIM ON ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE POLISHED CHROMIUM PLATED.
ALL EXPOSED PIPES EXTENDING FROM WALL SHALL HAVE CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS
ESCUTCHEON MOUNTED AGAINST WALL. EXPOSED PVC PIPING AND P-TRAPS ARE
UNACCEPTABLE.
THE PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE ROUGHED -IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S
*ROUGH -IN INFORMATION'. PROVISIONS FOR MOUNTING WALL FIXTURES SHALL BE MADE
MILE THE WALL IS BEING BUILT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL BLOCKING, HANGERS, AND
SUPPORTS AS REQUIRED.
DRAINAGE SYSTEM:
EXTEND PIPING FROM NEW FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT AND CONNECT TO SYSTEMS AS
INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS.
PIPE SLOPE:
2-1/2 INCH DIAMETER AND LESS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A FALL OF NOT LESS
THAN 1/4 INCH PER FOOT.
3 INCH DIAMETER OR LARGER SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A FALL NOT LESS THAN 1/8
INCH PER FOOT.
PIPE AND FITTINGS:
ABOVE GRADE:
SCHEDULE 40 PVC, DWV COPPER, OR SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON
ALL CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE
TRADEMARK OF THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI) AND BE LISTED BY NSF
INTERNATIONAL
SERVICE -WEIGHT CAST IRON WITH NO/HLIB OR BELL AND SPIGOT FITTINGS.
NO/HUB COUPLING SHALL CONFORM TO CISPI STANDARD 310 (LATEST EDITION) AND
SHALL BE LISTED BY NSF INTERNATIONAL.
DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING LOCATED IN FIRE RATED WALL ASSEMBLIES AND
RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE SERVICE -WEIGHT CAST IRON WITH SPIGOT FITTINGS OR
HUBLESS SOIL PIPE COUPLINGS AS MANUFACTURED BY MISSION (HW), HUSKEY OR
CLAMPALL (125# OF TORQUE).
BELOW GRADE:
SCHEDULE 40 PVC OR SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON WITH HUB AND SPIGOT FITTINGS OR
HUBLESS SOIL PIPE COUPLINGS AS MANUFACTURED BY MISSION (HW), HUSKEY OR
CLAMPALL (125# OF TORQUE).
ALL CAST IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE MARKED WITH THE COLLECTIVE
TRADEMARK OF THE CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE (CISPI) AND BE LISTED BY NSF
INTERNATIONAL.
PROVIDE CLEANOUTS EVERY 75 FEET, AT CHANGES IN DIRECTION, AT BASE OF
DOWNSPOUTS AND AT BASE OF SOIL AND WASTE STACKS.
SHOCK ARRESTOR: MIFAB, SIOUX CHIEF OR EQUAL
WALL CLEANOUT: MIFAB, ZURN, JONESPEC, JOSAM OR EQUAL
FLOOR CLEANOUT. MIFAB, ZURN, JONESPEC, JOSAM OR EQUAL
VENTS SHALL BE EXTENDED TO EXTERIOR OF BUILDING. AJR ADMITTANCE VALVES ARE
ACCEPTABLE.
BUILDING OWNER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND CRITERIA FOR MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES
SHALL GOVERN MEN IN CONFLICT WITH MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTES. IT
IS THE CONTRACMR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE OWNER'S
SPECIFICATIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID.
um.
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY, USING SUCH
METHODS AS A SEWER CAMERA, LOW FREQUENCY GPR (GROUND
PENETRATING RADAR) OR EM (ELECTROMAGNETIC) UTILITY
LOCATING METHODS DURING DEMOLITION PHASE OF PROJECT TO
DETERMINE THE EXACT CONDITION OF PIPE, LOCATION, SIZE,
INVERT AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF ALL EXISTING
SANITARY/GREASE WASTE LINES WITHIN SCOPE OF PROJECT.
DISCREPANCIES AND UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS ARE TO BE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND
PROJECT ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING NTH DEMOLITION IN
THE AREA OF CONCERN.
------
CAMPBELL + VAN DUESEN
A kC.H I I FCTI-I ? F 1',JT=Rlr.R DF':.I'�4NI
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
, �
N0 ..............
S� " XG E 1Y
oe
(p
No. 90018
-0
*P STATE OF
0
::� *
0
R 1`0 "'40Z
................. .. C-j N
10
101VAL
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
U_
>_
0
CL
Uj
W
<
LLI
LL1
>
__j
ca
I--
F-
+
Ljr)
_T_
I
_j
()
2:
".0
rk,
<
LLI
LLJ
0
)
0
>
m
LU
W
<
3:
Lr__U4
cr-01
cl-
(12)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DATE
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
. ..... .. ......
P . ROJECT . MA . NAGER ...... ................... .......................
M.. T.O. R.R E.S ......................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
PLUMBING
SPECIFICATIONS
p 1 0 1
rio 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
T T T T T- - T31
BIO
ELEC. ROOM/
1WCO
FIRE RISER
S-3
I"
WELLNESS SUITE
4
�ELLNESS
WELLNESS SUITE
SUITE WELLNESS SUITE
WELLNESS SUITE
L
5
1 6
7
8
CONSUI
3"SAN
S-3
S-3
T
W03--2 T
Wc- T
CORRIDOR
\FCO,..,
1
126
CARE
-
-3"SAN
3 'SA�
FCO
COORDINATORS
K3*SAN
X3*SAh
K
3"SAN
SAN—
I
SAN
CORRIDOR
-T
-i
WELLNESS SUITE
3
PRACTICE
f4co
ADMINISTRATOR
3"SAN
S-3
MED ROOM
STORAGE2
CORRIDOR
HUDDLE
CORRIDOR
3*SAN
E
5=-4
<
cn
3"SAN-
WELLNESS SUITE
PROVIDER WORK
2
ROOM
108
3D
S-3
— -
— -
— - — - — -
— -
- — - — - — -
5=4
- — - —
- — - — - —
EJ
I
LAB
HD-1 i.c.1
—�o
3mSAN
SAN
3"SAN
TOILET
120
COMMI-01.1
AUTOCLAVE
3"SAN
WELLNESS SUITE
FD-1
L= 11
1
5=4
U) -
- - - - - - - -
U7
3"SAN
0
?
3"SAN
CORRIDOR
I
3"SAN
1
el
0
I
9
SAN
FD-1
WC-1
FCO
3*SAN
STORAGE1
3 .IAN
3"SAN
�SAN
3"SAN
3"SAN
CONSULT/BROKER
3
TOILET
130
F C C
EWC-1
3"SAN
COMMUNITY
FCO
1co
r/-4*SAN
FD-1
FD-1
TOILET
L=1 TOILET
LOBBY
S-1
3*SAN
WC
WCO
--LSAN
LJ(:
0
BREAK ROOM
- — - — - —
- — - — - —
- —
- —
-
-
— - — -
— -
-
— - — - — -
— -
- — - — - —
M--------------- A
- — - —
- — - — - — -
--------------- j I
- — - — -
— - -
— - — -
- - - - - -
- -
-
- - - - - -
-------
-
- - - - - -
- - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - ---
_7 - - - - - -
PRESUMED LOCATION OF
EXISTING 4"SANITARY WASTE LINE
L- - - - - - - - -
- - -
- -
- - - - - - - -1
L - -
- - -
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - j
L - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
SANITARY WASTE RENOVATION PLAN
P2.1) 1/411 = 11-011
FOA
B
C C
--- Do
[0E
OF
G)
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND
CONSTRUCTION TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITIONS.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPLIANCES PER
KEY NOTES:
(DCONTRACTOR SHALL TIE NEW 3- SANITARY WASTE LINE INTO
NEAREST EXISTING SANITARY LINE OF ADEQUATE SIZE.
FIXTURES PIPE SIZE
FIXTURE
SAN SIZE
VENT SIZE
WATER CLOSET
3m
2"
LAV / SINK
3"
1-1/2-
30
1-1/2'
FLOOR DRAIN
30
2- _j
NOTE.
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY, USING SUCH
METHODS AS A SEWER CAMERA, LOW FREQUENCY GPR (GROUND
PENETRATING RADAR) OR EM (ELECTROMAGNETIC) UTILITY
LOCATING METHODS DURING DEMOLITION PHASE OF PROJECT TO
DETERMINE THE EXACT CONDITION OF PIPE, LOCATION, SIZE,
INVERT AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF ALL EXISTING
SANITARY/GREASE WASTE LINES WITHIN SCOPE OF PROJECT.
DISCREPANCIES AND UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS ARE TO BE
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND
PROJECT ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH DEMOLITION IN
THE AREA OF CONCERN.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
A kC H I'T F(7 T11 ? F 1,JT=Rlr.R DFnIr4N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FLLIC NO. AR0016053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
z
SP-MES4
. ..............
zz�
9()0j 8
OF Uj
-0 STP'TE /14-
%, "t.L 0 ?0)-�
N A\-
Ta�or J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
-j
LL-
0
L:k=
Uj
t-4
U
<
Q
V�
LLJ
>
—j
Q
L0
U
:2-7
LU
LLJ
>
0
C)
LU
.10 'IT
'0 Lf)
W
CL
<
3�:
rL-U4
ot-01 1c'V11))
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. .................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
SANITARY WASTE
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLAN
L REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIRACOM
P2*1
PEI PROJECT #
22121
L di III! m��. =0011�211111119 IN, n MR 1111441
rio3 2
9 8 7 6 4
- - - - -- - -
- - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - -
Tf
CIRCUIT&
SOLVER
ELEC. ROOM/
... jr
r
WELLNESS SUITE WELILNESS SUITE
5 6
FIRE RISER
WELLNESS SUITE
4
WELLNESS SUITE
CONSULTI-01.1
7
WELLNESS SUITE
8
.—CW---
HW---
----HWR----
5=13
1/2-CW,HW,HWR
JL
rc
T
rff=%
5
1/2-CW,HW,HWR
UN
Le
BALL VALVE
(TYP)
L.L L.,
1/2"C WHW
LR. J6
1/2*CWHW
CORRIDOR
CARE
COORDINATORS
---CW
;El/eCWHW
4�71/2-'CAHW
CORRIDOR
WELLNESS SUITE
CIRCUIT
3
SOLVER
PRACTICE
ADMINISTRATOR
5t3
MED ROOM BIO
118
L
CORRIDOR
HUDDLE
121
CORRIDOR
1/2"CW,HW
—CW
1/2"CWHW
5=4
STORAGE 2
3/4-CWNHW
WELLNESS SUITE
2
CIRCUIT
SOLVER
rid
N1 94—
LAB
LLJ
PROVIDER WORK
ROOM
r — - —
- — - — - — - — -
119
-1/ C W
- — -
— - — - — - —
L I
1/2-CW DOWN
1:11W
HWR
4 ECIR PU P
L
TO MS-1 -
cm
1 1/2-CWHWHWR
/2-CW,
TOILET WC-1
Comm I
10C HWH
1/2nCWHWHWR
AUTOCLAVE
CW--j
WELLNESS SUITE
CIRCUIT
SOLVER
HW
/--\CIRCUIT
F7
... HWR
/2��SOLVER
5=4
L
S-3
3/ecvtHWHWR
rI--
CORRIDOR
3/4-CW HWJ
1/2"CWHWHVR
.,(DCIRCUIT
SOLVER 1"CW
1/2 CW 3/4-HW
CIRCUIT 5
4 -
1/2"CWHWHWR
cw�—. - —
. . .. . .. . ..
- - — - - — -
3/4" HWR-�
^W—.
--HW— - -
SOLVER
1/20CWHWHWR
H W
WC-1
TOILET
130
STORAGE1
... . ...
1/2*CWHWHWR
. ... . ....
... . ...
CONSULT/BROKER
HWR—
CW
1/2-CW
IM-1
EK
F9
Id
J
0
I I
WC-1 WC-1 TOIL
IM-1
FLOODSTOP
1/2"CWHW
CIRCUIJ&/5=2
SOLVE
TOILET F 103
C-)
LL�
LOBBY
cm t 0
BREAK ROOM
L111
/2"CWHW
COMMUNITY
�DCIRCUI
SOLVER
(TYP)
7:
— - — - — -
— - — - — -
— - — - — --
1/2"CWHW
- — - — -
— - — -
- — - — - —
-
— - — - —
---
- — -- — - — - — -- r — - — - — - -
-- ------
t — - — - — - — - — - — -
— - — - — - — -
— - — -
DOMESTIC WATER RENOVATION PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-011
FOA
- —OD
OE
OF
G
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND
CONSTRUCTION TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITIONS.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL RECIR. PUMP IN A EASY
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL VALVES FOR PIPING IN EASY
ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AND WITHIN A CERTAIN DISTANCE TO
MEET CODE. IF AN ACCESS DOOR IS NEEDED ONE SHALL BE
INSTALLED.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPLIANCES PER
MANUFACTURER'S PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS.
KEY NOTES:
(D CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 1/2" COLD WATER LINE
WITH LEAD FREE DUAL CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO
NEW ICE MACHINEACE MAKER. BACKFLOW PREVENTER
SHALL BE WATTS LF007 OR APPROVED EQUAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LEAK/FLOOD DETECTION
PROTECTION WITH "FLOODSTOP" DEVICE. COORDINATE WITH
BUILDING OMER ON SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND MODEL
NUMBERS PER PLUMBING RENOVATIONANSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND CONNECT NEW
ELECTRIC WATER HEATER (EWH-1). SEE SHEET P1.1 FOR
MORE INFORMATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW RECIRCULATING PUMP.
SEE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL FOR MORE
INFORMATION ON SHEET P1.1.
CIRCUIT SOLVER THERMOSTATIC BALANCING VALVE NTH
INTEGRATED UNION, LEAD FREE BALL VALVE AND CHECK
VALVE INSERT. MODEL NO. CSUA-1/2-120-CV1-03
(OR APPROVEDEQUAL).
CONTRACTOR SHALL TIE NEW 1-1/4- COLD WATER LINE
INTO NEAREST EXIS11NG COLD WATER LINE OF ADEQUATE
SIZE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 1/2" COLD WATER LINE
WITH LEAD FREE DUAL CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO
NEW COFFEE MACHINE/COFFEE MAKER. BACKFLOW
PREVENTER SHALL BE WATTS SD-3 OR APPROVED
EQUAL COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT.
FIXTURES' SUPPLY PIPE SIZE
FIXTURE
CW
HW
HWR�
WATER CLOSET
1/2"
ELECT WATER COOLER
1/210
--
--
LAV / SINK
1/2-
1/2-
1/2-
MOP SINK
1/2"
1 1/2"
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTLI RE IN-EiIDR DE3113N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
�\\w
�\X p. 3 A M
0 .............
tCE
No. 90018
4LO
STATE OF " :Z:
4V
Ak-
4 0 R I ID
..................
ZON L
/////I ImO
Taylor J. Lewis, PER
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
LL-
c/i
-j
0
CL
Lij
F—
<
C/)
LU
LU
LU
LU
0
>
C)
U-1
0 Lx)
W
CL
<
3--
LU
r-4
co (y)
r--, Cy)
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
........................ I ...........................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
................ .................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULING
DOMESTIC WATER
EN61NEERS
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLAN
FL REG NO. 30811
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
P2e2
PEI PROJECT
22121
'IV-'
PC
V"" '-3_.,',lAN
ZAN
SANITARY WASTE RISER DIAGRAM
P3.1 ) NTS
jj�
OV
,V,
�ON
tA�� OP
WA�� UNZ
lco
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND
CONSTRUCTION TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITIONS.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPLIANCES PER
MANUFACTURER'S PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS.
KEY NOTES:
(DCONTRACTOR SHALL TIE NEW 3- SANITARY WASTE LINE INTO
NEAREST EXISTING SANITARY LINE OF ADEQUATE SIZE.
FIXTURES PIPE SIZE
FIXTURE
SAN SIZE
VENT SIZE
WATER CLOSET
3m
2"
LAV / SINK
318
1-1/2*
ELECT WATER COOLER
3"
1-1/2"
FLOOR DRAIN
30
2"
NOTE
P
N
L
M
PE
E -
U
N
LOC
7
M
E
A
TH
B
0
TR
_n I
D
N
N
S
G
A
ri
PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY, USING SUCH
METHODS AS A SEWER CAMERA, LOW FREQUENCY GPR (GROUND
PENETRATING RADAR) OR EM (ELECTROMAGNETIC) UTILITY
I
LOCATING METHODS DURING DEMOLITION PHASE OF PROJECT TO
D MI
ETERMINE THE EXACT COND171ON OF PIPE, LOCATION, SIZE,
T
INVERT AND DIRECTION OF FLOW OF ALL EXIS71NG
T
S S IT Y
ANITARY/GREASE WASTE LINES WITHIN SCOPE OF PROJECT.
SC P
DISCREPANCIES AND UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS ARE TO BE
I
OU T
BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER, ARCHITECT AND
P OJ
PROJECT ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WTH DEMOLITION IN
CT
rTHEAREA OF CONCERN. I
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTLI RE It-l-ERIDR DIE.31GYN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
\0 I I I I I ///,,
�,N\o . ..........
E IV'""
No. 90018
STATEi OF
0%
0
RVD�_
........... N
10 N A L
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
_j
U_
Vi
_j
_j
0
F—
r)
Uj
U
<
0
L,e)
>
LU
LIJ
_j
0
Q0
+
L0
,0
cle
<
LU
Lij
c)
0
>-0
lc;r
m
LU
'o Lr)
W
<
3::
((yy))
CL
ru--4j
ro-01
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
DESCRIPTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
......... I ..........................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
SANITARY WASTE
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
RISER DIAGRAM
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIRACOM
P3e I
PEI PROXCT t
22121
.. >0000
0,
,00�,
--..-0, 000,
0, ..>000"
100
'00AZ,��
WAIN HsZ4 Ab
10
-00, 00'
4%
4"
k_q
*ATN HA44PA NLL
00
,OWN
H.A0001 AO
40AL)
1�/,' " ka
cw HW
.x "O"o,
1/z,cw HVI
6
"50 0e,
;,O� I f �11 c 0 . -N1. I'll ,
000�
>
.--000�
DOMESTIC WATER RISER DIAGRAM
1/4', = V-0.
, I
t��4 j
GENERAL NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING AND
CONSTRUCTION TO SURVEY EXISTING CONDITIONS.
2. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL RECIR. PUMP IN A EASY
ACCESSIBLE LOCATION.
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL VALVES FOR PIPING IN EASY
ACCESSIBLE LOCATIONS AND WITHIN A CERTAIN DISTANCE TO
MEET CODE. IF AN ACCESS DOOR IS NEEDED ONE SHALL BE
INSTALLED.
4. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL APPLIANCES PER
MANUFACTURER'S PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS.
KEY NOTES:
CD CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 1/2* COLD WATER LINE
NTH LEAD FREE DUAL CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO
NEW ICE MACHINE/ACE MAKER. BACKFLOW PREVENTER
SHALL BE WATTS LF007 OR APPROVED EQUAL
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE LEAK/FLOOD DETECTION
PROTECTION NTH "FLOODSTOP" DEVICE. COORDINATE NTH
BUILDING OWNER ON SPECIFIC LOCATIONS AND MODEL
NUMBERS PER PLUMBING RENOVATIONANSTALLATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL AND CONNECT NEW
ELECTRIC WATER HEATER (EWH-1). SEE SHEET P1.1 FOR
MORE INFORMATION.
CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL NEW RECIRCULATING PUMP.
SEE ELECTRIC WATER HEATER DETAIL FOR MORE
INFORMATION ON SHEET P1.1.
CIRCUIT SOLVER THERMOSTATIC BALANCING VALVE NTH
INTEGRATED UNION, LEAD FREE BALL VALVE AND CHECK
VALVE INSERT. MODEL NO. CSUA-1/2-120-CV1-03
(OR APPROVED EQUAL).
CONTRACTOR SHALL TIE NEW 1-1/4" COLD WATER LINE
INTO NEAREST EXISTING COLD WATER LINE OF ADEQUATE
SIZE.
(DCONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 1/2- COLD WATER LINE
WITH LEAD FREE DUAL CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER TO
NEW COFFEE MACHINE/COFFEE MAKER. BACKFILOW
PREVENTER SHALL BE WATTS SD-3 OR APPROVED
EQUAL. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT.
FIXTURES' SUPPLY PIPE SIZE
FIXTURE
CW
HW
HWR
WATER CLOSET
1/2"
ELECT WATER COOLER
1/2*
--
--
LAV / SINK
1/230
1/20
1/20
MOP SINK
1/2"
1 1/21p
-- —j
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
A k C, H IT F (7 T 1.1 Z F 1'%1T=RIC.R r�F`-,,I�,4N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AROO 16053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
................
fc. N
STPTF- 01,
0i-- PLO F,\,o 0*"� !Z:�
zz... . ........
//j; �910NIA%- "\\V
Taylor J. LeVis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
Lj-
c/i
-j
0
r
CL
CL
LU
r-4
U
<
C/)
LU
L.LJ
>
-i
c)
=
co
+
LO
-j
-j
U
-7,
"o
cle
<
LU
LU
>
0
C)
LU
--0 1qT
0 Lr)
w
<
3::
or-?,
CL
tu-J4
((YY))
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
........... ......... I ..............................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
DOMESTIC WATER
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
RISER DIAGRAM
FIL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PBFLA.COM
P12
PEI PROECT
22121
FIRE PROTECTION SPECIFICATIONS
GENERAL
DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND
SUPPLEMENTAL CONDITIONS AND DIVISION I SPECIFICATIONS, APPLY TO WORK
SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION.
SCOPE OF WORK:
WORK REQUIRED UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES PROVIDING ALL LABOR,
MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT, FEES AND SERVICES FOR, AND REASONABLY INCIDENTAL
TO, PROPER COMPLE11ON OF ALL FIRE PROTECTION WORK HEREIN SPECIFIED,
EXCEPTING ONLY WORK OR MATERIALS SPECIFIED OR NOTED AS BEING FURNISHED
AND/OR INSTALLED BY OTHERS.
1. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY COMPETENT WORKMEN SKILLED AND
LICENSED IN THIS PARTICULAR TRADE.
2. PROVIDE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO NFPA 13 SPECIFIC HAZARD OCCUPANCY
REQUIREMENTS. ANY DEVIATIONS THEREFROM MAY BE MADE AS REQUIRED BY
INSPECTION AGENCIES, INSURING AGENCIES OR AS REQUIRED DUE TO
INTERFERENCE WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT, STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, DUCTS, ETC.
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL HEADS AS MAY BE REQUIRED FOR AN APPROVED SYSTEM.
3. RESPONSIBILITY FOR ELEVATIONS OF PIPING:
A. CAREFULLY FIELD CHECK THE ELEVATIONS OF EXISTING GRADES AND
BURIED SERVICE LINES AND MAKE A CAREFUL LAYOUT OF THE PROPOSED
NEW SERVICES BEFORE STARTING WITH THE WORK, MAKING EVERY
ATTEMPT TO AVOID INTERFERENCES.
B. ATTENTION IS CALLED TO DUCTWORK, HEATING AND COOLING PIPING,
WATER AND DRAJN PIPING, AND TO THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION, WHICH
WILL BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS.
C. ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS DISCOVERED SHOULD BE REPORTED TO
THE ARCHITECT/IENGINEER, AND WORK SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL A
SATISFACTORY RESOLUTION IS FOUND. NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION
WILL SUBSEQUENTLY BE MADE TO THE CONTRACTOR BY THE OWNER TO
COVER THE COST OF ANY SUCH INTERFERENCES, WHETHER DUE TO
NEGLIGENCE, ERROR, OVERSIGHT OR OTHER CAUSE IN NOT HAVING
PROPERLY ESTABLISHED THE ELEVATIONS OF ALL NEW OR EXISTING PIPING,
ETC.
5. PIPING SHALL BE CONCEALED IN AREAS WITH CEILINGS AND EXPOSED IN
AREAS WITHOUT CEILINGS.
6. PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AND SUPPORTED PER NFPA 13.
7. SLOPE PIPING IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS.
8. WALL PENETRA11ONS THROUGH FIRE RATED PARTITIONS SHALL BE SEALED WITH
PRO -SET 'FIRE STOP COUPLING" SYSTEM OR WITH GEDNEY TYPE CFS1 FIRE
SEAL OR EQUAL SPACE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND WALL TO BE COMPLETELY
SEALED WITH CAULKING. VOID BETWEEN SLEEVE PLUGS TO BE FILLED WITH
INSULATION.
CODES AND STANDARDS:
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS, 2020 FLORIDA BUILDING
CODE, FLORIDA FIRE PREVENTION CODE (7TH EDITION), LIFE SAFETY CODE - NFPA
101 (2018 EDITION), NFPA 1 (2018 EDITION), AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS -
NFPA 13 (2016 EDITION) AND THE NATIONAL FIRE ALARM CODE - NFPA 72 (2016
EDITION), NFPA 99 (2018 EDITION).
THE EN11RE SYSTEM AND ALL COMPONENTS LISTED HERON SHALL MEET ALL
STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES IN EVERY RESPECT.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED PERMITS, INSPEC11ONS AND PAY
ALL FEES.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION:
CONTRACTOR SHALL REVISE EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM AS REQUIRED FOR THE
NEW LAYOUT INCLUDING NEW PIPING FOR NEW OR RELOCATED SPRINKLER HEADS
TO PROVIDE FOR PROPER COVERAGE. ALL HEADS ARE TO BE CENTERED IN THE
CEILING TILES.
DRAWINGS FOR APPROVALS:
BEFORE PROCEEDING NTH WORK, THE CONTRACTOR IS TO PERFORM SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC CALCULATION, SYSTEM LAYOUTS, PROVIDE AND SUBMIT SIGNED AND
SEALED SHOP DRAWINGS FIRST TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, AND
THEN TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER FOR REVIEW. SUBMITTALS SHALL SHOW
LOCATIONS OF PIPING, SPRINKLER HEADS, ETC., AND SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION
ON VALVES, SPRINKLER HEADS, ALARM VALVES, ETC. AT LEAST TWO (2) SETS
OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BEAR THE APPROVAL STAMP OF THE LOCAL FIRE
MARSHALL.
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS.
ALL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW, SHALL BE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA REQUIREMENTS AND SHALL BEAR FACTORY MUTUAL AND
THE UNDERWRITER'S LABEL OF APPROVAL
ABOVE GROUND PIPE AND FITTINGS: PIPE ABOVE GROUND AND "THIN THE
BUILDING SHALL BE STANDARD WEIGHT, SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE OR
APPROVED SEAMLESS THIN WALL BLACK STEEL PIPE CONFORMING TO ASTM A53.
PIPE FITTINGS SHALL BE OF A TYPE APPROVED FOR SPRINKLER SYSTEMS AND
DESIGNED FOR 175 PSI WORKING PRESSURE. MALLEABLE [RON STANDARD WEIGHT
FITTINGS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE IN SIZES UP TO 6'. MECHANICAL PIPE COUPLINGS
(ROLLED OR CUT GROOVED) MAY BE USED WHERE ALLOWED BY AUTHORITY
HAVING JURISDICTION.
SPRINKLER HEADS: FOR ALL EXPOSED UNFINISHED AREAS SPRINKLER HEAD SHALL
BE A VIKING MICROFAST MODEL M QUICK RESPONSE UPRIGHT, 1/2' ORIFICE,
BRASS FINISH. CONCEALED SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL BE VIKING, 5.6K, 1/2-
ORIFICE, COLOR BY ARCHITECT. PROVIDE CONCEALED HEAD WITH PLATE.
FIRE PROTECTION GENERAL NOTES
ALL PIPING TO BE TESTED AT 200 PSI FOR A MINIMUM OF 2 HOURS.
HYDRAUUC CALCULATIONS DESIGN CRITERIA:
OFFICES / HALLWAYS:
A. UGHTHAZARD OCCUPANCY
B. SYSTEM TYPE: WETSYSTEM
C. DENSITY. 0.10 GPM/SQ. FT. FOR 1500 SQ. FT.
D. COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER: 225 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM
E. TEMPERATURE RATING: ORDINARY TEMPERATURE
F. MAXIMUM SPRINKLER SPACING: 15'-0*
SPRINKLER INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE NTH THE
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA) 13 SPRINKLER
SYSTEMS, FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE, OWNER'S INSURANCE CARRIER, ALL
LOCAL, STATE, FEDERAL CODES AND REGULATIONS AND ANY OTHER
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROJECT.
ALL PERMITS REQUIRED IN CONNECTION NTH THIS SPRINKLER SYSTEM
SHALL BE OBTAINED AND PAID FOR BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR.
COORDINATE ALL PIPE ROUTING WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID
DUCTWORK, LIGHTING, PIPING AND ANY BUILDING STRUCTURE. ROUTE
ALL PIPING CONCEALED ABOVE CEILING, WITHIN CHASES OR CONCEALED
WITHIN WALLS.
FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATE THE
SITE BEFORE BIDDING. NO CHANGES SHALL BE ALLOWED IN CONTRACT
PRICE FOR WORK REQUIRED TO COMPLY NTH EXISTING CONDITIONS.
ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE UL AND FM LISTED AND LABELED.
MANUFACTURER SHALL BE EQUAL TO GRINNEL, VIKING.
BRANCH LINES PIPING TO BE SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPE JOINED
WITH THREADED OUTLET FITTINGS.
ALL SPRINKLER DROPS TO BE 1" SCHEDULE 40 NTH 1- X 1/2-
THREADED REDUCER.
HANGERS TO BE SIZED AND SPACED IN ACCORDANCE NTH NFPA 13.
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER PLANS.
APPROVAL FROM OWNER'S INSURANCE CARRIER IS CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITY.
CONTRACTOR TO BASE ALL CALCULATIONS UPON CURRENT FLOW TEST
SUPPLIED BY FIRE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR.
ALL SPRINKLER HEADS SHALL MATCH EXISTING SPRINKLER HEAD TYPES
FOR LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCIES, INSTALLED IN FULL ACCORDANCE
NTH MANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES (REFER TO FIRE SPRINKLER
LEGEND).
THESE PLANS ARE CONCEPTUAL IN NATURE PER FLORIDA STATUTE
61 G1 5-30.
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
IIARCH ITECTU RE IN-ER10F D1E31r3N
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
N x 0111111////
I �, S .. m E
e-% . . ...... ..........
ENS
N
0.90018
STPTE OF
f
0
PLO R\Q
N
.................
at lip;
0 N A\. \\\
/001111110
-L
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
PROVIDE BUILDING MANAGEMENT WITH EXTRA STOCK OF NEW SPRINKLER HEADS
AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13 (2016 ED.). RELIABLE AND TYCO ARE EQUAL
Lj_
PAINTING AND STENCILING:
PROVIDE PAINTING AND STENCILING OF ALL EXPOSED PIPING, EQUIPMENT, ETC.
INSTALLED AS PART OF THIS CONTRACT.
TEST OF COMPLETED SYSTEM:
0
n
ABOVE GROUND PIPING: PERFORM A HYDROSTATIC TEST OF THE PIPING SYSTEM IN
LU
ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA 13 (2016 ED.).
NOTIFY THE ARDilTECT/ENGINEER/OVMER/AJNDERWRITER PRIOR TO PERFORMING
c
<
>
THE TEST WHO, AT THEIR OPTION, MAY DESIRE TO WITNESS THE TEST. TEST
Le)
U_j
LU
I
SHALL BE SATISFACTORY TO THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, OWNER, UNDERWRITER OR
0
co
AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
+
IF TEST PROVES UNSATISFACTORY, LEAKS SHALL BE REPAIRED AND A NEW TEST
Cie
<
SHALL BE PERFORMED. NO BACK FILLING SHALL BE DONE OVER BURIED JOINTS
LLj
LJLJ
0
UNTIL PIPE HAS BEEN PROVEN WATER TIGHT. SECURE PIPING IN PLACE PRIOR TO
>
TESTING.
0
m
LU
cl-
_0
'o
Lo
AFTER TESTING HAS BEEN COMPLETED, ALL VALVES SHALL BE LEFT IN THEIR
W
cl-
<
3::
rL-U4
or-2
((y`13
RESPECTIVE NORMAL POSITIONS, AND THE OWNER AND HIS DULY APPOINTED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE INSTRUCTED IN THE CARE, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM.
MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE COMPLETED AND TURNED OVER TO
THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE UPON COMPLETING THE TEST.
WATER SUPPLY TREATMENT -
WATER SUPPLIES AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE EVALUATED BY
OMER FOR THE EXISTENCE OF MICROBES AND CONDITIONS THAT CONTRIBUTE TO
MICROBIOLOGICALLY INFLUENCED CORROSION (MIC). WHERE CONDITIONS ARE
FOUND THAT CONTRIBUTE TO MIC, THE OWNER SHALL NOTIFY THE SPRINKLER
CONTRACTOR AND A PLAN SHALL BE DEVELOPED TO TREAT THE SYSTEM USING
ONE OF THE METHODS AS ESTABLISHED UNDER NFPA 13 (2016 ED.).
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
PTION
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
....................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
FIRE PROTECTION
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
SPECIFICATIONS
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO FL
,3280i
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PBFLA.COM
FP1
PEI PROJECT lk
*1
22121
rio 3 2
7 5 4
9 6
7
1; 4�
A
4,-
4 A 4
- - - -
- - - -
- - - - - - - -
-- - - -
"77;
0 M:mr-wm W11111111 M Mi
m m! m m
M
Wo
ml
i��m
Wo 0:1WIIIIIII 0 0 0!0
M 0 WWO 0 1111111
10:0
m!W1111111 oil
=I 'MIM! *imimim
WWI 0!0 m m 0 W1
...................
F
.............................
..
7
. ..... . ...... . . .......
F—:—
..........
. ..... .. ..... ..... .
F-7 7 7 —1
......
...............
ELEC. ROOM/
..
......... ..... ...................
FIRE RISER
.........
..... ..
..
...............................
........
.......
............
m
......... ........
......................... ... ...
...... . m .
.......
......
.................... .....
m
m
..............
...........
..............
WELLNESS S:U TE
W�LLNESS'SUI E
WELLNESS'SUI�E
'':''WELLNESSSUItE,
....... .......
5
6
7
8:
CONSULT ROOM
...................
WELLNESS: SUITE
. .....................
.. ...........
......
.................
. ...................
..........
..
.............
........... ... ....... ...............
4...
.......................
..............
...
... .......
.......
...... ...................
........ ..... .......
......
........... CARE
......... .
L: --- — — — — — — — — — -i
L —
— — — —
— --- — — - J
L�
. ............... ......
COORDINATORS
.
............... ......
............................. ..............
.........................
.............................................................
CORRIDOR
F-
--VYEtL-NM'.SLjtT-E 7
r
....... ................ ........
3
......
:'CORRIDOR
...
..
................... .........................
................
.............
...... �j
1.25
.. ......... ......... .......
......
...............
...
q
....... ........... .
....... ..............
...................
PRACTICE
:AD MINISTRATOR
........
......................................
................ ..................
.......
.......... ..................
..................
.......... .......
.......... ..........
................... 133
............. ..................
............................ ............. .........
1110
.... WELLNESS SUITE ... I'
............. ............
2
..... ..........
... ..............................
. . . ............ .
. ..................... .... ........
-L.: — — — — — — --- — — -- ........... .........
... ........ .. .....
................ ...................
STORAGE T ......
-S
17�
............................
. ..................... .................. ......... .....................................................
..........
............................................................................
...... . ................ ..........
BREAK ROOM
.......................................... ............ ................. ........................................
A., KV-
......... ...
a. ......... ......... .......
................. ............... ........................
............
. LET TOILET
I I : ....... : ... : ............... . ....... ...........
TOI ............
........... ........ .......... ....... ....... ...............
....... . ....... ....... . ........
. ............. LOBBY ........... ........................................... ........
.. . ................ ...... ....... ...............
...............
F 01
L
............... .
— — — — — — — — - ............ 5-12 SF ....... ....... . ....................
COMMUNITY
............ . ................ ....... . ....... .......
.............. ................. ...... ..... ....................... ......
............ ......... ...... ..................... ................... ............. ........ ... .......... ........ ...................
.................... ................ . a
............. ......... ....... .......
396 SF
..... . ....... . ....... . ....... ...... .......
—7
. ....... .......... . ....... . ............... . ....... ....... . ........ ............ . ............. ......
........ .......
.............. . .............................................................. ............. ........ ........ — .................. ...........
— — — — — — — — — — -- — — — — — — — — -- — — — -- — — — — --
71 1— 1 W H
--- — --- --- —
A
:A- 4. r
%4�
4 . . — I A t A
4
A A
4-
4'A
r A:
V
A -A
A' -:A .4-
L A
�A
—J
-:J
7
1z A A z A -A
A All
'A 4-
%
'4
A
A A' A A W' .4A
FIRE PROTECTION RENOVATION PLAN
1/411 = 1 1-011
B
C C
- -- Do
OE
OF
bG
HYDRAULIC CALCULATlONS DESIGN CRITERIA:
OFFICES / HALLWAYS:
A. LIGHT HAZARD OCCUPANCY
B. SYSTEM TYPE: WET SYSTEM
C. DENSITY- 0.10 GPM/SQ. FT. FOR 1500 SQ. FT.
D. COVERAGE PER SPRINKLER: 225 SQ. FT. MAXIMUM
E. TEMPERATURE RATING: ORDINARY TEMPERATURE
F. MAXIMUM SPRINKLER SPACING: 15'-0"
E VIEW EATE
CITY OF ZEPHAY LiU-S
FIRE AND LIFE WM
ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH
NFFA CODES AND STANDARDS
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN
ARCH ITECTU RE It-A—ERIOF DIE31riN
www.CVDstudio.com
CAMPBELL + VAN DUSEN Design Studio, LLC.
255 South Orange Avenue Suite # 1240
Orlando, Florida 32801
Phone: 407.930.6016
FL. Lic. No. AA26003339
ARCHITECT OF RECORD
FRANK W. CAMPBELL AIA
FL LIC NO. AR001 6053
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD
ON11111111/j/
..................
C E jyg,
No. 90018
STATE OF Ar ZZ
4
�oe
... ..... C4
z
�04'/; 01VAL
`7t
_j
Taylor J. Lewis, PE,
FL Reg. No. 90018
COPY OF THIS PLAN IS NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED,
SEALED AND DATED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD
__j
U-
Vi
__j
__j
0
LU
<
Q
C/)
LU
U-1
>
I
c)
co
+
LO
--.0
<
LU
LU
0
>
0-
0
Uj
-,o Lo
W
<
3::
P2
CL
PU-j4
Cvt),
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
03.24.2023
I DI Wto] U I a I Lei I
PRINCIPAL IN CHARGE
F. CAMPBELL
.. .................................................................
PROJECT MANAGER
M. TORRES
....................................................................
ADVENT HEALTH
WELL 65+
ZEPHYRHILLS
22-0328-01
MEP CONSULTING
FIRE PROTECTION
ENGINEERS
SINCE 1977
RENOVATION PLAN
FL REG NO. 3089
2016 ALDEN RD.
ORLANDO, FL
32803
(407) 246-1688
WWW.PEIFLA.COM
FP291
PEI PROJECT it
22121